diff options
| author | David Monniaux <david.monniaux@univ-grenoble-alpes.fr> | 2020-03-03 08:17:40 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | David Monniaux <david.monniaux@univ-grenoble-alpes.fr> | 2020-03-03 08:17:40 +0100 |
| commit | 1ab7b51c30e1b10ac45b0bd64cefdc01da0f7f68 (patch) | |
| tree | 210ffc156c83f04fb0c61a40b4f9037d7ba8a7e1 /test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl | |
| parent | 222c9047d61961db9c6b19fed5ca49829223fd33 (diff) | |
| parent | 12be46d59a2483a10d77fa8ee67f7e0ca1bd702f (diff) | |
| download | compcert-kvx-1ab7b51c30e1b10ac45b0bd64cefdc01da0f7f68.tar.gz compcert-kvx-1ab7b51c30e1b10ac45b0bd64cefdc01da0f7f68.zip | |
Merge branch 'mppa-cse2' of gricad-gitlab.univ-grenoble-alpes.fr:sixcy/CompCert into mppa-work
Diffstat (limited to 'test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl')
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h | 2598 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c | 4718 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c | 1202 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c | 6100 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c | 1426 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c | 566 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c | 1039 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c | 1659 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h | 63 |
9 files changed, 19371 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ddd31543 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,2598 @@ +/* mpl.h (GNU MathProg translator) */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef MPL_H +#define MPL_H + +#include "avl.h" +#include "dmp.h" +#include "env.h" +#include "misc.h" +#include "rng.h" + +#if 0 /* 22/I-2013 */ +typedef struct MPL MPL; +#else +typedef struct glp_tran MPL; +#endif +typedef char STRING; +typedef struct SYMBOL SYMBOL; +typedef struct TUPLE TUPLE; +typedef struct ARRAY ELEMSET; +typedef struct ELEMVAR ELEMVAR; +typedef struct FORMULA FORMULA; +typedef struct ELEMCON ELEMCON; +typedef union VALUE VALUE; +typedef struct ARRAY ARRAY; +typedef struct MEMBER MEMBER; +#if 1 +/* many C compilers have DOMAIN declared in <math.h> :( */ +#undef DOMAIN +#define DOMAIN DOMAIN1 +#endif +typedef struct DOMAIN DOMAIN; +typedef struct DOMAIN_BLOCK DOMAIN_BLOCK; +typedef struct DOMAIN_SLOT DOMAIN_SLOT; +typedef struct SET SET; +typedef struct WITHIN WITHIN; +typedef struct GADGET GADGET; +typedef struct PARAMETER PARAMETER; +typedef struct CONDITION CONDITION; +typedef struct VARIABLE VARIABLE; +typedef struct CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT; +typedef struct TABLE TABLE; +typedef struct TABARG TABARG; +typedef struct TABFLD TABFLD; +typedef struct TABIN TABIN; +typedef struct TABOUT TABOUT; +typedef struct TABDCA TABDCA; +typedef union OPERANDS OPERANDS; +typedef struct ARG_LIST ARG_LIST; +typedef struct CODE CODE; +typedef struct CHECK CHECK; +typedef struct DISPLAY DISPLAY; +typedef struct DISPLAY1 DISPLAY1; +typedef struct PRINTF PRINTF; +typedef struct PRINTF1 PRINTF1; +typedef struct FOR FOR; +typedef struct STATEMENT STATEMENT; +typedef struct TUPLE SLICE; + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * TRANSLATOR DATABASE * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define A_BINARY 101 /* something binary */ +#define A_CHECK 102 /* check statement */ +#define A_CONSTRAINT 103 /* model constraint */ +#define A_DISPLAY 104 /* display statement */ +#define A_ELEMCON 105 /* elemental constraint/objective */ +#define A_ELEMSET 106 /* elemental set */ +#define A_ELEMVAR 107 /* elemental variable */ +#define A_EXPRESSION 108 /* expression */ +#define A_FOR 109 /* for statement */ +#define A_FORMULA 110 /* formula */ +#define A_INDEX 111 /* dummy index */ +#define A_INPUT 112 /* input table */ +#define A_INTEGER 113 /* something integer */ +#define A_LOGICAL 114 /* something logical */ +#define A_MAXIMIZE 115 /* objective has to be maximized */ +#define A_MINIMIZE 116 /* objective has to be minimized */ +#define A_NONE 117 /* nothing */ +#define A_NUMERIC 118 /* something numeric */ +#define A_OUTPUT 119 /* output table */ +#define A_PARAMETER 120 /* model parameter */ +#define A_PRINTF 121 /* printf statement */ +#define A_SET 122 /* model set */ +#define A_SOLVE 123 /* solve statement */ +#define A_SYMBOLIC 124 /* something symbolic */ +#define A_TABLE 125 /* data table */ +#define A_TUPLE 126 /* n-tuple */ +#define A_VARIABLE 127 /* model variable */ + +#define MAX_LENGTH 100 +/* maximal length of any symbolic value (this includes symbolic names, + numeric and string literals, and all symbolic values that may appear + during the evaluation phase) */ + +#define CONTEXT_SIZE 60 +/* size of the context queue, in characters */ + +#define OUTBUF_SIZE 1024 +/* size of the output buffer, in characters */ + +#if 0 /* 22/I-2013 */ +struct MPL +#else +struct glp_tran +#endif +{ /* translator database */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* scanning segment */ + int line; + /* number of the current text line */ + int c; + /* the current character or EOF */ + int token; + /* the current token: */ +#define T_EOF 201 /* end of file */ +#define T_NAME 202 /* symbolic name (model section only) */ +#define T_SYMBOL 203 /* symbol (data section only) */ +#define T_NUMBER 204 /* numeric literal */ +#define T_STRING 205 /* string literal */ +#define T_AND 206 /* and && */ +#define T_BY 207 /* by */ +#define T_CROSS 208 /* cross */ +#define T_DIFF 209 /* diff */ +#define T_DIV 210 /* div */ +#define T_ELSE 211 /* else */ +#define T_IF 212 /* if */ +#define T_IN 213 /* in */ +#define T_INFINITY 214 /* Infinity */ +#define T_INTER 215 /* inter */ +#define T_LESS 216 /* less */ +#define T_MOD 217 /* mod */ +#define T_NOT 218 /* not ! */ +#define T_OR 219 /* or || */ +#define T_SPTP 220 /* s.t. */ +#define T_SYMDIFF 221 /* symdiff */ +#define T_THEN 222 /* then */ +#define T_UNION 223 /* union */ +#define T_WITHIN 224 /* within */ +#define T_PLUS 225 /* + */ +#define T_MINUS 226 /* - */ +#define T_ASTERISK 227 /* * */ +#define T_SLASH 228 /* / */ +#define T_POWER 229 /* ^ ** */ +#define T_LT 230 /* < */ +#define T_LE 231 /* <= */ +#define T_EQ 232 /* = == */ +#define T_GE 233 /* >= */ +#define T_GT 234 /* > */ +#define T_NE 235 /* <> != */ +#define T_CONCAT 236 /* & */ +#define T_BAR 237 /* | */ +#define T_POINT 238 /* . */ +#define T_COMMA 239 /* , */ +#define T_COLON 240 /* : */ +#define T_SEMICOLON 241 /* ; */ +#define T_ASSIGN 242 /* := */ +#define T_DOTS 243 /* .. */ +#define T_LEFT 244 /* ( */ +#define T_RIGHT 245 /* ) */ +#define T_LBRACKET 246 /* [ */ +#define T_RBRACKET 247 /* ] */ +#define T_LBRACE 248 /* { */ +#define T_RBRACE 249 /* } */ +#define T_APPEND 250 /* >> */ +#define T_TILDE 251 /* ~ */ +#define T_INPUT 252 /* <- */ + int imlen; + /* length of the current token */ + char *image; /* char image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */ + /* image of the current token */ + double value; + /* value of the current token (for T_NUMBER only) */ + int b_token; + /* the previous token */ + int b_imlen; + /* length of the previous token */ + char *b_image; /* char b_image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */ + /* image of the previous token */ + double b_value; + /* value of the previous token (if token is T_NUMBER) */ + int f_dots; + /* if this flag is set, the next token should be recognized as + T_DOTS, not as T_POINT */ + int f_scan; + /* if this flag is set, the next token is already scanned */ + int f_token; + /* the next token */ + int f_imlen; + /* length of the next token */ + char *f_image; /* char f_image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */ + /* image of the next token */ + double f_value; + /* value of the next token (if token is T_NUMBER) */ + char *context; /* char context[CONTEXT_SIZE]; */ + /* context circular queue (not null-terminated!) */ + int c_ptr; + /* pointer to the current position in the context queue */ + int flag_d; + /* if this flag is set, the data section is being processed */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* translating segment */ + DMP *pool; + /* memory pool used to allocate all data instances created during + the translation phase */ + AVL *tree; + /* symbolic name table: + node.type = A_INDEX => node.link -> DOMAIN_SLOT + node.type = A_SET => node.link -> SET + node.type = A_PARAMETER => node.link -> PARAMETER + node.type = A_VARIABLE => node.link -> VARIABLE + node.type = A_CONSTRANT => node.link -> CONSTRAINT */ + STATEMENT *model; + /* linked list of model statements in the original order */ + int flag_x; + /* if this flag is set, the current token being left parenthesis + begins a slice that allows recognizing any undeclared symbolic + names as dummy indices; this flag is automatically reset once + the next token has been scanned */ + int as_within; + /* the warning "in understood as within" has been issued */ + int as_in; + /* the warning "within understood as in" has been issued */ + int as_binary; + /* the warning "logical understood as binary" has been issued */ + int flag_s; + /* if this flag is set, the solve statement has been parsed */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* common segment */ + DMP *strings; + /* memory pool to allocate STRING data structures */ + DMP *symbols; + /* memory pool to allocate SYMBOL data structures */ + DMP *tuples; + /* memory pool to allocate TUPLE data structures */ + DMP *arrays; + /* memory pool to allocate ARRAY data structures */ + DMP *members; + /* memory pool to allocate MEMBER data structures */ + DMP *elemvars; + /* memory pool to allocate ELEMVAR data structures */ + DMP *formulae; + /* memory pool to allocate FORMULA data structures */ + DMP *elemcons; + /* memory pool to allocate ELEMCON data structures */ + ARRAY *a_list; + /* linked list of all arrays in the database */ + char *sym_buf; /* char sym_buf[255+1]; */ + /* working buffer used by the routine format_symbol */ + char *tup_buf; /* char tup_buf[255+1]; */ + /* working buffer used by the routine format_tuple */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* generating/postsolving segment */ + RNG *rand; + /* pseudo-random number generator */ + int flag_p; + /* if this flag is set, the postsolving phase is in effect */ + STATEMENT *stmt; + /* model statement being currently executed */ + TABDCA *dca; + /* pointer to table driver communication area for table statement + currently executed */ + int m; + /* number of rows in the problem, m >= 0 */ + int n; + /* number of columns in the problem, n >= 0 */ + ELEMCON **row; /* ELEMCON *row[1+m]; */ + /* row[0] is not used; + row[i] is elemental constraint or objective, which corresponds + to i-th row of the problem, 1 <= i <= m */ + ELEMVAR **col; /* ELEMVAR *col[1+n]; */ + /* col[0] is not used; + col[j] is elemental variable, which corresponds to j-th column + of the problem, 1 <= j <= n */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* input/output segment */ + glp_file *in_fp; + /* stream assigned to the input text file */ + char *in_file; + /* name of the input text file */ + glp_file *out_fp; + /* stream assigned to the output text file used to write all data + produced by display and printf statements; NULL means the data + should be sent to stdout via the routine xprintf */ + char *out_file; + /* name of the output text file */ +#if 0 /* 08/XI-2009 */ + char *out_buf; /* char out_buf[OUTBUF_SIZE] */ + /* buffer to accumulate output data */ + int out_cnt; + /* count of data bytes stored in the output buffer */ +#endif + glp_file *prt_fp; + /* stream assigned to the print text file; may be NULL */ + char *prt_file; + /* name of the output print file */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* solver interface segment */ + jmp_buf jump; + /* jump address for non-local go to in case of error */ + int phase; + /* phase of processing: + 0 - database is being or has been initialized + 1 - model section is being or has been read + 2 - data section is being or has been read + 3 - model is being or has been generated/postsolved + 4 - model processing error has occurred */ + char *mod_file; + /* name of the input text file, which contains model section */ + char *mpl_buf; /* char mpl_buf[255+1]; */ + /* working buffer used by some interface routines */ +}; + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PROCESSING MODEL SECTION * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define alloc(type) ((type *)dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, sizeof(type))) +/* allocate atom of given type */ + +#define enter_context _glp_mpl_enter_context +void enter_context(MPL *mpl); +/* enter current token into context queue */ + +#define print_context _glp_mpl_print_context +void print_context(MPL *mpl); +/* print current content of context queue */ + +#define get_char _glp_mpl_get_char +void get_char(MPL *mpl); +/* scan next character from input text file */ + +#define append_char _glp_mpl_append_char +void append_char(MPL *mpl); +/* append character to current token */ + +#define get_token _glp_mpl_get_token +void get_token(MPL *mpl); +/* scan next token from input text file */ + +#define unget_token _glp_mpl_unget_token +void unget_token(MPL *mpl); +/* return current token back to input stream */ + +#define is_keyword _glp_mpl_is_keyword +int is_keyword(MPL *mpl, char *keyword); +/* check if current token is given non-reserved keyword */ + +#define is_reserved _glp_mpl_is_reserved +int is_reserved(MPL *mpl); +/* check if current token is reserved keyword */ + +#define make_code _glp_mpl_make_code +CODE *make_code(MPL *mpl, int op, OPERANDS *arg, int type, int dim); +/* generate pseudo-code (basic routine) */ + +#define make_unary _glp_mpl_make_unary +CODE *make_unary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, int type, int dim); +/* generate pseudo-code for unary operation */ + +#define make_binary _glp_mpl_make_binary +CODE *make_binary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, int type, + int dim); +/* generate pseudo-code for binary operation */ + +#define make_ternary _glp_mpl_make_ternary +CODE *make_ternary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, CODE *z, + int type, int dim); +/* generate pseudo-code for ternary operation */ + +#define numeric_literal _glp_mpl_numeric_literal +CODE *numeric_literal(MPL *mpl); +/* parse reference to numeric literal */ + +#define string_literal _glp_mpl_string_literal +CODE *string_literal(MPL *mpl); +/* parse reference to string literal */ + +#define create_arg_list _glp_mpl_create_arg_list +ARG_LIST *create_arg_list(MPL *mpl); +/* create empty operands list */ + +#define expand_arg_list _glp_mpl_expand_arg_list +ARG_LIST *expand_arg_list(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list, CODE *x); +/* append operand to operands list */ + +#define arg_list_len _glp_mpl_arg_list_len +int arg_list_len(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list); +/* determine length of operands list */ + +#define subscript_list _glp_mpl_subscript_list +ARG_LIST *subscript_list(MPL *mpl); +/* parse subscript list */ + +#define object_reference _glp_mpl_object_reference +CODE *object_reference(MPL *mpl); +/* parse reference to named object */ + +#define numeric_argument _glp_mpl_numeric_argument +CODE *numeric_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func); +/* parse argument passed to built-in function */ + +#define symbolic_argument _glp_mpl_symbolic_argument +CODE *symbolic_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func); + +#define elemset_argument _glp_mpl_elemset_argument +CODE *elemset_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func); + +#define function_reference _glp_mpl_function_reference +CODE *function_reference(MPL *mpl); +/* parse reference to built-in function */ + +#define create_domain _glp_mpl_create_domain +DOMAIN *create_domain(MPL *mpl); +/* create empty domain */ + +#define create_block _glp_mpl_create_block +DOMAIN_BLOCK *create_block(MPL *mpl); +/* create empty domain block */ + +#define append_block _glp_mpl_append_block +void append_block(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block); +/* append domain block to specified domain */ + +#define append_slot _glp_mpl_append_slot +DOMAIN_SLOT *append_slot(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, char *name, + CODE *code); +/* create and append new slot to domain block */ + +#define expression_list _glp_mpl_expression_list +CODE *expression_list(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression list */ + +#define literal_set _glp_mpl_literal_set +CODE *literal_set(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* parse literal set */ + +#define indexing_expression _glp_mpl_indexing_expression +DOMAIN *indexing_expression(MPL *mpl); +/* parse indexing expression */ + +#define close_scope _glp_mpl_close_scope +void close_scope(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain); +/* close scope of indexing expression */ + +#define iterated_expression _glp_mpl_iterated_expression +CODE *iterated_expression(MPL *mpl); +/* parse iterated expression */ + +#define domain_arity _glp_mpl_domain_arity +int domain_arity(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain); +/* determine arity of domain */ + +#define set_expression _glp_mpl_set_expression +CODE *set_expression(MPL *mpl); +/* parse set expression */ + +#define branched_expression _glp_mpl_branched_expression +CODE *branched_expression(MPL *mpl); +/* parse conditional expression */ + +#define primary_expression _glp_mpl_primary_expression +CODE *primary_expression(MPL *mpl); +/* parse primary expression */ + +#define error_preceding _glp_mpl_error_preceding +void error_preceding(MPL *mpl, char *opstr); +/* raise error if preceding operand has wrong type */ + +#define error_following _glp_mpl_error_following +void error_following(MPL *mpl, char *opstr); +/* raise error if following operand has wrong type */ + +#define error_dimension _glp_mpl_error_dimension +void error_dimension(MPL *mpl, char *opstr, int dim1, int dim2); +/* raise error if operands have different dimension */ + +#define expression_0 _glp_mpl_expression_0 +CODE *expression_0(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 0 */ + +#define expression_1 _glp_mpl_expression_1 +CODE *expression_1(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 1 */ + +#define expression_2 _glp_mpl_expression_2 +CODE *expression_2(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 2 */ + +#define expression_3 _glp_mpl_expression_3 +CODE *expression_3(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 3 */ + +#define expression_4 _glp_mpl_expression_4 +CODE *expression_4(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 4 */ + +#define expression_5 _glp_mpl_expression_5 +CODE *expression_5(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 5 */ + +#define expression_6 _glp_mpl_expression_6 +CODE *expression_6(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 6 */ + +#define expression_7 _glp_mpl_expression_7 +CODE *expression_7(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 7 */ + +#define expression_8 _glp_mpl_expression_8 +CODE *expression_8(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 8 */ + +#define expression_9 _glp_mpl_expression_9 +CODE *expression_9(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 9 */ + +#define expression_10 _glp_mpl_expression_10 +CODE *expression_10(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 10 */ + +#define expression_11 _glp_mpl_expression_11 +CODE *expression_11(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 11 */ + +#define expression_12 _glp_mpl_expression_12 +CODE *expression_12(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 12 */ + +#define expression_13 _glp_mpl_expression_13 +CODE *expression_13(MPL *mpl); +/* parse expression of level 13 */ + +#define set_statement _glp_mpl_set_statement +SET *set_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse set statement */ + +#define parameter_statement _glp_mpl_parameter_statement +PARAMETER *parameter_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse parameter statement */ + +#define variable_statement _glp_mpl_variable_statement +VARIABLE *variable_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse variable statement */ + +#define constraint_statement _glp_mpl_constraint_statement +CONSTRAINT *constraint_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse constraint statement */ + +#define objective_statement _glp_mpl_objective_statement +CONSTRAINT *objective_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse objective statement */ + +#define table_statement _glp_mpl_table_statement +TABLE *table_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse table statement */ + +#define solve_statement _glp_mpl_solve_statement +void *solve_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse solve statement */ + +#define check_statement _glp_mpl_check_statement +CHECK *check_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse check statement */ + +#define display_statement _glp_mpl_display_statement +DISPLAY *display_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse display statement */ + +#define printf_statement _glp_mpl_printf_statement +PRINTF *printf_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse printf statement */ + +#define for_statement _glp_mpl_for_statement +FOR *for_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse for statement */ + +#define end_statement _glp_mpl_end_statement +void end_statement(MPL *mpl); +/* parse end statement */ + +#define simple_statement _glp_mpl_simple_statement +STATEMENT *simple_statement(MPL *mpl, int spec); +/* parse simple statement */ + +#define model_section _glp_mpl_model_section +void model_section(MPL *mpl); +/* parse model section */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PROCESSING DATA SECTION * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#if 2 + 2 == 5 +struct SLICE /* see TUPLE */ +{ /* component of slice; the slice itself is associated with its + first component; slices are similar to n-tuples with exception + that some slice components (which are indicated by asterisks) + don't refer to any symbols */ + SYMBOL *sym; + /* symbol, which this component refers to; can be NULL */ + SLICE *next; + /* the next component of slice */ +}; +#endif + +#define create_slice _glp_mpl_create_slice +SLICE *create_slice(MPL *mpl); +/* create slice */ + +#define expand_slice _glp_mpl_expand_slice +SLICE *expand_slice +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +); +/* append new component to slice */ + +#define slice_dimen _glp_mpl_slice_dimen +int slice_dimen +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +); +/* determine dimension of slice */ + +#define slice_arity _glp_mpl_slice_arity +int slice_arity +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +); +/* determine arity of slice */ + +#define fake_slice _glp_mpl_fake_slice +SLICE *fake_slice(MPL *mpl, int dim); +/* create fake slice of all asterisks */ + +#define delete_slice _glp_mpl_delete_slice +void delete_slice +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete slice */ + +#define is_number _glp_mpl_is_number +int is_number(MPL *mpl); +/* check if current token is number */ + +#define is_symbol _glp_mpl_is_symbol +int is_symbol(MPL *mpl); +/* check if current token is symbol */ + +#define is_literal _glp_mpl_is_literal +int is_literal(MPL *mpl, char *literal); +/* check if current token is given symbolic literal */ + +#define read_number _glp_mpl_read_number +double read_number(MPL *mpl); +/* read number */ + +#define read_symbol _glp_mpl_read_symbol +SYMBOL *read_symbol(MPL *mpl); +/* read symbol */ + +#define read_slice _glp_mpl_read_slice +SLICE *read_slice +( MPL *mpl, + char *name, /* not changed */ + int dim +); +/* read slice */ + +#define select_set _glp_mpl_select_set +SET *select_set +( MPL *mpl, + char *name /* not changed */ +); +/* select set to saturate it with elemental sets */ + +#define simple_format _glp_mpl_simple_format +void simple_format +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + MEMBER *memb, /* modified */ + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +); +/* read set data block in simple format */ + +#define matrix_format _glp_mpl_matrix_format +void matrix_format +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + MEMBER *memb, /* modified */ + SLICE *slice, /* not changed */ + int tr +); +/* read set data block in matrix format */ + +#define set_data _glp_mpl_set_data +void set_data(MPL *mpl); +/* read set data */ + +#define select_parameter _glp_mpl_select_parameter +PARAMETER *select_parameter +( MPL *mpl, + char *name /* not changed */ +); +/* select parameter to saturate it with data */ + +#define set_default _glp_mpl_set_default +void set_default +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *altval /* destroyed */ +); +/* set default parameter value */ + +#define read_value _glp_mpl_read_value +MEMBER *read_value +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +); +/* read value and assign it to parameter member */ + +#define plain_format _glp_mpl_plain_format +void plain_format +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +); +/* read parameter data block in plain format */ + +#define tabular_format _glp_mpl_tabular_format +void tabular_format +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SLICE *slice, /* not changed */ + int tr +); +/* read parameter data block in tabular format */ + +#define tabbing_format _glp_mpl_tabbing_format +void tabbing_format +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *altval /* not changed */ +); +/* read parameter data block in tabbing format */ + +#define parameter_data _glp_mpl_parameter_data +void parameter_data(MPL *mpl); +/* read parameter data */ + +#define data_section _glp_mpl_data_section +void data_section(MPL *mpl); +/* read data section */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * FLOATING-POINT NUMBERS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define fp_add _glp_mpl_fp_add +double fp_add(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point addition */ + +#define fp_sub _glp_mpl_fp_sub +double fp_sub(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point subtraction */ + +#define fp_less _glp_mpl_fp_less +double fp_less(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point non-negative subtraction */ + +#define fp_mul _glp_mpl_fp_mul +double fp_mul(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point multiplication */ + +#define fp_div _glp_mpl_fp_div +double fp_div(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point division */ + +#define fp_idiv _glp_mpl_fp_idiv +double fp_idiv(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point quotient of exact division */ + +#define fp_mod _glp_mpl_fp_mod +double fp_mod(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point remainder of exact division */ + +#define fp_power _glp_mpl_fp_power +double fp_power(MPL *mpl, double x, double y); +/* floating-point exponentiation (raise to power) */ + +#define fp_exp _glp_mpl_fp_exp +double fp_exp(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point base-e exponential */ + +#define fp_log _glp_mpl_fp_log +double fp_log(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point natural logarithm */ + +#define fp_log10 _glp_mpl_fp_log10 +double fp_log10(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point common (decimal) logarithm */ + +#define fp_sqrt _glp_mpl_fp_sqrt +double fp_sqrt(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point square root */ + +#define fp_sin _glp_mpl_fp_sin +double fp_sin(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point trigonometric sine */ + +#define fp_cos _glp_mpl_fp_cos +double fp_cos(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point trigonometric cosine */ + +#define fp_tan _glp_mpl_fp_tan +double fp_tan(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point trigonometric tangent */ + +#define fp_atan _glp_mpl_fp_atan +double fp_atan(MPL *mpl, double x); +/* floating-point trigonometric arctangent */ + +#define fp_atan2 _glp_mpl_fp_atan2 +double fp_atan2(MPL *mpl, double y, double x); +/* floating-point trigonometric arctangent */ + +#define fp_round _glp_mpl_fp_round +double fp_round(MPL *mpl, double x, double n); +/* round floating-point value to n fractional digits */ + +#define fp_trunc _glp_mpl_fp_trunc +double fp_trunc(MPL *mpl, double x, double n); +/* truncate floating-point value to n fractional digits */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATORS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define fp_irand224 _glp_mpl_fp_irand224 +double fp_irand224(MPL *mpl); +/* pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^24) */ + +#define fp_uniform01 _glp_mpl_fp_uniform01 +double fp_uniform01(MPL *mpl); +/* pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1) */ + +#define fp_uniform _glp_mpl_uniform +double fp_uniform(MPL *mpl, double a, double b); +/* pseudo-random number in the range [a, b) */ + +#define fp_normal01 _glp_mpl_fp_normal01 +double fp_normal01(MPL *mpl); +/* Gaussian random variate with mu = 0 and sigma = 1 */ + +#define fp_normal _glp_mpl_fp_normal +double fp_normal(MPL *mpl, double mu, double sigma); +/* Gaussian random variate with specified mu and sigma */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * DATE/TIME * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define fn_gmtime _glp_mpl_fn_gmtime +double fn_gmtime(MPL *mpl); +/* obtain the current calendar time (UTC) */ + +#define fn_str2time _glp_mpl_fn_str2time +double fn_str2time(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *fmt); +/* convert character string to the calendar time */ + +#define fn_time2str _glp_mpl_fn_time2str +void fn_time2str(MPL *mpl, char *str, double t, const char *fmt); +/* convert the calendar time to character string */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * CHARACTER STRINGS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define create_string _glp_mpl_create_string +STRING *create_string +( MPL *mpl, + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1] /* not changed */ +); +/* create character string */ + +#define copy_string _glp_mpl_copy_string +STRING *copy_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* not changed */ +); +/* make copy of character string */ + +#define compare_strings _glp_mpl_compare_strings +int compare_strings +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str1, /* not changed */ + STRING *str2 /* not changed */ +); +/* compare one character string with another */ + +#define fetch_string _glp_mpl_fetch_string +char *fetch_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str, /* not changed */ + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1] /* modified */ +); +/* extract content of character string */ + +#define delete_string _glp_mpl_delete_string +void delete_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete character string */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SYMBOLS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct SYMBOL +{ /* symbol (numeric or abstract quantity) */ + double num; + /* numeric value of symbol (used only if str == NULL) */ + STRING *str; + /* abstract value of symbol (used only if str != NULL) */ +}; + +#define create_symbol_num _glp_mpl_create_symbol_num +SYMBOL *create_symbol_num(MPL *mpl, double num); +/* create symbol of numeric type */ + +#define create_symbol_str _glp_mpl_create_symbol_str +SYMBOL *create_symbol_str +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* destroyed */ +); +/* create symbol of abstract type */ + +#define copy_symbol _glp_mpl_copy_symbol +SYMBOL *copy_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* not changed */ +); +/* make copy of symbol */ + +#define compare_symbols _glp_mpl_compare_symbols +int compare_symbols +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym1, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *sym2 /* not changed */ +); +/* compare one symbol with another */ + +#define delete_symbol _glp_mpl_delete_symbol +void delete_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete symbol */ + +#define format_symbol _glp_mpl_format_symbol +char *format_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* not changed */ +); +/* format symbol for displaying or printing */ + +#define concat_symbols _glp_mpl_concat_symbols +SYMBOL *concat_symbols +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym1, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym2 /* destroyed */ +); +/* concatenate one symbol with another */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * N-TUPLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct TUPLE +{ /* component of n-tuple; the n-tuple itself is associated with + its first component; (note that 0-tuple has no components) */ + SYMBOL *sym; + /* symbol, which the component refers to; cannot be NULL */ + TUPLE *next; + /* the next component of n-tuple */ +}; + +#define create_tuple _glp_mpl_create_tuple +TUPLE *create_tuple(MPL *mpl); +/* create n-tuple */ + +#define expand_tuple _glp_mpl_expand_tuple +TUPLE *expand_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +); +/* append symbol to n-tuple */ + +#define tuple_dimen _glp_mpl_tuple_dimen +int tuple_dimen +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* determine dimension of n-tuple */ + +#define copy_tuple _glp_mpl_copy_tuple +TUPLE *copy_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* make copy of n-tuple */ + +#define compare_tuples _glp_mpl_compare_tuples +int compare_tuples +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple1, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple2 /* not changed */ +); +/* compare one n-tuple with another */ + +#define build_subtuple _glp_mpl_build_subtuple +TUPLE *build_subtuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + int dim +); +/* build subtuple of given n-tuple */ + +#define delete_tuple _glp_mpl_delete_tuple +void delete_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete n-tuple */ + +#define format_tuple _glp_mpl_format_tuple +char *format_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + int c, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* format n-tuple for displaying or printing */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL SETS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#if 2 + 2 == 5 +struct ELEMSET /* see ARRAY */ +{ /* elemental set of n-tuples; formally it is a "value" assigned + to members of model sets (like numbers and symbols, which are + values assigned to members of model parameters); note that a + simple model set is not an elemental set, it is 0-dimensional + array, the only member of which (if it exists) is assigned an + elemental set */ +#endif + +#define create_elemset _glp_mpl_create_elemset +ELEMSET *create_elemset(MPL *mpl, int dim); +/* create elemental set */ + +#define find_tuple _glp_mpl_find_tuple +MEMBER *find_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* check if elemental set contains given n-tuple */ + +#define add_tuple _glp_mpl_add_tuple +MEMBER *add_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +); +/* add new n-tuple to elemental set */ + +#define check_then_add _glp_mpl_check_then_add +MEMBER *check_then_add +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +); +/* check and add new n-tuple to elemental set */ + +#define copy_elemset _glp_mpl_copy_elemset +ELEMSET *copy_elemset +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set /* not changed */ +); +/* make copy of elemental set */ + +#define delete_elemset _glp_mpl_delete_elemset +void delete_elemset +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete elemental set */ + +#define arelset_size _glp_mpl_arelset_size +int arelset_size(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt); +/* compute size of "arithmetic" elemental set */ + +#define arelset_member _glp_mpl_arelset_member +double arelset_member(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt, int j); +/* compute member of "arithmetic" elemental set */ + +#define create_arelset _glp_mpl_create_arelset +ELEMSET *create_arelset(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt); +/* create "arithmetic" elemental set */ + +#define set_union _glp_mpl_set_union +ELEMSET *set_union +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +); +/* union of two elemental sets */ + +#define set_diff _glp_mpl_set_diff +ELEMSET *set_diff +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +); +/* difference between two elemental sets */ + +#define set_symdiff _glp_mpl_set_symdiff +ELEMSET *set_symdiff +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +); +/* symmetric difference between two elemental sets */ + +#define set_inter _glp_mpl_set_inter +ELEMSET *set_inter +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +); +/* intersection of two elemental sets */ + +#define set_cross _glp_mpl_set_cross +ELEMSET *set_cross +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +); +/* cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL VARIABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct ELEMVAR +{ /* elemental variable; formally it is a "value" assigned to + members of model variables (like numbers and symbols, which + are values assigned to members of model parameters) */ + int j; + /* LP column number assigned to this elemental variable */ + VARIABLE *var; + /* model variable, which contains this elemental variable */ + MEMBER *memb; + /* array member, which is assigned this elemental variable */ + double lbnd; + /* lower bound */ + double ubnd; + /* upper bound */ + double temp; + /* working quantity used in operations on linear forms; normally + it contains floating-point zero */ +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + int stat; + double prim, dual; + /* solution components provided by the solver */ +#endif +}; + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * LINEAR FORMS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct FORMULA +{ /* term of linear form c * x, where c is a coefficient, x is an + elemental variable; the linear form itself is the sum of terms + and is associated with its first term; (note that the linear + form may be empty that means the sum is equal to zero) */ + double coef; + /* coefficient at elemental variable or constant term */ + ELEMVAR *var; + /* reference to elemental variable; NULL means constant term */ + FORMULA *next; + /* the next term of linear form */ +}; + +#define constant_term _glp_mpl_constant_term +FORMULA *constant_term(MPL *mpl, double coef); +/* create constant term */ + +#define single_variable _glp_mpl_single_variable +FORMULA *single_variable +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMVAR *var /* referenced */ +); +/* create single variable */ + +#define copy_formula _glp_mpl_copy_formula +FORMULA *copy_formula +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* not changed */ +); +/* make copy of linear form */ + +#define delete_formula _glp_mpl_delete_formula +void delete_formula +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete linear form */ + +#define linear_comb _glp_mpl_linear_comb +FORMULA *linear_comb +( MPL *mpl, + double a, FORMULA *fx, /* destroyed */ + double b, FORMULA *fy /* destroyed */ +); +/* linear combination of two linear forms */ + +#define remove_constant _glp_mpl_remove_constant +FORMULA *remove_constant +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form, /* destroyed */ + double *coef /* modified */ +); +/* remove constant term from linear form */ + +#define reduce_terms _glp_mpl_reduce_terms +FORMULA *reduce_terms +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* destroyed */ +); +/* reduce identical terms in linear form */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL CONSTRAINTS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct ELEMCON +{ /* elemental constraint; formally it is a "value" assigned to + members of model constraints (like numbers or symbols, which + are values assigned to members of model parameters) */ + int i; + /* LP row number assigned to this elemental constraint */ + CONSTRAINT *con; + /* model constraint, which contains this elemental constraint */ + MEMBER *memb; + /* array member, which is assigned this elemental constraint */ + FORMULA *form; + /* linear form */ + double lbnd; + /* lower bound */ + double ubnd; + /* upper bound */ +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + int stat; + double prim, dual; + /* solution components provided by the solver */ +#endif +}; + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * GENERIC VALUES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +union VALUE +{ /* generic value, which can be assigned to object member or be a + result of evaluation of expression */ + /* indicator that specifies the particular type of generic value + is stored in the corresponding array or pseudo-code descriptor + and can be one of the following: + A_NONE - no value + A_NUMERIC - floating-point number + A_SYMBOLIC - symbol + A_LOGICAL - logical value + A_TUPLE - n-tuple + A_ELEMSET - elemental set + A_ELEMVAR - elemental variable + A_FORMULA - linear form + A_ELEMCON - elemental constraint */ + void *none; /* null */ + double num; /* value */ + SYMBOL *sym; /* value */ + int bit; /* value */ + TUPLE *tuple; /* value */ + ELEMSET *set; /* value */ + ELEMVAR *var; /* reference */ + FORMULA *form; /* value */ + ELEMCON *con; /* reference */ +}; + +#define delete_value _glp_mpl_delete_value +void delete_value +( MPL *mpl, + int type, + VALUE *value /* content destroyed */ +); +/* delete generic value */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SYMBOLICALLY INDEXED ARRAYS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct ARRAY +{ /* multi-dimensional array, a set of members indexed over simple + or compound sets of symbols; arrays are used to represent the + contents of model objects (i.e. sets, parameters, variables, + constraints, and objectives); arrays also are used as "values" + that are assigned to members of set objects, in which case the + array itself represents an elemental set */ + int type; + /* type of generic values assigned to the array members: + A_NONE - none (members have no assigned values) + A_NUMERIC - floating-point numbers + A_SYMBOLIC - symbols + A_ELEMSET - elemental sets + A_ELEMVAR - elemental variables + A_ELEMCON - elemental constraints */ + int dim; + /* dimension of the array that determines number of components in + n-tuples for all members of the array, dim >= 0; dim = 0 means + the array is 0-dimensional */ + int size; + /* size of the array, i.e. number of its members */ + MEMBER *head; + /* the first array member; NULL means the array is empty */ + MEMBER *tail; + /* the last array member; NULL means the array is empty */ + AVL *tree; + /* the search tree intended to find array members for logarithmic + time; NULL means the search tree doesn't exist */ + ARRAY *prev; + /* the previous array in the translator database */ + ARRAY *next; + /* the next array in the translator database */ +}; + +struct MEMBER +{ /* array member */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which identifies the member; number of its components + is the same for all members within the array and determined by + the array dimension; duplicate members are not allowed */ + MEMBER *next; + /* the next array member */ + VALUE value; + /* generic value assigned to the member */ +}; + +#define create_array _glp_mpl_create_array +ARRAY *create_array(MPL *mpl, int type, int dim); +/* create array */ + +#define find_member _glp_mpl_find_member +MEMBER *find_member +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* find array member with given n-tuple */ + +#define add_member _glp_mpl_add_member +MEMBER *add_member +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +); +/* add new member to array */ + +#define delete_array _glp_mpl_delete_array +void delete_array +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array /* destroyed */ +); +/* delete array */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * DOMAINS AND DUMMY INDICES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct DOMAIN +{ /* domain (a simple or compound set); syntactically domain looks + like '{ i in I, (j,k) in S, t in T : <predicate> }'; domains + are used to define sets, over which model objects are indexed, + and also as constituents of iterated operators */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *list; + /* linked list of domain blocks (in the example above such blocks + are 'i in I', '(j,k) in S', and 't in T'); this list cannot be + empty */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing the logical predicate, which follows + the colon; NULL means no predicate is specified */ +}; + +struct DOMAIN_BLOCK +{ /* domain block; syntactically domain blocks look like 'i in I', + '(j,k) in S', and 't in T' in the example above (in the sequel + sets like I, S, and T are called basic sets) */ + DOMAIN_SLOT *list; + /* linked list of domain slots (i.e. indexing positions); number + of slots in this list is the same as dimension of n-tuples in + the basic set; this list cannot be empty */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing basic set; cannot be NULL */ + TUPLE *backup; + /* if this n-tuple is not empty, current values of dummy indices + in the domain block are the same as components of this n-tuple + (note that this n-tuple may have larger dimension than number + of dummy indices in this block, in which case extra components + are ignored); this n-tuple is used to restore former values of + dummy indices, if they were changed due to recursive calls to + the domain block */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *next; + /* the next block in the same domain */ +}; + +struct DOMAIN_SLOT +{ /* domain slot; it specifies an individual indexing position and + defines the corresponding dummy index */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name of the dummy index; null pointer means the dummy + index is not explicitly specified */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing symbolic value, at which the dummy + index is bound; NULL means the dummy index is free within the + domain scope */ + SYMBOL *value; + /* current value assigned to the dummy index; NULL means no value + is assigned at the moment */ + CODE *list; + /* linked list of pseudo-codes with operation O_INDEX referring + to this slot; this linked list is used to invalidate resultant + values of the operation, which depend on this dummy index */ + DOMAIN_SLOT *next; + /* the next slot in the same domain block */ +}; + +#define assign_dummy_index _glp_mpl_assign_dummy_index +void assign_dummy_index +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot, /* modified */ + SYMBOL *value /* not changed */ +); +/* assign new value to dummy index */ + +#define update_dummy_indices _glp_mpl_update_dummy_indices +void update_dummy_indices +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block /* not changed */ +); +/* update current values of dummy indices */ + +#define enter_domain_block _glp_mpl_enter_domain_block +int enter_domain_block +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +); +/* enter domain block */ + +#define eval_within_domain _glp_mpl_eval_within_domain +int eval_within_domain +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +); +/* perform evaluation within domain scope */ + +#define loop_within_domain _glp_mpl_loop_within_domain +void loop_within_domain +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain, /* not changed */ + void *info, int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +); +/* perform iterations within domain scope */ + +#define out_of_domain _glp_mpl_out_of_domain +void out_of_domain +( MPL *mpl, + char *name, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* raise domain exception */ + +#define get_domain_tuple _glp_mpl_get_domain_tuple +TUPLE *get_domain_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain current n-tuple from domain */ + +#define clean_domain _glp_mpl_clean_domain +void clean_domain(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain); +/* clean domain */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL SETS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct SET +{ /* model set */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */ + char *alias; + /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */ + int dim; /* aka arity */ + /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional + (unsubscripted) set, dim > 0 means set of sets */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional set */ + int dimen; + /* dimension of n-tuples, which members of this set consist of + (note that the model set itself is an array of elemental sets, + which are its members; so, don't confuse this dimension with + dimension of the model set); always non-zero */ + WITHIN *within; + /* list of supersets, which restrict each member of the set to be + in every superset from this list; this list can be empty */ + CODE *assign; + /* pseudo-code for computing assigned value; can be NULL */ + CODE *option; + /* pseudo-code for computing default value; can be NULL */ + GADGET *gadget; + /* plain set used to initialize the array of sets; can be NULL */ + int data; + /* data status flag: + 0 - no data are provided in the data section + 1 - data are provided, but not checked yet + 2 - data are provided and have been checked */ + ARRAY *array; + /* array of members, which are assigned elemental sets */ +}; + +struct WITHIN +{ /* restricting superset list entry */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing the superset; cannot be NULL */ + WITHIN *next; + /* the next entry for the same set or parameter */ +}; + +struct GADGET +{ /* plain set used to initialize the array of sets with data */ + SET *set; + /* pointer to plain set; cannot be NULL */ + int ind[20]; /* ind[dim+dimen]; */ + /* permutation of integers 1, 2, ..., dim+dimen */ +}; + +#define check_elem_set _glp_mpl_check_elem_set +void check_elem_set +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + ELEMSET *refer /* not changed */ +); +/* check elemental set assigned to set member */ + +#define take_member_set _glp_mpl_take_member_set +ELEMSET *take_member_set /* returns reference, not value */ +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain elemental set assigned to set member */ + +#define eval_member_set _glp_mpl_eval_member_set +ELEMSET *eval_member_set /* returns reference, not value */ +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* evaluate elemental set assigned to set member */ + +#define eval_whole_set _glp_mpl_eval_whole_set +void eval_whole_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set); +/* evaluate model set over entire domain */ + +#define clean_set _glp_mpl_clean_set +void clean_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set); +/* clean model set */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL PARAMETERS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct PARAMETER +{ /* model parameter */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */ + char *alias; + /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */ + int dim; /* aka arity */ + /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional + (unsubscripted) parameter */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional parameter */ + int type; + /* parameter type: + A_NUMERIC - numeric + A_INTEGER - integer + A_BINARY - binary + A_SYMBOLIC - symbolic */ + CONDITION *cond; + /* list of conditions, which restrict each parameter member to + satisfy to every condition from this list; this list is used + only for numeric parameters and can be empty */ + WITHIN *in; + /* list of supersets, which restrict each parameter member to be + in every superset from this list; this list is used only for + symbolic parameters and can be empty */ + CODE *assign; + /* pseudo-code for computing assigned value; can be NULL */ + CODE *option; + /* pseudo-code for computing default value; can be NULL */ + int data; + /* data status flag: + 0 - no data are provided in the data section + 1 - data are provided, but not checked yet + 2 - data are provided and have been checked */ + SYMBOL *defval; + /* default value provided in the data section; can be NULL */ + ARRAY *array; + /* array of members, which are assigned numbers or symbols */ +}; + +struct CONDITION +{ /* restricting condition list entry */ + int rho; + /* flag that specifies the form of the condition: + O_LT - less than + O_LE - less than or equal to + O_EQ - equal to + O_GE - greater than or equal to + O_GT - greater than + O_NE - not equal to */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing the reference value */ + CONDITION *next; + /* the next entry for the same parameter */ +}; + +#define check_value_num _glp_mpl_check_value_num +void check_value_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + double value +); +/* check numeric value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define take_member_num _glp_mpl_take_member_num +double take_member_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain numeric value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define eval_member_num _glp_mpl_eval_member_num +double eval_member_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* evaluate numeric value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define check_value_sym _glp_mpl_check_value_sym +void check_value_sym +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *value /* not changed */ +); +/* check symbolic value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define take_member_sym _glp_mpl_take_member_sym +SYMBOL *take_member_sym /* returns value, not reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain symbolic value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define eval_member_sym _glp_mpl_eval_member_sym +SYMBOL *eval_member_sym /* returns value, not reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* evaluate symbolic value assigned to parameter member */ + +#define eval_whole_par _glp_mpl_eval_whole_par +void eval_whole_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par); +/* evaluate model parameter over entire domain */ + +#define clean_parameter _glp_mpl_clean_parameter +void clean_parameter(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par); +/* clean model parameter */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL VARIABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct VARIABLE +{ /* model variable */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */ + char *alias; + /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */ + int dim; /* aka arity */ + /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional + (unsubscripted) variable */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional variable */ + int type; + /* variable type: + A_NUMERIC - continuous + A_INTEGER - integer + A_BINARY - binary */ + CODE *lbnd; + /* pseudo-code for computing lower bound; NULL means lower bound + is not specified */ + CODE *ubnd; + /* pseudo-code for computing upper bound; NULL means upper bound + is not specified */ + /* if both the pointers lbnd and ubnd refer to the same code, the + variable is fixed at the corresponding value */ + ARRAY *array; + /* array of members, which are assigned elemental variables */ +}; + +#define take_member_var _glp_mpl_take_member_var +ELEMVAR *take_member_var /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + VARIABLE *var, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain reference to elemental variable */ + +#define eval_member_var _glp_mpl_eval_member_var +ELEMVAR *eval_member_var /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + VARIABLE *var, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* evaluate reference to elemental variable */ + +#define eval_whole_var _glp_mpl_eval_whole_var +void eval_whole_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var); +/* evaluate model variable over entire domain */ + +#define clean_variable _glp_mpl_clean_variable +void clean_variable(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var); +/* clean model variable */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL CONSTRAINTS AND OBJECTIVES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct CONSTRAINT +{ /* model constraint or objective */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */ + char *alias; + /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */ + int dim; /* aka arity */ + /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional + (unsubscripted) constraint */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional constraint */ + int type; + /* constraint type: + A_CONSTRAINT - constraint + A_MINIMIZE - objective (minimization) + A_MAXIMIZE - objective (maximization) */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing main linear form; cannot be NULL */ + CODE *lbnd; + /* pseudo-code for computing lower bound; NULL means lower bound + is not specified */ + CODE *ubnd; + /* pseudo-code for computing upper bound; NULL means upper bound + is not specified */ + /* if both the pointers lbnd and ubnd refer to the same code, the + constraint has the form of equation */ + ARRAY *array; + /* array of members, which are assigned elemental constraints */ +}; + +#define take_member_con _glp_mpl_take_member_con +ELEMCON *take_member_con /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + CONSTRAINT *con, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* obtain reference to elemental constraint */ + +#define eval_member_con _glp_mpl_eval_member_con +ELEMCON *eval_member_con /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + CONSTRAINT *con, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +); +/* evaluate reference to elemental constraint */ + +#define eval_whole_con _glp_mpl_eval_whole_con +void eval_whole_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con); +/* evaluate model constraint over entire domain */ + +#define clean_constraint _glp_mpl_clean_constraint +void clean_constraint(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con); +/* clean model constraint */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * DATA TABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct TABLE +{ /* data table */ + char *name; + /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */ + char *alias; + /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */ + int type; + /* table type: + A_INPUT - input table + A_OUTPUT - output table */ + TABARG *arg; + /* argument list; cannot be empty */ + union + { struct + { SET *set; + /* input set; NULL means the set is not specified */ + TABFLD *fld; + /* field list; cannot be empty */ + TABIN *list; + /* input list; can be empty */ + } in; + struct + { DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; cannot be NULL */ + TABOUT *list; + /* output list; cannot be empty */ + } out; + } u; +}; + +struct TABARG +{ /* table argument list entry */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing the argument */ + TABARG *next; + /* next entry for the same table */ +}; + +struct TABFLD +{ /* table field list entry */ + char *name; + /* field name; cannot be NULL */ + TABFLD *next; + /* next entry for the same table */ +}; + +struct TABIN +{ /* table input list entry */ + PARAMETER *par; + /* parameter to be read; cannot be NULL */ + char *name; + /* column name; cannot be NULL */ + TABIN *next; + /* next entry for the same table */ +}; + +struct TABOUT +{ /* table output list entry */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing the value to be written */ + char *name; + /* column name; cannot be NULL */ + TABOUT *next; + /* next entry for the same table */ +}; + +struct TABDCA +{ /* table driver communication area */ + int id; + /* driver identifier (set by mpl_tab_drv_open) */ + void *link; + /* driver link pointer (set by mpl_tab_drv_open) */ + int na; + /* number of arguments */ + char **arg; /* char *arg[1+ns]; */ + /* arg[k], 1 <= k <= ns, is pointer to k-th argument */ + int nf; + /* number of fields */ + char **name; /* char *name[1+nc]; */ + /* name[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is name of k-th field */ + int *type; /* int type[1+nc]; */ + /* type[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is type of k-th field: + '?' - value not assigned + 'N' - number + 'S' - character string */ + double *num; /* double num[1+nc]; */ + /* num[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is numeric value of k-th field */ + char **str; + /* str[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is string value of k-th field */ +}; + +#define mpl_tab_num_args _glp_mpl_tab_num_args +int mpl_tab_num_args(TABDCA *dca); + +#define mpl_tab_get_arg _glp_mpl_tab_get_arg +const char *mpl_tab_get_arg(TABDCA *dca, int k); + +#define mpl_tab_num_flds _glp_mpl_tab_num_flds +int mpl_tab_num_flds(TABDCA *dca); + +#define mpl_tab_get_name _glp_mpl_tab_get_name +const char *mpl_tab_get_name(TABDCA *dca, int k); + +#define mpl_tab_get_type _glp_mpl_tab_get_type +int mpl_tab_get_type(TABDCA *dca, int k); + +#define mpl_tab_get_num _glp_mpl_tab_get_num +double mpl_tab_get_num(TABDCA *dca, int k); + +#define mpl_tab_get_str _glp_mpl_tab_get_str +const char *mpl_tab_get_str(TABDCA *dca, int k); + +#define mpl_tab_set_num _glp_mpl_tab_set_num +void mpl_tab_set_num(TABDCA *dca, int k, double num); + +#define mpl_tab_set_str _glp_mpl_tab_set_str +void mpl_tab_set_str(TABDCA *dca, int k, const char *str); + +#define mpl_tab_drv_open _glp_mpl_tab_drv_open +void mpl_tab_drv_open(MPL *mpl, int mode); + +#define mpl_tab_drv_read _glp_mpl_tab_drv_read +int mpl_tab_drv_read(MPL *mpl); + +#define mpl_tab_drv_write _glp_mpl_tab_drv_write +void mpl_tab_drv_write(MPL *mpl); + +#define mpl_tab_drv_close _glp_mpl_tab_drv_close +void mpl_tab_drv_close(MPL *mpl); + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PSEUDO-CODE * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +union OPERANDS +{ /* operands that participate in pseudo-code operation (choice of + particular operands depends on the operation code) */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + double num; /* O_NUMBER */ + /* floaing-point number to be taken */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + char *str; /* O_STRING */ + /* character string to be taken */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* O_INDEX */ + { DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + /* domain slot, which contains dummy index to be taken */ + CODE *next; + /* the next pseudo-code with op = O_INDEX, which refers to the + same slot as this one; pointer to the beginning of this list + is stored in the corresponding domain slot */ + } index; + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* O_MEMNUM, O_MEMSYM */ + { PARAMETER *par; + /* model parameter, which contains member to be taken */ + ARG_LIST *list; + /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional parameter */ + } par; + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* O_MEMSET */ + { SET *set; + /* model set, which contains member to be taken */ + ARG_LIST *list; + /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional set */ + } set; + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* O_MEMVAR */ + { VARIABLE *var; + /* model variable, which contains member to be taken */ + ARG_LIST *list; + /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional variable */ +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + int suff; + /* suffix specified: */ +#define DOT_NONE 0x00 /* none (means variable itself) */ +#define DOT_LB 0x01 /* .lb (lower bound) */ +#define DOT_UB 0x02 /* .ub (upper bound) */ +#define DOT_STATUS 0x03 /* .status (status) */ +#define DOT_VAL 0x04 /* .val (primal value) */ +#define DOT_DUAL 0x05 /* .dual (dual value) */ +#endif + } var; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* O_MEMCON */ + { CONSTRAINT *con; + /* model constraint, which contains member to be taken */ + ARG_LIST *list; + /* list of subscripys; NULL for 0-dimensional constraint */ + int suff; + /* suffix specified (see O_MEMVAR above) */ + } con; +#endif + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + ARG_LIST *list; /* O_TUPLE, O_MAKE, n-ary operations */ + /* list of operands */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *slice; /* O_SLICE */ + /* domain block, which specifies slice (i.e. n-tuple that contains + free dummy indices); this operation is never evaluated */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* unary, binary, ternary operations */ + { CODE *x; + /* pseudo-code for computing first operand */ + CODE *y; + /* pseudo-code for computing second operand */ + CODE *z; + /* pseudo-code for computing third operand */ + } arg; + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + struct /* iterated operations */ + { DOMAIN *domain; + /* domain, over which the operation is performed */ + CODE *x; + /* pseudo-code for computing "integrand" */ + } loop; + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +}; + +struct ARG_LIST +{ /* operands list entry */ + CODE *x; + /* pseudo-code for computing operand */ + ARG_LIST *next; + /* the next operand of the same operation */ +}; + +struct CODE +{ /* pseudo-code (internal form of expressions) */ + int op; + /* operation code: */ +#define O_NUMBER 301 /* take floating-point number */ +#define O_STRING 302 /* take character string */ +#define O_INDEX 303 /* take dummy index */ +#define O_MEMNUM 304 /* take member of numeric parameter */ +#define O_MEMSYM 305 /* take member of symbolic parameter */ +#define O_MEMSET 306 /* take member of set */ +#define O_MEMVAR 307 /* take member of variable */ +#define O_MEMCON 308 /* take member of constraint */ +#define O_TUPLE 309 /* make n-tuple */ +#define O_MAKE 310 /* make elemental set of n-tuples */ +#define O_SLICE 311 /* define domain block (dummy op) */ + /* 0-ary operations --------------------*/ +#define O_IRAND224 312 /* pseudo-random in [0, 2^24-1] */ +#define O_UNIFORM01 313 /* pseudo-random in [0, 1) */ +#define O_NORMAL01 314 /* gaussian random, mu = 0, sigma = 1 */ +#define O_GMTIME 315 /* current calendar time (UTC) */ + /* unary operations --------------------*/ +#define O_CVTNUM 316 /* conversion to numeric */ +#define O_CVTSYM 317 /* conversion to symbolic */ +#define O_CVTLOG 318 /* conversion to logical */ +#define O_CVTTUP 319 /* conversion to 1-tuple */ +#define O_CVTLFM 320 /* conversion to linear form */ +#define O_PLUS 321 /* unary plus */ +#define O_MINUS 322 /* unary minus */ +#define O_NOT 323 /* negation (logical "not") */ +#define O_ABS 324 /* absolute value */ +#define O_CEIL 325 /* round upward ("ceiling of x") */ +#define O_FLOOR 326 /* round downward ("floor of x") */ +#define O_EXP 327 /* base-e exponential */ +#define O_LOG 328 /* natural logarithm */ +#define O_LOG10 329 /* common (decimal) logarithm */ +#define O_SQRT 330 /* square root */ +#define O_SIN 331 /* trigonometric sine */ +#define O_COS 332 /* trigonometric cosine */ +#define O_TAN 333 /* trigonometric tangent */ +#define O_ATAN 334 /* trigonometric arctangent */ +#define O_ROUND 335 /* round to nearest integer */ +#define O_TRUNC 336 /* truncate to nearest integer */ +#define O_CARD 337 /* cardinality of set */ +#define O_LENGTH 338 /* length of symbolic value */ + /* binary operations -------------------*/ +#define O_ADD 339 /* addition */ +#define O_SUB 340 /* subtraction */ +#define O_LESS 341 /* non-negative subtraction */ +#define O_MUL 342 /* multiplication */ +#define O_DIV 343 /* division */ +#define O_IDIV 344 /* quotient of exact division */ +#define O_MOD 345 /* remainder of exact division */ +#define O_POWER 346 /* exponentiation (raise to power) */ +#define O_ATAN2 347 /* trigonometric arctangent */ +#define O_ROUND2 348 /* round to n fractional digits */ +#define O_TRUNC2 349 /* truncate to n fractional digits */ +#define O_UNIFORM 350 /* pseudo-random in [a, b) */ +#define O_NORMAL 351 /* gaussian random, given mu and sigma */ +#define O_CONCAT 352 /* concatenation */ +#define O_LT 353 /* comparison on 'less than' */ +#define O_LE 354 /* comparison on 'not greater than' */ +#define O_EQ 355 /* comparison on 'equal to' */ +#define O_GE 356 /* comparison on 'not less than' */ +#define O_GT 357 /* comparison on 'greater than' */ +#define O_NE 358 /* comparison on 'not equal to' */ +#define O_AND 359 /* conjunction (logical "and") */ +#define O_OR 360 /* disjunction (logical "or") */ +#define O_UNION 361 /* union */ +#define O_DIFF 362 /* difference */ +#define O_SYMDIFF 363 /* symmetric difference */ +#define O_INTER 364 /* intersection */ +#define O_CROSS 365 /* cross (Cartesian) product */ +#define O_IN 366 /* test on 'x in Y' */ +#define O_NOTIN 367 /* test on 'x not in Y' */ +#define O_WITHIN 368 /* test on 'X within Y' */ +#define O_NOTWITHIN 369 /* test on 'X not within Y' */ +#define O_SUBSTR 370 /* substring */ +#define O_STR2TIME 371 /* convert string to time */ +#define O_TIME2STR 372 /* convert time to string */ + /* ternary operations ------------------*/ +#define O_DOTS 373 /* build "arithmetic" set */ +#define O_FORK 374 /* if-then-else */ +#define O_SUBSTR3 375 /* substring */ + /* n-ary operations --------------------*/ +#define O_MIN 376 /* minimal value (n-ary) */ +#define O_MAX 377 /* maximal value (n-ary) */ + /* iterated operations -----------------*/ +#define O_SUM 378 /* summation */ +#define O_PROD 379 /* multiplication */ +#define O_MINIMUM 380 /* minimum */ +#define O_MAXIMUM 381 /* maximum */ +#define O_FORALL 382 /* conjunction (A-quantification) */ +#define O_EXISTS 383 /* disjunction (E-quantification) */ +#define O_SETOF 384 /* compute elemental set */ +#define O_BUILD 385 /* build elemental set */ + OPERANDS arg; + /* operands that participate in the operation */ + int type; + /* type of the resultant value: + A_NUMERIC - numeric + A_SYMBOLIC - symbolic + A_LOGICAL - logical + A_TUPLE - n-tuple + A_ELEMSET - elemental set + A_FORMULA - linear form */ + int dim; + /* dimension of the resultant value; for A_TUPLE and A_ELEMSET it + is the dimension of the corresponding n-tuple(s) and cannot be + zero; for other resultant types it is always zero */ + CODE *up; + /* parent pseudo-code, which refers to this pseudo-code as to its + operand; NULL means this pseudo-code has no parent and defines + an expression, which is not contained in another expression */ + int vflag; + /* volatile flag; being set this flag means that this operation + has a side effect; for primary expressions this flag is set + directly by corresponding parsing routines (for example, if + primary expression is a reference to a function that generates + pseudo-random numbers); in other cases this flag is inherited + from operands */ + int valid; + /* if this flag is set, the resultant value, which is a temporary + result of evaluating this operation on particular values of + operands, is valid; if this flag is clear, the resultant value + doesn't exist and therefore not valid; having been evaluated + the resultant value is stored here and not destroyed until the + dummy indices, which this value depends on, have been changed + (and if it doesn't depend on dummy indices at all, it is never + destroyed); thus, if the resultant value is valid, evaluating + routine can immediately take its copy not computing the result + from scratch; this mechanism is similar to moving invariants + out of loops and allows improving efficiency at the expense of + some extra memory needed to keep temporary results */ + /* however, if the volatile flag (see above) is set, even if the + resultant value is valid, evaluating routine computes it as if + it were not valid, i.e. caching is not used in this case */ + VALUE value; + /* resultant value in generic format */ +}; + +#define eval_numeric _glp_mpl_eval_numeric +double eval_numeric(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine numeric value */ + +#define eval_symbolic _glp_mpl_eval_symbolic +SYMBOL *eval_symbolic(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine symbolic value */ + +#define eval_logical _glp_mpl_eval_logical +int eval_logical(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine logical value */ + +#define eval_tuple _glp_mpl_eval_tuple +TUPLE *eval_tuple(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct n-tuple */ + +#define eval_elemset _glp_mpl_eval_elemset +ELEMSET *eval_elemset(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct elemental set */ + +#define is_member _glp_mpl_is_member +int is_member(MPL *mpl, CODE *code, TUPLE *tuple); +/* check if n-tuple is in set specified by pseudo-code */ + +#define eval_formula _glp_mpl_eval_formula +FORMULA *eval_formula(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct linear form */ + +#define clean_code _glp_mpl_clean_code +void clean_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code); +/* clean pseudo-code */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL STATEMENTS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +struct CHECK +{ /* check statement */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */ + CODE *code; + /* code for computing the predicate to be checked */ +}; + +struct DISPLAY +{ /* display statement */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */ + DISPLAY1 *list; + /* display list; cannot be empty */ +}; + +struct DISPLAY1 +{ /* display list entry */ + int type; + /* item type: + A_INDEX - dummy index + A_SET - model set + A_PARAMETER - model parameter + A_VARIABLE - model variable + A_CONSTRAINT - model constraint/objective + A_EXPRESSION - expression */ + union + { DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + SET *set; + PARAMETER *par; + VARIABLE *var; + CONSTRAINT *con; + CODE *code; + } u; + /* item to be displayed */ +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ + ARG_LIST *list; + /* optional subscript list (for constraint/objective only) */ +#endif + DISPLAY1 *next; + /* the next entry for the same statement */ +}; + +struct PRINTF +{ /* printf statement */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */ + CODE *fmt; + /* pseudo-code for computing format string */ + PRINTF1 *list; + /* printf list; can be empty */ + CODE *fname; + /* pseudo-code for computing filename to redirect the output; + NULL means the output goes to stdout */ + int app; + /* if this flag is set, the output is appended */ +}; + +struct PRINTF1 +{ /* printf list entry */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for computing value to be printed */ + PRINTF1 *next; + /* the next entry for the same statement */ +}; + +struct FOR +{ /* for statement */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* subscript domain; cannot be NULL */ + STATEMENT *list; + /* linked list of model statements within this for statement in + the original order */ +}; + +struct STATEMENT +{ /* model statement */ + int line; + /* number of source text line, where statement begins */ + int type; + /* statement type: + A_SET - set statement + A_PARAMETER - parameter statement + A_VARIABLE - variable statement + A_CONSTRAINT - constraint/objective statement + A_TABLE - table statement + A_SOLVE - solve statement + A_CHECK - check statement + A_DISPLAY - display statement + A_PRINTF - printf statement + A_FOR - for statement */ + union + { SET *set; + PARAMETER *par; + VARIABLE *var; + CONSTRAINT *con; + TABLE *tab; + void *slv; /* currently not used (set to NULL) */ + CHECK *chk; + DISPLAY *dpy; + PRINTF *prt; + FOR *fur; + } u; + /* specific part of statement */ + STATEMENT *next; + /* the next statement; in this list statements follow in the same + order as they appear in the model section */ +}; + +#define execute_table _glp_mpl_execute_table +void execute_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab); +/* execute table statement */ + +#define free_dca _glp_mpl_free_dca +void free_dca(MPL *mpl); +/* free table driver communucation area */ + +#define clean_table _glp_mpl_clean_table +void clean_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab); +/* clean table statement */ + +#define execute_check _glp_mpl_execute_check +void execute_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk); +/* execute check statement */ + +#define clean_check _glp_mpl_clean_check +void clean_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk); +/* clean check statement */ + +#define execute_display _glp_mpl_execute_display +void execute_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy); +/* execute display statement */ + +#define clean_display _glp_mpl_clean_display +void clean_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy); +/* clean display statement */ + +#define execute_printf _glp_mpl_execute_printf +void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt); +/* execute printf statement */ + +#define clean_printf _glp_mpl_clean_printf +void clean_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt); +/* clean printf statement */ + +#define execute_for _glp_mpl_execute_for +void execute_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur); +/* execute for statement */ + +#define clean_for _glp_mpl_clean_for +void clean_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur); +/* clean for statement */ + +#define execute_statement _glp_mpl_execute_statement +void execute_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt); +/* execute specified model statement */ + +#define clean_statement _glp_mpl_clean_statement +void clean_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt); +/* clean specified model statement */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * GENERATING AND POSTSOLVING MODEL * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define alloc_content _glp_mpl_alloc_content +void alloc_content(MPL *mpl); +/* allocate content arrays for all model objects */ + +#define generate_model _glp_mpl_generate_model +void generate_model(MPL *mpl); +/* generate model */ + +#define build_problem _glp_mpl_build_problem +void build_problem(MPL *mpl); +/* build problem instance */ + +#define postsolve_model _glp_mpl_postsolve_model +void postsolve_model(MPL *mpl); +/* postsolve model */ + +#define clean_model _glp_mpl_clean_model +void clean_model(MPL *mpl); +/* clean model content */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * INPUT/OUTPUT * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define open_input _glp_mpl_open_input +void open_input(MPL *mpl, char *file); +/* open input text file */ + +#define read_char _glp_mpl_read_char +int read_char(MPL *mpl); +/* read next character from input text file */ + +#define close_input _glp_mpl_close_input +void close_input(MPL *mpl); +/* close input text file */ + +#define open_output _glp_mpl_open_output +void open_output(MPL *mpl, char *file); +/* open output text file */ + +#define write_char _glp_mpl_write_char +void write_char(MPL *mpl, int c); +/* write next character to output text file */ + +#define write_text _glp_mpl_write_text +void write_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...); +/* format and write text to output text file */ + +#define flush_output _glp_mpl_flush_output +void flush_output(MPL *mpl); +/* finalize writing data to output text file */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SOLVER INTERFACE * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define MPL_FR 401 /* free (unbounded) */ +#define MPL_LO 402 /* lower bound */ +#define MPL_UP 403 /* upper bound */ +#define MPL_DB 404 /* both lower and upper bounds */ +#define MPL_FX 405 /* fixed */ + +#define MPL_ST 411 /* constraint */ +#define MPL_MIN 412 /* objective (minimization) */ +#define MPL_MAX 413 /* objective (maximization) */ + +#define MPL_NUM 421 /* continuous */ +#define MPL_INT 422 /* integer */ +#define MPL_BIN 423 /* binary */ + +#define error _glp_mpl_error +void error(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...); +/* print error message and terminate model processing */ + +#define warning _glp_mpl_warning +void warning(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...); +/* print warning message and continue model processing */ + +#define mpl_initialize _glp_mpl_initialize +MPL *mpl_initialize(void); +/* create and initialize translator database */ + +#define mpl_read_model _glp_mpl_read_model +int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data); +/* read model section and optional data section */ + +#define mpl_read_data _glp_mpl_read_data +int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file); +/* read data section */ + +#define mpl_generate _glp_mpl_generate +int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file); +/* generate model */ + +#define mpl_get_prob_name _glp_mpl_get_prob_name +char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl); +/* obtain problem (model) name */ + +#define mpl_get_num_rows _glp_mpl_get_num_rows +int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl); +/* determine number of rows */ + +#define mpl_get_num_cols _glp_mpl_get_num_cols +int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl); +/* determine number of columns */ + +#define mpl_get_row_name _glp_mpl_get_row_name +char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i); +/* obtain row name */ + +#define mpl_get_row_kind _glp_mpl_get_row_kind +int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i); +/* determine row kind */ + +#define mpl_get_row_bnds _glp_mpl_get_row_bnds +int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *lb, double *ub); +/* obtain row bounds */ + +#define mpl_get_mat_row _glp_mpl_get_mat_row +int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[]); +/* obtain row of the constraint matrix */ + +#define mpl_get_row_c0 _glp_mpl_get_row_c0 +double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i); +/* obtain constant term of free row */ + +#define mpl_get_col_name _glp_mpl_get_col_name +char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j); +/* obtain column name */ + +#define mpl_get_col_kind _glp_mpl_get_col_kind +int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j); +/* determine column kind */ + +#define mpl_get_col_bnds _glp_mpl_get_col_bnds +int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *lb, double *ub); +/* obtain column bounds */ + +#define mpl_has_solve_stmt _glp_mpl_has_solve_stmt +int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl); +/* check if model has solve statement */ + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +#define mpl_put_row_soln _glp_mpl_put_row_soln +void mpl_put_row_soln(MPL *mpl, int i, int stat, double prim, + double dual); +/* store row (constraint/objective) solution components */ +#endif + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +#define mpl_put_col_soln _glp_mpl_put_col_soln +void mpl_put_col_soln(MPL *mpl, int j, int stat, double prim, + double dual); +/* store column (variable) solution components */ +#endif + +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ +#define mpl_put_col_value _glp_mpl_put_col_value +void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val); +/* store column value */ +#endif + +#define mpl_postsolve _glp_mpl_postsolve +int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl); +/* postsolve model */ + +#define mpl_terminate _glp_mpl_terminate +void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl); +/* free all resources used by translator */ + +#endif + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dc3cd79 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c @@ -0,0 +1,4718 @@ +/* mpl1.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#include "mpl.h" + +#define dmp_get_atomv dmp_get_atom + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PROCESSING MODEL SECTION * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- enter_context - enter current token into context queue. +-- +-- This routine enters the current token into the context queue. */ + +void enter_context(MPL *mpl) +{ char *image, *s; + if (mpl->token == T_EOF) + image = "_|_"; + else if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + image = "'...'"; + else + image = mpl->image; + xassert(0 <= mpl->c_ptr && mpl->c_ptr < CONTEXT_SIZE); + mpl->context[mpl->c_ptr++] = ' '; + if (mpl->c_ptr == CONTEXT_SIZE) mpl->c_ptr = 0; + for (s = image; *s != '\0'; s++) + { mpl->context[mpl->c_ptr++] = *s; + if (mpl->c_ptr == CONTEXT_SIZE) mpl->c_ptr = 0; + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- print_context - print current content of context queue. +-- +-- This routine prints current content of the context queue. */ + +void print_context(MPL *mpl) +{ int c; + while (mpl->c_ptr > 0) + { mpl->c_ptr--; + c = mpl->context[0]; + memmove(mpl->context, mpl->context+1, CONTEXT_SIZE-1); + mpl->context[CONTEXT_SIZE-1] = (char)c; + } + xprintf("Context: %s%.*s\n", mpl->context[0] == ' ' ? "" : "...", + CONTEXT_SIZE, mpl->context); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- get_char - scan next character from input text file. +-- +-- This routine scans a next ASCII character from the input text file. +-- In case of end-of-file, the character is assigned EOF. */ + +void get_char(MPL *mpl) +{ int c; + if (mpl->c == EOF) goto done; + if (mpl->c == '\n') mpl->line++; + c = read_char(mpl); + if (c == EOF) + { if (mpl->c == '\n') + mpl->line--; + else + warning(mpl, "final NL missing before end of file"); + } + else if (c == '\n') + ; + else if (isspace(c)) + c = ' '; + else if (iscntrl(c)) + { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "control character 0x%02X not allowed", c); + } + mpl->c = c; +done: return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- append_char - append character to current token. +-- +-- This routine appends the current character to the current token and +-- then scans a next character. */ + +void append_char(MPL *mpl) +{ xassert(0 <= mpl->imlen && mpl->imlen <= MAX_LENGTH); + if (mpl->imlen == MAX_LENGTH) + { switch (mpl->token) + { case T_NAME: + enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "symbolic name %s... too long", mpl->image); + case T_SYMBOL: + enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "symbol %s... too long", mpl->image); + case T_NUMBER: + enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "numeric literal %s... too long", mpl->image); + case T_STRING: + enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "string literal too long"); + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + } + mpl->image[mpl->imlen++] = (char)mpl->c; + mpl->image[mpl->imlen] = '\0'; + get_char(mpl); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- get_token - scan next token from input text file. +-- +-- This routine scans a next token from the input text file using the +-- standard finite automation technique. */ + +void get_token(MPL *mpl) +{ /* save the current token */ + mpl->b_token = mpl->token; + mpl->b_imlen = mpl->imlen; + strcpy(mpl->b_image, mpl->image); + mpl->b_value = mpl->value; + /* if the next token is already scanned, make it current */ + if (mpl->f_scan) + { mpl->f_scan = 0; + mpl->token = mpl->f_token; + mpl->imlen = mpl->f_imlen; + strcpy(mpl->image, mpl->f_image); + mpl->value = mpl->f_value; + goto done; + } +loop: /* nothing has been scanned so far */ + mpl->token = 0; + mpl->imlen = 0; + mpl->image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->value = 0.0; + /* skip any uninteresting characters */ + while (mpl->c == ' ' || mpl->c == '\n') get_char(mpl); + /* recognize and construct the token */ + if (mpl->c == EOF) + { /* end-of-file reached */ + mpl->token = T_EOF; + } + else if (mpl->c == '#') + { /* comment; skip anything until end-of-line */ + while (mpl->c != '\n' && mpl->c != EOF) get_char(mpl); + goto loop; + } + else if (!mpl->flag_d && (isalpha(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_')) + { /* symbolic name or reserved keyword */ + mpl->token = T_NAME; + while (isalnum(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_') append_char(mpl); + if (strcmp(mpl->image, "and") == 0) + mpl->token = T_AND; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "by") == 0) + mpl->token = T_BY; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "cross") == 0) + mpl->token = T_CROSS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "diff") == 0) + mpl->token = T_DIFF; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "div") == 0) + mpl->token = T_DIV; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "else") == 0) + mpl->token = T_ELSE; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "if") == 0) + mpl->token = T_IF; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "in") == 0) + mpl->token = T_IN; +#if 1 /* 21/VII-2006 */ + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Infinity") == 0) + mpl->token = T_INFINITY; +#endif + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "inter") == 0) + mpl->token = T_INTER; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "less") == 0) + mpl->token = T_LESS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "mod") == 0) + mpl->token = T_MOD; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "not") == 0) + mpl->token = T_NOT; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "or") == 0) + mpl->token = T_OR; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "s") == 0 && mpl->c == '.') + { mpl->token = T_SPTP; + append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c != 't') +sptp: { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "keyword s.t. incomplete"); + } + append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c != '.') goto sptp; + append_char(mpl); + } + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "symdiff") == 0) + mpl->token = T_SYMDIFF; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "then") == 0) + mpl->token = T_THEN; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "union") == 0) + mpl->token = T_UNION; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "within") == 0) + mpl->token = T_WITHIN; + } + else if (!mpl->flag_d && isdigit(mpl->c)) + { /* numeric literal */ + mpl->token = T_NUMBER; + /* scan integer part */ + while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl); + /* scan optional fractional part */ + if (mpl->c == '.') + { append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '.') + { /* hmm, it is not the fractional part, it is dots that + follow the integer part */ + mpl->imlen--; + mpl->image[mpl->imlen] = '\0'; + mpl->f_dots = 1; + goto conv; + } +frac: while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl); + } + /* scan optional decimal exponent */ + if (mpl->c == 'e' || mpl->c == 'E') + { append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '+' || mpl->c == '-') append_char(mpl); + if (!isdigit(mpl->c)) + { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "numeric literal %s incomplete", mpl->image); + } + while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl); + } + /* there must be no letter following the numeric literal */ + if (isalpha(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_') + { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "symbol %s%c... should be enclosed in quotes", + mpl->image, mpl->c); + } +conv: /* convert numeric literal to floating-point */ + if (str2num(mpl->image, &mpl->value)) +err: { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "cannot convert numeric literal %s to floating-p" + "oint number", mpl->image); + } + } + else if (mpl->c == '\'' || mpl->c == '"') + { /* character string */ + int quote = mpl->c; + mpl->token = T_STRING; + get_char(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->c == '\n' || mpl->c == EOF) + { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "unexpected end of line; string literal incom" + "plete"); + } + if (mpl->c == quote) + { get_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c != quote) break; + } + append_char(mpl); + } + } + else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '+') + mpl->token = T_PLUS, append_char(mpl); + else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '-') + mpl->token = T_MINUS, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '*') + { mpl->token = T_ASTERISK, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '*') + mpl->token = T_POWER, append_char(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->c == '/') + { mpl->token = T_SLASH, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '*') + { /* comment sequence */ + get_char(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->c == EOF) + { /* do not call enter_context at this point */ + error(mpl, "unexpected end of file; comment sequence " + "incomplete"); + } + else if (mpl->c == '*') + { get_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '/') break; + } + else + get_char(mpl); + } + get_char(mpl); + goto loop; + } + } + else if (mpl->c == '^') + mpl->token = T_POWER, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '<') + { mpl->token = T_LT, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '=') + mpl->token = T_LE, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '>') + mpl->token = T_NE, append_char(mpl); +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + else if (mpl->c == '-') + mpl->token = T_INPUT, append_char(mpl); +#endif + } + else if (mpl->c == '=') + { mpl->token = T_EQ, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '=') append_char(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->c == '>') + { mpl->token = T_GT, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '=') + mpl->token = T_GE, append_char(mpl); +#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */ + else if (mpl->c == '>') + mpl->token = T_APPEND, append_char(mpl); +#endif + } + else if (mpl->c == '!') + { mpl->token = T_NOT, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '=') + mpl->token = T_NE, append_char(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->c == '&') + { mpl->token = T_CONCAT, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '&') + mpl->token = T_AND, append_char(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->c == '|') + { mpl->token = T_BAR, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '|') + mpl->token = T_OR, append_char(mpl); + } + else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '.') + { mpl->token = T_POINT, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->f_dots) + { /* dots; the first dot was read on the previous call to the + scanner, so the current character is the second dot */ + mpl->token = T_DOTS; + mpl->imlen = 2; + strcpy(mpl->image, ".."); + mpl->f_dots = 0; + } + else if (mpl->c == '.') + mpl->token = T_DOTS, append_char(mpl); + else if (isdigit(mpl->c)) + { /* numeric literal that begins with the decimal point */ + mpl->token = T_NUMBER, append_char(mpl); + goto frac; + } + } + else if (mpl->c == ',') + mpl->token = T_COMMA, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == ':') + { mpl->token = T_COLON, append_char(mpl); + if (mpl->c == '=') + mpl->token = T_ASSIGN, append_char(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->c == ';') + mpl->token = T_SEMICOLON, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '(') + mpl->token = T_LEFT, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == ')') + mpl->token = T_RIGHT, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '[') + mpl->token = T_LBRACKET, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == ']') + mpl->token = T_RBRACKET, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '{') + mpl->token = T_LBRACE, append_char(mpl); + else if (mpl->c == '}') + mpl->token = T_RBRACE, append_char(mpl); +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + else if (mpl->c == '~') + mpl->token = T_TILDE, append_char(mpl); +#endif + else if (isalnum(mpl->c) || strchr("+-._", mpl->c) != NULL) + { /* symbol */ + xassert(mpl->flag_d); + mpl->token = T_SYMBOL; + while (isalnum(mpl->c) || strchr("+-._", mpl->c) != NULL) + append_char(mpl); + switch (str2num(mpl->image, &mpl->value)) + { case 0: + mpl->token = T_NUMBER; + break; + case 1: + goto err; + case 2: + break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + } + else + { enter_context(mpl); + error(mpl, "character %c not allowed", mpl->c); + } + /* enter the current token into the context queue */ + enter_context(mpl); + /* reset the flag, which may be set by indexing_expression() and + is used by expression_list() */ + mpl->flag_x = 0; +done: return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- unget_token - return current token back to input stream. +-- +-- This routine returns the current token back to the input stream, so +-- the previously scanned token becomes the current one. */ + +void unget_token(MPL *mpl) +{ /* save the current token, which becomes the next one */ + xassert(!mpl->f_scan); + mpl->f_scan = 1; + mpl->f_token = mpl->token; + mpl->f_imlen = mpl->imlen; + strcpy(mpl->f_image, mpl->image); + mpl->f_value = mpl->value; + /* restore the previous token, which becomes the current one */ + mpl->token = mpl->b_token; + mpl->imlen = mpl->b_imlen; + strcpy(mpl->image, mpl->b_image); + mpl->value = mpl->b_value; + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_keyword - check if current token is given non-reserved keyword. +-- +-- If the current token is given (non-reserved) keyword, this routine +-- returns non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */ + +int is_keyword(MPL *mpl, char *keyword) +{ return + mpl->token == T_NAME && strcmp(mpl->image, keyword) == 0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_reserved - check if current token is reserved keyword. +-- +-- If the current token is a reserved keyword, this routine returns +-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */ + +int is_reserved(MPL *mpl) +{ return + mpl->token == T_AND && mpl->image[0] == 'a' || + mpl->token == T_BY || + mpl->token == T_CROSS || + mpl->token == T_DIFF || + mpl->token == T_DIV || + mpl->token == T_ELSE || + mpl->token == T_IF || + mpl->token == T_IN || + mpl->token == T_INTER || + mpl->token == T_LESS || + mpl->token == T_MOD || + mpl->token == T_NOT && mpl->image[0] == 'n' || + mpl->token == T_OR && mpl->image[0] == 'o' || + mpl->token == T_SYMDIFF || + mpl->token == T_THEN || + mpl->token == T_UNION || + mpl->token == T_WITHIN; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- make_code - generate pseudo-code (basic routine). +-- +-- This routine generates specified pseudo-code. It is assumed that all +-- other translator routines use this basic routine. */ + +CODE *make_code(MPL *mpl, int op, OPERANDS *arg, int type, int dim) +{ CODE *code; + DOMAIN *domain; + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + ARG_LIST *e; + /* generate pseudo-code */ + code = alloc(CODE); + code->op = op; + code->vflag = 0; /* is inherited from operand(s) */ + /* copy operands and also make them referring to the pseudo-code + being generated, because the latter becomes the parent for all + its operands */ + memset(&code->arg, '?', sizeof(OPERANDS)); + switch (op) + { case O_NUMBER: + code->arg.num = arg->num; + break; + case O_STRING: + code->arg.str = arg->str; + break; + case O_INDEX: + code->arg.index.slot = arg->index.slot; + code->arg.index.next = arg->index.next; + break; + case O_MEMNUM: + case O_MEMSYM: + for (e = arg->par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.par.par = arg->par.par; + code->arg.par.list = arg->par.list; + break; + case O_MEMSET: + for (e = arg->set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.set.set = arg->set.set; + code->arg.set.list = arg->set.list; + break; + case O_MEMVAR: + for (e = arg->var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.var.var = arg->var.var; + code->arg.var.list = arg->var.list; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + code->arg.var.suff = arg->var.suff; +#endif + break; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + case O_MEMCON: + for (e = arg->con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.con.con = arg->con.con; + code->arg.con.list = arg->con.list; + code->arg.con.suff = arg->con.suff; + break; +#endif + case O_TUPLE: + case O_MAKE: + for (e = arg->list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.list = arg->list; + break; + case O_SLICE: + xassert(arg->slice != NULL); + code->arg.slice = arg->slice; + break; + case O_IRAND224: + case O_UNIFORM01: + case O_NORMAL01: + case O_GMTIME: + code->vflag = 1; + break; + case O_CVTNUM: + case O_CVTSYM: + case O_CVTLOG: + case O_CVTTUP: + case O_CVTLFM: + case O_PLUS: + case O_MINUS: + case O_NOT: + case O_ABS: + case O_CEIL: + case O_FLOOR: + case O_EXP: + case O_LOG: + case O_LOG10: + case O_SQRT: + case O_SIN: + case O_COS: + case O_TAN: + case O_ATAN: + case O_ROUND: + case O_TRUNC: + case O_CARD: + case O_LENGTH: + /* unary operation */ + xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL); + xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL); + arg->arg.x->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag; + code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x; + break; + case O_ADD: + case O_SUB: + case O_LESS: + case O_MUL: + case O_DIV: + case O_IDIV: + case O_MOD: + case O_POWER: + case O_ATAN2: + case O_ROUND2: + case O_TRUNC2: + case O_UNIFORM: + if (op == O_UNIFORM) code->vflag = 1; + case O_NORMAL: + if (op == O_NORMAL) code->vflag = 1; + case O_CONCAT: + case O_LT: + case O_LE: + case O_EQ: + case O_GE: + case O_GT: + case O_NE: + case O_AND: + case O_OR: + case O_UNION: + case O_DIFF: + case O_SYMDIFF: + case O_INTER: + case O_CROSS: + case O_IN: + case O_NOTIN: + case O_WITHIN: + case O_NOTWITHIN: + case O_SUBSTR: + case O_STR2TIME: + case O_TIME2STR: + /* binary operation */ + xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL); + xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL); + arg->arg.x->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag; + xassert(arg->arg.y != NULL); + xassert(arg->arg.y->up == NULL); + arg->arg.y->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.y->vflag; + code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x; + code->arg.arg.y = arg->arg.y; + break; + case O_DOTS: + case O_FORK: + case O_SUBSTR3: + /* ternary operation */ + xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL); + xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL); + arg->arg.x->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag; + xassert(arg->arg.y != NULL); + xassert(arg->arg.y->up == NULL); + arg->arg.y->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.y->vflag; + if (arg->arg.z != NULL) + { xassert(arg->arg.z->up == NULL); + arg->arg.z->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->arg.z->vflag; + } + code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x; + code->arg.arg.y = arg->arg.y; + code->arg.arg.z = arg->arg.z; + break; + case O_MIN: + case O_MAX: + /* n-ary operation */ + for (e = arg->list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { xassert(e->x != NULL); + xassert(e->x->up == NULL); + e->x->up = code; + code->vflag |= e->x->vflag; + } + code->arg.list = arg->list; + break; + case O_SUM: + case O_PROD: + case O_MINIMUM: + case O_MAXIMUM: + case O_FORALL: + case O_EXISTS: + case O_SETOF: + case O_BUILD: + /* iterated operation */ + domain = arg->loop.domain; + xassert(domain != NULL); + if (domain->code != NULL) + { xassert(domain->code->up == NULL); + domain->code->up = code; + code->vflag |= domain->code->vflag; + } + for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = + block->next) + { xassert(block->code != NULL); + xassert(block->code->up == NULL); + block->code->up = code; + code->vflag |= block->code->vflag; + } + if (arg->loop.x != NULL) + { xassert(arg->loop.x->up == NULL); + arg->loop.x->up = code; + code->vflag |= arg->loop.x->vflag; + } + code->arg.loop.domain = arg->loop.domain; + code->arg.loop.x = arg->loop.x; + break; + default: + xassert(op != op); + } + /* set other attributes of the pseudo-code */ + code->type = type; + code->dim = dim; + code->up = NULL; + code->valid = 0; + memset(&code->value, '?', sizeof(VALUE)); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- make_unary - generate pseudo-code for unary operation. +-- +-- This routine generates pseudo-code for unary operation. */ + +CODE *make_unary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, int type, int dim) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(x != NULL); + arg.arg.x = x; + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- make_binary - generate pseudo-code for binary operation. +-- +-- This routine generates pseudo-code for binary operation. */ + +CODE *make_binary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, int type, + int dim) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(x != NULL); + xassert(y != NULL); + arg.arg.x = x; + arg.arg.y = y; + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- make_ternary - generate pseudo-code for ternary operation. +-- +-- This routine generates pseudo-code for ternary operation. */ + +CODE *make_ternary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, CODE *z, + int type, int dim) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(x != NULL); + xassert(y != NULL); + /* third operand can be NULL */ + arg.arg.x = x; + arg.arg.y = y; + arg.arg.z = z; + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- numeric_literal - parse reference to numeric literal. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <numeric literal> */ + +CODE *numeric_literal(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(mpl->token == T_NUMBER); + arg.num = mpl->value; + code = make_code(mpl, O_NUMBER, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0); + get_token(mpl /* <numeric literal> */); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- string_literal - parse reference to string literal. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <string literal> */ + +CODE *string_literal(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(mpl->token == T_STRING); + arg.str = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(arg.str, mpl->image); + code = make_code(mpl, O_STRING, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_arg_list - create empty operands list. +-- +-- This routine creates operands list, which is initially empty. */ + +ARG_LIST *create_arg_list(MPL *mpl) +{ ARG_LIST *list; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + list = NULL; + return list; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expand_arg_list - append operand to operands list. +-- +-- This routine appends new operand to specified operands list. */ + +ARG_LIST *expand_arg_list(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list, CODE *x) +{ ARG_LIST *tail, *temp; + xassert(x != NULL); + /* create new operands list entry */ + tail = alloc(ARG_LIST); + tail->x = x; + tail->next = NULL; + /* and append it to the operands list */ + if (list == NULL) + list = tail; + else + { for (temp = list; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next); + temp->next = tail; + } + return list; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- arg_list_len - determine length of operands list. +-- +-- This routine returns the number of operands in operands list. */ + +int arg_list_len(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list) +{ ARG_LIST *temp; + int len; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + len = 0; + for (temp = list; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) len++; + return len; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- subscript_list - parse subscript list. +-- +-- This routine parses subscript list using the syntax: +-- +-- <subscript list> ::= <subscript> +-- <subscript list> ::= <subscript list> , <subscript> +-- <subscript> ::= <expression 5> */ + +ARG_LIST *subscript_list(MPL *mpl) +{ ARG_LIST *list; + CODE *x; + list = create_arg_list(mpl); + for (;;) + { /* parse subscript expression */ + x = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */ + if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "subscript expression has invalid type"); + xassert(x->dim == 0); + /* and append it to the subscript list */ + list = expand_arg_list(mpl, list, x); + /* check a token that follows the subscript expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in subscript list"); + } + return list; +} + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- object_reference - parse reference to named object. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <dummy index> +-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> +-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> +-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> <suffix> +-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <suffix> +-- <primary expression> ::= <constraint name> <suffix> +-- <primary expression> ::= <constraint name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <suffix> +-- <dummy index> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <set name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <parameter name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <variable name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <constraint name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <suffix> ::= <empty> | .lb | .ub | .status | .val | .dual */ + +CODE *object_reference(MPL *mpl) +{ AVLNODE *node; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + SET *set; + PARAMETER *par; + VARIABLE *var; + CONSTRAINT *con; + ARG_LIST *list; + OPERANDS arg; + CODE *code; + char *name; + int dim, suff; + /* find the object in the symbolic name table */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME); + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image); + if (node == NULL) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image); + /* check the object type and obtain its dimension */ + switch (avl_get_node_type(node)) + { case A_INDEX: + /* dummy index */ + slot = (DOMAIN_SLOT *)avl_get_node_link(node); + name = slot->name; + dim = 0; + break; + case A_SET: + /* model set */ + set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node); + name = set->name; + dim = set->dim; + /* if a set object is referenced in its own declaration and + the dimen attribute is not specified yet, use dimen 1 by + default */ + if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = 1; + break; + case A_PARAMETER: + /* model parameter */ + par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node); + name = par->name; + dim = par->dim; + break; + case A_VARIABLE: + /* model variable */ + var = (VARIABLE *)avl_get_node_link(node); + name = var->name; + dim = var->dim; + break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + /* model constraint or objective */ + con = (CONSTRAINT *)avl_get_node_link(node); + name = con->name; + dim = con->dim; + break; + default: + xassert(node != node); + } + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional subscript list */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET) + { /* subscript list is specified */ + if (dim == 0) + error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", name); + get_token(mpl /* [ */); + list = subscript_list(mpl); + if (dim != arg_list_len(mpl, list)) + error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d", + name, dim, dim == 1 ? "" : "s", arg_list_len(mpl, list)); + xassert(mpl->token == T_RBRACKET); + get_token(mpl /* ] */); + } + else + { /* subscript list is not specified */ + if (dim != 0) + error(mpl, "%s must be subscripted", name); + list = create_arg_list(mpl); + } + /* parse optional suffix */ + if (!mpl->flag_s && avl_get_node_type(node) == A_VARIABLE) + suff = DOT_NONE; + else + suff = DOT_VAL; + if (mpl->token == T_POINT) + { get_token(mpl /* . */); + if (mpl->token != T_NAME) + error(mpl, "invalid use of period"); + if (!(avl_get_node_type(node) == A_VARIABLE || + avl_get_node_type(node) == A_CONSTRAINT)) + error(mpl, "%s cannot have a suffix", name); + if (strcmp(mpl->image, "lb") == 0) + suff = DOT_LB; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "ub") == 0) + suff = DOT_UB; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "status") == 0) + suff = DOT_STATUS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "val") == 0) + suff = DOT_VAL; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "dual") == 0) + suff = DOT_DUAL; + else + error(mpl, "suffix .%s invalid", mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* suffix */); + } + /* generate pseudo-code to take value of the object */ + switch (avl_get_node_type(node)) + { case A_INDEX: + arg.index.slot = slot; + arg.index.next = slot->list; + code = make_code(mpl, O_INDEX, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + slot->list = code; + break; + case A_SET: + arg.set.set = set; + arg.set.list = list; + code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMSET, &arg, A_ELEMSET, + set->dimen); + break; + case A_PARAMETER: + arg.par.par = par; + arg.par.list = list; + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMSYM, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + else + code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMNUM, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0); + break; + case A_VARIABLE: + if (!mpl->flag_s && (suff == DOT_STATUS || suff == DOT_VAL + || suff == DOT_DUAL)) + error(mpl, "invalid reference to status, primal value, o" + "r dual value of variable %s above solve statement", + var->name); + arg.var.var = var; + arg.var.list = list; + arg.var.suff = suff; + code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMVAR, &arg, suff == DOT_NONE ? + A_FORMULA : A_NUMERIC, 0); + break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + if (!mpl->flag_s && (suff == DOT_STATUS || suff == DOT_VAL + || suff == DOT_DUAL)) + error(mpl, "invalid reference to status, primal value, o" + "r dual value of %s %s above solve statement", + con->type == A_CONSTRAINT ? "constraint" : "objective" + , con->name); + arg.con.con = con; + arg.con.list = list; + arg.con.suff = suff; + code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMCON, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0); + break; + default: + xassert(node != node); + } + return code; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- numeric_argument - parse argument passed to built-in function. +-- +-- This routine parses an argument passed to numeric built-in function +-- using the syntax: +-- +-- <arg> ::= <expression 5> */ + +CODE *numeric_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func) +{ CODE *x; + x = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert the argument to numeric type, if necessary */ + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + /* check that now the argument is of numeric type */ + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func); + xassert(x->dim == 0); + return x; +} + +#if 1 /* 15/VII-2006 */ +CODE *symbolic_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func) +{ CODE *x; + x = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert the argument to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* check that now the argument is of symbolic type */ + if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func); + xassert(x->dim == 0); + return x; +} +#endif + +#if 1 /* 15/VII-2006 */ +CODE *elemset_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func) +{ CODE *x; + x = expression_9(mpl); + if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func); + xassert(x->dim > 0); + return x; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- function_reference - parse reference to built-in function. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= abs ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= ceil ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= floor ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= exp ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= log ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= log10 ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= max ( <arg list> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= min ( <arg list> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= sqrt ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= sin ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= cos ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= tan ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= atan ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= atan2 ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= round ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= round ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= trunc ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= trunc ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= Irand224 ( ) +-- <primary expression> ::= Uniform01 ( ) +-- <primary expression> ::= Uniform ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= Normal01 ( ) +-- <primary expression> ::= Normal ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= card ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= length ( <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= substr ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= substr ( <arg> , <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= str2time ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= time2str ( <arg> , <arg> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= gmtime ( ) +-- <arg list> ::= <arg> +-- <arg list> ::= <arg list> , <arg> */ + +CODE *function_reference(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + int op; + char func[15+1]; + /* determine operation code */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME); + if (strcmp(mpl->image, "abs") == 0) + op = O_ABS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "ceil") == 0) + op = O_CEIL; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "floor") == 0) + op = O_FLOOR; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "exp") == 0) + op = O_EXP; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "log") == 0) + op = O_LOG; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "log10") == 0) + op = O_LOG10; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sqrt") == 0) + op = O_SQRT; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sin") == 0) + op = O_SIN; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "cos") == 0) + op = O_COS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "tan") == 0) + op = O_TAN; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "atan") == 0) + op = O_ATAN; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "min") == 0) + op = O_MIN; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "max") == 0) + op = O_MAX; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "round") == 0) + op = O_ROUND; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "trunc") == 0) + op = O_TRUNC; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Irand224") == 0) + op = O_IRAND224; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Uniform01") == 0) + op = O_UNIFORM01; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Uniform") == 0) + op = O_UNIFORM; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Normal01") == 0) + op = O_NORMAL01; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Normal") == 0) + op = O_NORMAL; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "card") == 0) + op = O_CARD; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "length") == 0) + op = O_LENGTH; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "substr") == 0) + op = O_SUBSTR; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "str2time") == 0) + op = O_STR2TIME; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "time2str") == 0) + op = O_TIME2STR; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "gmtime") == 0) + op = O_GMTIME; + else + error(mpl, "function %s unknown", mpl->image); + /* save symbolic name of the function */ + strcpy(func, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(func) < sizeof(func)); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* check the left parenthesis that follows the function name */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_LEFT); + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + /* parse argument list */ + if (op == O_MIN || op == O_MAX) + { /* min and max allow arbitrary number of arguments */ + arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl); + /* parse argument list */ + for (;;) + { /* parse argument and append it to the operands list */ + arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list, + numeric_argument(mpl, func)); + /* check a token that follows the argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument list for %s", func); + } + } + else if (op == O_IRAND224 || op == O_UNIFORM01 || op == + O_NORMAL01 || op == O_GMTIME) + { /* Irand224, Uniform01, Normal01, gmtime need no arguments */ + if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s needs no arguments", func); + } + else if (op == O_UNIFORM || op == O_NORMAL) + { /* Uniform and Normal need two arguments */ + /* parse the first argument */ + arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the first argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + ; + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* parse the second argument */ + arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the second argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + else if (op == O_ATAN || op == O_ROUND || op == O_TRUNC) + { /* atan, round, and trunc need one or two arguments */ + /* parse the first argument */ + arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* parse the second argument, if specified */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { switch (op) + { case O_ATAN: op = O_ATAN2; break; + case O_ROUND: op = O_ROUND2; break; + case O_TRUNC: op = O_TRUNC2; break; + default: xassert(op != op); + } + get_token(mpl /* , */); + arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + } + /* check a token that follows the last argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs one or two arguments", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + else if (op == O_SUBSTR) + { /* substr needs two or three arguments */ + /* parse the first argument */ + arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the first argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + ; + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s needs two or three arguments", func); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* parse the second argument */ + arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* parse the third argument, if specified */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { op = O_SUBSTR3; + get_token(mpl /* , */); + arg.arg.z = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + } + /* check a token that follows the last argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs two or three arguments", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + else if (op == O_STR2TIME) + { /* str2time needs two arguments, both symbolic */ + /* parse the first argument */ + arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the first argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + ; + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* parse the second argument */ + arg.arg.y = symbolic_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the second argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + else if (op == O_TIME2STR) + { /* time2str needs two arguments, numeric and symbolic */ + /* parse the first argument */ + arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the first argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + ; + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* parse the second argument */ + arg.arg.y = symbolic_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the second argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + else + { /* other functions need one argument */ + if (op == O_CARD) + arg.arg.x = elemset_argument(mpl, func); + else if (op == O_LENGTH) + arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func); + else + arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func); + /* check a token that follows the argument */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + error(mpl, "%s needs one argument", func); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + ; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func); + } + /* make pseudo-code to call the built-in function */ + if (op == O_SUBSTR || op == O_SUBSTR3 || op == O_TIME2STR) + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + else + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0); + /* the reference ends with the right parenthesis */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_RIGHT); + get_token(mpl /* ) */); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_domain - create empty domain. +-- +-- This routine creates empty domain, which is initially empty, i.e. +-- has no domain blocks. */ + +DOMAIN *create_domain(MPL *mpl) +{ DOMAIN *domain; + domain = alloc(DOMAIN); + domain->list = NULL; + domain->code = NULL; + return domain; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_block - create empty domain block. +-- +-- This routine creates empty domain block, which is initially empty, +-- i.e. has no domain slots. */ + +DOMAIN_BLOCK *create_block(MPL *mpl) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + block = alloc(DOMAIN_BLOCK); + block->list = NULL; + block->code = NULL; + block->backup = NULL; + block->next = NULL; + return block; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- append_block - append domain block to specified domain. +-- +-- This routine adds given domain block to the end of the block list of +-- specified domain. */ + +void append_block(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *temp; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + xassert(domain != NULL); + xassert(block != NULL); + xassert(block->next == NULL); + if (domain->list == NULL) + domain->list = block; + else + { for (temp = domain->list; temp->next != NULL; temp = + temp->next); + temp->next = block; + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- append_slot - create and append new slot to domain block. +-- +-- This routine creates new domain slot and adds it to the end of slot +-- list of specified domain block. +-- +-- The parameter name is symbolic name of the dummy index associated +-- with the slot (the character string must be allocated). NULL means +-- the dummy index is not explicitly specified. +-- +-- The parameter code is pseudo-code for computing symbolic value, at +-- which the dummy index is bounded. NULL means the dummy index is free +-- in the domain scope. */ + +DOMAIN_SLOT *append_slot(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, char *name, + CODE *code) +{ DOMAIN_SLOT *slot, *temp; + xassert(block != NULL); + slot = alloc(DOMAIN_SLOT); + slot->name = name; + slot->code = code; + slot->value = NULL; + slot->list = NULL; + slot->next = NULL; + if (block->list == NULL) + block->list = slot; + else + { for (temp = block->list; temp->next != NULL; temp = + temp->next); + temp->next = slot; + } + return slot; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_list - parse expression list. +-- +-- This routine parses a list of one or more expressions enclosed into +-- the parentheses using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= ( <expression list> ) +-- <expression list> ::= <expression 13> +-- <expression list> ::= <expression 13> , <expression list> +-- +-- Note that this construction may have three different meanings: +-- +-- 1. If <expression list> consists of only one expression, <primary +-- expression> is a parenthesized expression, which may be of any +-- valid type (not necessarily 1-tuple). +-- +-- 2. If <expression list> consists of several expressions separated by +-- commae, where no expression is undeclared symbolic name, <primary +-- expression> is a n-tuple. +-- +-- 3. If <expression list> consists of several expressions separated by +-- commae, where at least one expression is undeclared symbolic name +-- (that denotes a dummy index), <primary expression> is a slice and +-- can be only used as constituent of indexing expression. */ + +#define max_dim 20 +/* maximal number of components allowed within parentheses */ + +CODE *expression_list(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + struct { char *name; CODE *code; } list[1+max_dim]; + int flag_x, next_token, dim, j, slice = 0; + xassert(mpl->token == T_LEFT); + /* the flag, which allows recognizing undeclared symbolic names + as dummy indices, will be automatically reset by get_token(), + so save it before scanning the next token */ + flag_x = mpl->flag_x; + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + /* parse <expression list> */ + for (dim = 1; ; dim++) + { if (dim > max_dim) + error(mpl, "too many components within parentheses"); + /* current component of <expression list> can be either dummy + index or expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { /* symbolic name is recognized as dummy index only if: + the flag, which allows that, is set, and + the name is followed by comma or right parenthesis, and + the name is undeclared */ + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + next_token = mpl->token; + unget_token(mpl); + if (!(flag_x && + (next_token == T_COMMA || next_token == T_RIGHT) && + avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) == NULL)) + { /* this is not dummy index */ + goto expr; + } + /* all dummy indices within the same slice must have unique + symbolic names */ + for (j = 1; j < dim; j++) + { if (list[j].name != NULL && strcmp(list[j].name, + mpl->image) == 0) + error(mpl, "duplicate dummy index %s not allowed", + mpl->image); + } + /* current component of <expression list> is dummy index */ + list[dim].name + = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(list[dim].name, mpl->image); + list[dim].code = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* <expression list> is a slice, because at least one dummy + index has appeared */ + slice = 1; + /* note that the context ( <dummy index> ) is not allowed, + i.e. in this case <primary expression> is considered as + a parenthesized expression */ + if (dim == 1 && mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", list[dim].name); + } + else +expr: { /* current component of <expression list> is expression */ + code = expression_13(mpl); + /* if the current expression is followed by comma or it is + not the very first expression, entire <expression list> + is n-tuple or slice, in which case the current expression + should be converted to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || dim > 1) + { if (code->type == A_NUMERIC) + code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* now the expression must be of symbolic type */ + if (code->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "component expression has invalid type"); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + } + list[dim].name = NULL; + list[dim].code = code; + } + /* check a token that follows the current component */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + break; + else + error(mpl, "right parenthesis missing where expected"); + } + /* generate pseudo-code for <primary expression> */ + if (dim == 1 && !slice) + { /* <primary expression> is a parenthesized expression */ + code = list[1].code; + } + else if (!slice) + { /* <primary expression> is a n-tuple */ + arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl); + for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++) + arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list, list[j].code); + code = make_code(mpl, O_TUPLE, &arg, A_TUPLE, dim); + } + else + { /* <primary expression> is a slice */ + arg.slice = create_block(mpl); + for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++) + append_slot(mpl, arg.slice, list[j].name, list[j].code); + /* note that actually pseudo-codes with op = O_SLICE are never + evaluated */ + code = make_code(mpl, O_SLICE, &arg, A_TUPLE, dim); + } + get_token(mpl /* ) */); + /* if <primary expression> is a slice, there must be the keyword + 'in', which follows the right parenthesis */ + if (slice && mpl->token != T_IN) + error(mpl, "keyword in missing where expected"); + /* if the slice flag is set and there is the keyword 'in', which + follows <primary expression>, the latter must be a slice */ + if (flag_x && mpl->token == T_IN && !slice) + { if (dim == 1) + error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression"); + else + error(mpl, "0-ary slice not allowed"); + } + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- literal set - parse literal set. +-- +-- This routine parses literal set using the syntax: +-- +-- <literal set> ::= { <member list> } +-- <member list> ::= <member expression> +-- <member list> ::= <member list> , <member expression> +-- <member expression> ::= <expression 5> +-- +-- It is assumed that the left curly brace and the very first member +-- expression that follows it are already parsed. The right curly brace +-- remains unscanned on exit. */ + +CODE *literal_set(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ OPERANDS arg; + int j; + xassert(code != NULL); + arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl); + /* parse <member list> */ + for (j = 1; ; j++) + { /* all member expressions must be n-tuples; so, if the current + expression is not n-tuple, convert it to 1-tuple */ + if (code->type == A_NUMERIC) + code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (code->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, code, A_TUPLE, 1); + /* now the expression must be n-tuple */ + if (code->type != A_TUPLE) + error(mpl, "member expression has invalid type"); + /* all member expressions must have identical dimension */ + if (arg.list != NULL && arg.list->x->dim != code->dim) + error(mpl, "member %d has %d component%s while member %d ha" + "s %d component%s", + j-1, arg.list->x->dim, arg.list->x->dim == 1 ? "" : "s", + j, code->dim, code->dim == 1 ? "" : "s"); + /* append the current expression to the member list */ + arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list, code); + /* check a token that follows the current expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in literal set"); + /* parse the next expression that follows the comma */ + code = expression_5(mpl); + } + /* generate pseudo-code for <literal set> */ + code = make_code(mpl, O_MAKE, &arg, A_ELEMSET, arg.list->x->dim); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- indexing_expression - parse indexing expression. +-- +-- This routine parses indexing expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <indexing expression> ::= <literal set> +-- <indexing expression> ::= { <indexing list> } +-- <indexing expression> ::= { <indexing list> : <logical expression> } +-- <indexing list> ::= <indexing element> +-- <indexing list> ::= <indexing list> , <indexing element> +-- <indexing element> ::= <basic expression> +-- <indexing element> ::= <dummy index> in <basic expression> +-- <indexing element> ::= <slice> in <basic expression> +-- <dummy index> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <slice> ::= ( <expression list> ) +-- <basic expression> ::= <expression 9> +-- <logical expression> ::= <expression 13> +-- +-- This routine creates domain for <indexing expression>, where each +-- domain block corresponds to <indexing element>, and each domain slot +-- corresponds to individual indexing position. */ + +DOMAIN *indexing_expression(MPL *mpl) +{ DOMAIN *domain; + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + CODE *code; + xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE); + get_token(mpl /* { */); + if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE) + error(mpl, "empty indexing expression not allowed"); + /* create domain to be constructed */ + domain = create_domain(mpl); + /* parse either <member list> or <indexing list> that follows the + left brace */ + for (;;) + { /* domain block for <indexing element> is not created yet */ + block = NULL; + /* pseudo-code for <basic expression> is not generated yet */ + code = NULL; + /* check a token, which <indexing element> begins with */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { /* it is a symbolic name */ + int next_token; + char *name; + /* symbolic name is recognized as dummy index only if it is + followed by the keyword 'in' and not declared */ + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + next_token = mpl->token; + unget_token(mpl); + if (!(next_token == T_IN && + avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) == NULL)) + { /* this is not dummy index; the symbolic name begins an + expression, which is either <basic expression> or the + very first <member expression> in <literal set> */ + goto expr; + } + /* create domain block with one slot, which is assigned the + dummy index */ + block = create_block(mpl); + name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(name, mpl->image); + append_slot(mpl, block, name, NULL); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* the keyword 'in' is already checked above */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_IN); + get_token(mpl /* in */); + /* <basic expression> that follows the keyword 'in' will be + parsed below */ + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) + { /* it is the left parenthesis; parse expression that begins + with this parenthesis (the flag is set in order to allow + recognizing slices; see the routine expression_list) */ + mpl->flag_x = 1; + code = expression_9(mpl); + if (code->op != O_SLICE) + { /* this is either <basic expression> or the very first + <member expression> in <literal set> */ + goto expr; + } + /* this is a slice; besides the corresponding domain block + is already created by expression_list() */ + block = code->arg.slice; + code = NULL; /* <basic expression> is not parsed yet */ + /* the keyword 'in' following the slice is already checked + by expression_list() */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_IN); + get_token(mpl /* in */); + /* <basic expression> that follows the keyword 'in' will be + parsed below */ + } +expr: /* parse expression that follows either the keyword 'in' (in + which case it can be <basic expression) or the left brace + (in which case it can be <basic expression> as well as the + very first <member expression> in <literal set>); note that + this expression can be already parsed above */ + if (code == NULL) code = expression_9(mpl); + /* check the type of the expression just parsed */ + if (code->type != A_ELEMSET) + { /* it is not <basic expression> and therefore it can only + be the very first <member expression> in <literal set>; + however, then there must be no dummy index neither slice + between the left brace and this expression */ + if (block != NULL) + error(mpl, "domain expression has invalid type"); + /* parse the rest part of <literal set> and make this set + be <basic expression>, i.e. the construction {a, b, c} + is parsed as it were written as {A}, where A = {a, b, c} + is a temporary elemental set */ + code = literal_set(mpl, code); + } + /* now pseudo-code for <basic set> has been built */ + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET); + xassert(code->dim > 0); + /* if domain block for the current <indexing element> is still + not created, create it for fake slice of the same dimension + as <basic set> */ + if (block == NULL) + { int j; + block = create_block(mpl); + for (j = 1; j <= code->dim; j++) + append_slot(mpl, block, NULL, NULL); + } + /* number of indexing positions in <indexing element> must be + the same as dimension of n-tuples in basic set */ + { int dim = 0; + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + dim++; + if (dim != code->dim) + error(mpl,"%d %s specified for set of dimension %d", + dim, dim == 1 ? "index" : "indices", code->dim); + } + /* store pseudo-code for <basic set> in the domain block */ + xassert(block->code == NULL); + block->code = code; + /* and append the domain block to the domain */ + append_block(mpl, domain, block); + /* the current <indexing element> has been completely parsed; + include all its dummy indices into the symbolic name table + to make them available for referencing from expressions; + implicit declarations of dummy indices remain valid while + the corresponding domain scope is valid */ + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + if (slot->name != NULL) + { AVLNODE *node; + xassert(avl_find_node(mpl->tree, slot->name) == NULL); + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, slot->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_INDEX); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)slot); + } + /* check a token that follows <indexing element> */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_COLON || mpl->token == T_RBRACE) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression"); + } + /* parse <logical expression> that follows the colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) + { get_token(mpl /* : */); + code = expression_13(mpl); + /* convert the expression to logical type, if necessary */ + if (code->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, code, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (code->type == A_NUMERIC) + code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, code, A_LOGICAL, 0); + /* now the expression must be of logical type */ + if (code->type != A_LOGICAL) + error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type"); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + domain->code = code; + /* the right brace must follow the logical expression */ + if (mpl->token != T_RBRACE) + error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression"); + } + get_token(mpl /* } */); + return domain; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- close_scope - close scope of indexing expression. +-- +-- The routine closes the scope of indexing expression specified by its +-- domain and thereby makes all dummy indices introduced in the indexing +-- expression no longer available for referencing. */ + +void close_scope(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + AVLNODE *node; + xassert(domain != NULL); + /* remove all dummy indices from the symbolic names table */ + for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next) + { for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { if (slot->name != NULL) + { node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, slot->name); + xassert(node != NULL); + xassert(avl_get_node_type(node) == A_INDEX); + avl_delete_node(mpl->tree, node); + } + } + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- iterated_expression - parse iterated expression. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <iterated expression> +-- <iterated expression> ::= sum <indexing expression> <expression 3> +-- <iterated expression> ::= prod <indexing expression> <expression 3> +-- <iterated expression> ::= min <indexing expression> <expression 3> +-- <iterated expression> ::= max <indexing expression> <expression 3> +-- <iterated expression> ::= exists <indexing expression> +-- <expression 12> +-- <iterated expression> ::= forall <indexing expression> +-- <expression 12> +-- <iterated expression> ::= setof <indexing expression> <expression 5> +-- +-- Note that parsing "integrand" depends on the iterated operator. */ + +#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */ +static void link_up(CODE *code) +{ /* if we have something like sum{(i+1,j,k-1) in E} x[i,j,k], + where i and k are dummy indices defined out of the iterated + expression, we should link up pseudo-code for computing i+1 + and k-1 to pseudo-code for computing the iterated expression; + this is needed to invalidate current value of the iterated + expression once i or k have been changed */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + for (block = code->arg.loop.domain->list; block != NULL; + block = block->next) + { for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { if (slot->code != NULL) + { xassert(slot->code->up == NULL); + slot->code->up = code; + } + } + } + return; +} +#endif + +CODE *iterated_expression(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + int op; + char opstr[8]; + /* determine operation code */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME); + if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sum") == 0) + op = O_SUM; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "prod") == 0) + op = O_PROD; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "min") == 0) + op = O_MINIMUM; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "max") == 0) + op = O_MAXIMUM; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "forall") == 0) + op = O_FORALL; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "exists") == 0) + op = O_EXISTS; + else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "setof") == 0) + op = O_SETOF; + else + error(mpl, "operator %s unknown", mpl->image); + strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* check the left brace that follows the operator name */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE); + /* parse indexing expression that controls iterating */ + arg.loop.domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + /* parse "integrand" expression and generate pseudo-code */ + switch (op) + { case O_SUM: + case O_PROD: + case O_MINIMUM: + case O_MAXIMUM: + arg.loop.x = expression_3(mpl); + /* convert the integrand to numeric type, if necessary */ + if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, arg.loop.x, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + /* now the integrand must be of numeric type or linear form + (the latter is only allowed for the sum operator) */ + if (!(arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC || + op == O_SUM && arg.loop.x->type == A_FORMULA)) +err: error(mpl, "integrand following %s{...} has invalid type" + , opstr); + xassert(arg.loop.x->dim == 0); + /* generate pseudo-code */ + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, arg.loop.x->type, 0); + break; + case O_FORALL: + case O_EXISTS: + arg.loop.x = expression_12(mpl); + /* convert the integrand to logical type, if necessary */ + if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, arg.loop.x, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, arg.loop.x, + A_LOGICAL, 0); + /* now the integrand must be of logical type */ + if (arg.loop.x->type != A_LOGICAL) goto err; + xassert(arg.loop.x->dim == 0); + /* generate pseudo-code */ + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_LOGICAL, 0); + break; + case O_SETOF: + arg.loop.x = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert the integrand to 1-tuple, if necessary */ + if (arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, arg.loop.x, + A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, arg.loop.x, + A_TUPLE, 1); + /* now the integrand must be n-tuple */ + if (arg.loop.x->type != A_TUPLE) goto err; + xassert(arg.loop.x->dim > 0); + /* generate pseudo-code */ + code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_ELEMSET, arg.loop.x->dim); + break; + default: + xassert(op != op); + } + /* close the scope of the indexing expression */ + close_scope(mpl, arg.loop.domain); +#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */ + link_up(code); +#endif + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- domain_arity - determine arity of domain. +-- +-- This routine returns arity of specified domain, which is number of +-- its free dummy indices. */ + +int domain_arity(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + int arity; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + arity = 0; + for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next) + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + if (slot->code == NULL) arity++; + return arity; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_expression - parse set expression. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= { } +-- <primary expression> ::= <indexing expression> */ + +CODE *set_expression(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + OPERANDS arg; + xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE); + get_token(mpl /* { */); + /* check a token that follows the left brace */ + if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE) + { /* it is the right brace, so the resultant is an empty set of + dimension 1 */ + arg.list = NULL; + /* generate pseudo-code to build the resultant set */ + code = make_code(mpl, O_MAKE, &arg, A_ELEMSET, 1); + get_token(mpl /* } */); + } + else + { /* the next token begins an indexing expression */ + unget_token(mpl); + arg.loop.domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + arg.loop.x = NULL; /* integrand is not used */ + /* close the scope of the indexing expression */ + close_scope(mpl, arg.loop.domain); + /* generate pseudo-code to build the resultant set */ + code = make_code(mpl, O_BUILD, &arg, A_ELEMSET, + domain_arity(mpl, arg.loop.domain)); +#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */ + link_up(code); +#endif + } + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- branched_expression - parse conditional expression. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <branched expression> +-- <branched expression> ::= if <logical expression> then <expression 9> +-- <branched expression> ::= if <logical expression> then <expression 9> +-- else <expression 9> +-- <logical expression> ::= <expression 13> */ + +CODE *branched_expression(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code, *x, *y, *z; + xassert(mpl->token == T_IF); + get_token(mpl /* if */); + /* parse <logical expression> that follows 'if' */ + x = expression_13(mpl); + /* convert the expression to logical type, if necessary */ + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0); + /* now the expression must be of logical type */ + if (x->type != A_LOGICAL) + error(mpl, "expression following if has invalid type"); + xassert(x->dim == 0); + /* the keyword 'then' must follow the logical expression */ + if (mpl->token != T_THEN) + error(mpl, "keyword then missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* then */); + /* parse <expression> that follows 'then' and check its type */ + y = expression_9(mpl); + if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_SYMBOLIC || + y->type == A_ELEMSET || y->type == A_FORMULA)) + error(mpl, "expression following then has invalid type"); + /* if the expression that follows the keyword 'then' is elemental + set, the keyword 'else' cannot be omitted; otherwise else-part + is optional */ + if (mpl->token != T_ELSE) + { if (y->type == A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "keyword else missing where expected"); + z = NULL; + goto skip; + } + get_token(mpl /* else */); + /* parse <expression> that follow 'else' and check its type */ + z = expression_9(mpl); + if (!(z->type == A_NUMERIC || z->type == A_SYMBOLIC || + z->type == A_ELEMSET || z->type == A_FORMULA)) + error(mpl, "expression following else has invalid type"); + /* convert to identical types, if necessary */ + if (y->type == A_FORMULA || z->type == A_FORMULA) + { if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (z->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, z, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (z->type == A_NUMERIC) + z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, z, A_FORMULA, 0); + } + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC || z->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + { if (y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (z->type == A_NUMERIC) + z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, z, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + } + /* now both expressions must have identical types */ + if (y->type != z->type) + error(mpl, "expressions following then and else have incompati" + "ble types"); + /* and identical dimensions */ + if (y->dim != z->dim) + error(mpl, "expressions following then and else have different" + " dimensions %d and %d, respectively", y->dim, z->dim); +skip: /* generate pseudo-code to perform branching */ + code = make_ternary(mpl, O_FORK, x, y, z, y->type, y->dim); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- primary_expression - parse primary expression. +-- +-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax: +-- +-- <primary expression> ::= <numeric literal> +-- <primary expression> ::= Infinity +-- <primary expression> ::= <string literal> +-- <primary expression> ::= <dummy index> +-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> +-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> +-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> +-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <primary expression> ::= <built-in function> ( <argument list> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= ( <expression list> ) +-- <primary expression> ::= <iterated expression> +-- <primary expression> ::= { } +-- <primary expression> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <primary expression> ::= <branched expression> +-- +-- For complete list of syntactic rules for <primary expression> see +-- comments to the corresponding parsing routines. */ + +CODE *primary_expression(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + if (mpl->token == T_NUMBER) + { /* parse numeric literal */ + code = numeric_literal(mpl); + } +#if 1 /* 21/VII-2006 */ + else if (mpl->token == T_INFINITY) + { /* parse "infinity" */ + OPERANDS arg; + arg.num = DBL_MAX; + code = make_code(mpl, O_NUMBER, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0); + get_token(mpl /* Infinity */); + } +#endif + else if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { /* parse string literal */ + code = string_literal(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { int next_token; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + next_token = mpl->token; + unget_token(mpl); + /* check a token that follows <symbolic name> */ + switch (next_token) + { case T_LBRACKET: + /* parse reference to subscripted object */ + code = object_reference(mpl); + break; + case T_LEFT: + /* parse reference to built-in function */ + code = function_reference(mpl); + break; + case T_LBRACE: + /* parse iterated expression */ + code = iterated_expression(mpl); + break; + default: + /* parse reference to unsubscripted object */ + code = object_reference(mpl); + break; + } + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) + { /* parse parenthesized expression */ + code = expression_list(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { /* parse set expression */ + code = set_expression(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_IF) + { /* parse conditional expression */ + code = branched_expression(mpl); + } + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + { /* other reserved keywords cannot be used here */ + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + } + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in expression"); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- error_preceding - raise error if preceding operand has wrong type. +-- +-- This routine is called to raise error if operand that precedes some +-- infix operator has invalid type. */ + +void error_preceding(MPL *mpl, char *opstr) +{ error(mpl, "operand preceding %s has invalid type", opstr); + /* no return */ +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- error_following - raise error if following operand has wrong type. +-- +-- This routine is called to raise error if operand that follows some +-- infix operator has invalid type. */ + +void error_following(MPL *mpl, char *opstr) +{ error(mpl, "operand following %s has invalid type", opstr); + /* no return */ +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- error_dimension - raise error if operands have different dimension. +-- +-- This routine is called to raise error if two operands of some infix +-- operator have different dimension. */ + +void error_dimension(MPL *mpl, char *opstr, int dim1, int dim2) +{ error(mpl, "operands preceding and following %s have different di" + "mensions %d and %d, respectively", opstr, dim1, dim2); + /* no return */ +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_0 - parse expression of level 0. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 0 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 0> ::= <primary expression> */ + +CODE *expression_0(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *code; + code = primary_expression(mpl); + return code; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_1 - parse expression of level 1. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 1 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0> +-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0> <power> <expression 1> +-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0> <power> <expression 2> +-- <power> ::= ^ | ** */ + +CODE *expression_1(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + char opstr[8]; + x = expression_0(mpl); + if (mpl->token == T_POWER) + { strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* ^ | ** */); + if (mpl->token == T_PLUS || mpl->token == T_MINUS) + y = expression_2(mpl); + else + y = expression_1(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_POWER, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_2 - parse expression of level 2. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 2 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 2> ::= <expression 1> +-- <expression 2> ::= + <expression 1> +-- <expression 2> ::= - <expression 1> */ + +CODE *expression_2(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x; + if (mpl->token == T_PLUS) + { get_token(mpl /* + */); + x = expression_1(mpl); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_following(mpl, "+"); + x = make_unary(mpl, O_PLUS, x, x->type, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_MINUS) + { get_token(mpl /* - */); + x = expression_1(mpl); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_following(mpl, "-"); + x = make_unary(mpl, O_MINUS, x, x->type, 0); + } + else + x = expression_1(mpl); + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_3 - parse expression of level 3. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 3 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 2> +-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> * <expression 2> +-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> / <expression 2> +-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> div <expression 2> +-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> mod <expression 2> */ + +CODE *expression_3(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_2(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_ASTERISK) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_preceding(mpl, "*"); + get_token(mpl /* * */); + y = expression_2(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_following(mpl, "*"); + if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_FORMULA) + error(mpl, "multiplication of linear forms not allowed"); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_binary(mpl, O_MUL, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + else + x = make_binary(mpl, O_MUL, x, y, A_FORMULA, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_SLASH) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_preceding(mpl, "/"); + get_token(mpl /* / */); + y = expression_2(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, "/"); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIV, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + else + x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIV, x, y, A_FORMULA, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_DIV) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, "div"); + get_token(mpl /* div */); + y = expression_2(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, "div"); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_IDIV, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_MOD) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, "mod"); + get_token(mpl /* mod */); + y = expression_2(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, "mod"); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_MOD, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_4 - parse expression of level 4. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 4 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 3> +-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> + <expression 3> +-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> - <expression 3> +-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> less <expression 3> */ + +CODE *expression_4(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_3(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_PLUS) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_preceding(mpl, "+"); + get_token(mpl /* + */); + y = expression_3(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_following(mpl, "+"); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_FORMULA) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, x, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_ADD, x, y, x->type, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_MINUS) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_preceding(mpl, "-"); + get_token(mpl /* - */); + y = expression_3(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA)) + error_following(mpl, "-"); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_FORMULA) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, x, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_SUB, x, y, x->type, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LESS) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, "less"); + get_token(mpl /* less */); + y = expression_3(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, "less"); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_LESS, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_5 - parse expression of level 5. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 5 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 5> ::= <expression 4> +-- <expression 5> ::= <expression 5> & <expression 4> */ + +CODE *expression_5(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_4(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_CONCAT) + { if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error_preceding(mpl, "&"); + get_token(mpl /* & */); + y = expression_4(mpl); + if (y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error_following(mpl, "&"); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_CONCAT, x, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_6 - parse expression of level 6. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 6 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5> +-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5> .. <expression 5> +-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5> .. <expression 5> by +-- <expression 5> */ + +CODE *expression_6(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y, *z; + x = expression_5(mpl); + if (mpl->token == T_DOTS) + { if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, ".."); + get_token(mpl /* .. */); + y = expression_5(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, ".."); + if (mpl->token == T_BY) + { get_token(mpl /* by */); + z = expression_5(mpl); + if (z->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, z, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (z->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, "by"); + } + else + z = NULL; + x = make_ternary(mpl, O_DOTS, x, y, z, A_ELEMSET, 1); + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_7 - parse expression of level 7. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 7 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 7> ::= <expression 6> +-- <expression 7> ::= <expression 7> cross <expression 6> */ + +CODE *expression_7(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_6(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_CROSS) + { if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, "cross"); + get_token(mpl /* cross */); + y = expression_6(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, "cross"); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_CROSS, x, y, A_ELEMSET, + x->dim + y->dim); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_8 - parse expression of level 8. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 8 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 8> ::= <expression 7> +-- <expression 8> ::= <expression 8> inter <expression 7> */ + +CODE *expression_8(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_7(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_INTER) + { if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, "inter"); + get_token(mpl /* inter */); + y = expression_7(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, "inter"); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, "inter", x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_INTER, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_9 - parse expression of level 9. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 9 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 8> +-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> union <expression 8> +-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> diff <expression 8> +-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> symdiff <expression 8> */ + +CODE *expression_9(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + x = expression_8(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_UNION) + { if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, "union"); + get_token(mpl /* union */); + y = expression_8(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, "union"); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, "union", x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_UNION, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_DIFF) + { if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, "diff"); + get_token(mpl /* diff */); + y = expression_8(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, "diff"); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, "diff", x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIFF, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_SYMDIFF) + { if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, "symdiff"); + get_token(mpl /* symdiff */); + y = expression_8(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, "symdiff"); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, "symdiff", x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_SYMDIFF, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_10 - parse expression of level 10. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 10 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 10> ::= <expression 9> +-- <expression 10> ::= <expression 9> <rho> <expression 9> +-- <rho> ::= < | <= | = | == | >= | > | <> | != | in | not in | ! in | +-- within | not within | ! within */ + +CODE *expression_10(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + int op = -1; + char opstr[16]; + x = expression_9(mpl); + strcpy(opstr, ""); + switch (mpl->token) + { case T_LT: + op = O_LT; break; + case T_LE: + op = O_LE; break; + case T_EQ: + op = O_EQ; break; + case T_GE: + op = O_GE; break; + case T_GT: + op = O_GT; break; + case T_NE: + op = O_NE; break; + case T_IN: + op = O_IN; break; + case T_WITHIN: + op = O_WITHIN; break; + case T_NOT: + strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* not | ! */); + if (mpl->token == T_IN) + op = O_NOTIN; + else if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN) + op = O_NOTWITHIN; + else + error(mpl, "invalid use of %s", opstr); + strcat(opstr, " "); + break; + default: + goto done; + } + strcat(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + switch (op) + { case O_EQ: + case O_NE: +#if 1 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + case O_LT: + case O_LE: + case O_GT: + case O_GE: +#endif + if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* <rho> */); + y = expression_9(mpl); + if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC && y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + break; +#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + case O_LT: + case O_LE: + case O_GT: + case O_GE: + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* <rho> */); + y = expression_9(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type != A_NUMERIC) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + break; +#endif + case O_IN: + case O_NOTIN: + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, x, A_TUPLE, 1); + if (x->type != A_TUPLE) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* <rho> */); + y = expression_9(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, opstr, x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + break; + case O_WITHIN: + case O_NOTWITHIN: + if (x->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* <rho> */); + y = expression_9(mpl); + if (y->type != A_ELEMSET) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + if (x->dim != y->dim) + error_dimension(mpl, opstr, x->dim, y->dim); + x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + break; + default: + xassert(op != op); + } +done: return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_11 - parse expression of level 11. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 11 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 11> ::= <expression 10> +-- <expression 11> ::= not <expression 10> +-- <expression 11> ::= ! <expression 10> */ + +CODE *expression_11(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x; + char opstr[8]; + if (mpl->token == T_NOT) + { strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + get_token(mpl /* not | ! */); + x = expression_10(mpl); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0); + if (x->type != A_LOGICAL) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + x = make_unary(mpl, O_NOT, x, A_LOGICAL, 0); + } + else + x = expression_10(mpl); + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_12 - parse expression of level 12. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 12 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 11> +-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 12> and <expression 11> +-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 12> && <expression 11> */ + +CODE *expression_12(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + char opstr[8]; + x = expression_11(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_AND) + { strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0); + if (x->type != A_LOGICAL) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* and | && */); + y = expression_11(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + if (y->type != A_LOGICAL) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_AND, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expression_13 - parse expression of level 13. +-- +-- This routine parses expression of level 13 using the syntax: +-- +-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 12> +-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 13> or <expression 12> +-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 13> || <expression 12> */ + +CODE *expression_13(MPL *mpl) +{ CODE *x, *y; + char opstr[8]; + x = expression_12(mpl); + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_OR) + { strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (x->type == A_NUMERIC) + x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0); + if (x->type != A_LOGICAL) + error_preceding(mpl, opstr); + get_token(mpl /* or | || */); + y = expression_12(mpl); + if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (y->type == A_NUMERIC) + y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + if (y->type != A_LOGICAL) + error_following(mpl, opstr); + x = make_binary(mpl, O_OR, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0); + } + else + break; + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_statement - parse set statement. +-- +-- This routine parses set statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <set statement> ::= set <symbolic name> <alias> <domain> +-- <attributes> ; +-- <alias> ::= <empty> +-- <alias> ::= <string literal> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <attributes> ::= <empty> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , dimen <numeric literal> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , within <expression 9> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , := <expression 9> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , default <expression 9> +-- +-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +SET *set_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ SET *set; + int dimen_used = 0; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "set")); + get_token(mpl /* set */); + /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'set' */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create model set */ + set = alloc(SET); + set->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(set->name, mpl->image); + set->alias = NULL; + set->dim = 0; + set->domain = NULL; + set->dimen = 0; + set->within = NULL; + set->assign = NULL; + set->option = NULL; + set->gadget = NULL; + set->data = 0; + set->array = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { set->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(set->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { set->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + set->dim = domain_arity(mpl, set->domain); + } + /* include the set name in the symbolic names table */ + { AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, set->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_SET); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)set); + } + /* parse the list of optional attributes */ + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + break; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "dimen")) + { /* dimension of set members */ + int dimen; + get_token(mpl /* dimen */); + if (!(mpl->token == T_NUMBER && + 1.0 <= mpl->value && mpl->value <= 20.0 && + floor(mpl->value) == mpl->value)) + error(mpl, "dimension must be integer between 1 and 20"); + dimen = (int)(mpl->value + 0.5); + if (dimen_used) + error(mpl, "at most one dimension attribute allowed"); + if (set->dimen > 0) + error(mpl, "dimension %d conflicts with dimension %d alr" + "eady determined", dimen, set->dimen); + set->dimen = dimen; + dimen_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* <numeric literal> */); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN || mpl->token == T_IN) + { /* restricting superset */ + WITHIN *within, *temp; + if (mpl->token == T_IN && !mpl->as_within) + { warning(mpl, "keyword in understood as within"); + mpl->as_within = 1; + } + get_token(mpl /* within */); + /* create new restricting superset list entry and append it + to the within-list */ + within = alloc(WITHIN); + within->code = NULL; + within->next = NULL; + if (set->within == NULL) + set->within = within; + else + { for (temp = set->within; temp->next != NULL; temp = + temp->next); + temp->next = within; + } + /* parse an expression that follows 'within' */ + within->code = expression_9(mpl); + if (within->code->type != A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "expression following within has invalid type" + ); + xassert(within->code->dim > 0); + /* check/set dimension of set members */ + if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = within->code->dim; + if (set->dimen != within->code->dim) + error(mpl, "set expression following within must have di" + "mension %d rather than %d", + set->dimen, within->code->dim); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN) + { /* assignment expression */ + if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->option == NULL && + set->gadget == NULL)) +err: error(mpl, "at most one := or default/data allowed"); + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* parse an expression that follows ':=' */ + set->assign = expression_9(mpl); + if (set->assign->type != A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "expression following := has invalid type"); + xassert(set->assign->dim > 0); + /* check/set dimension of set members */ + if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = set->assign->dim; + if (set->dimen != set->assign->dim) + error(mpl, "set expression following := must have dimens" + "ion %d rather than %d", + set->dimen, set->assign->dim); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "default")) + { /* expression for default value */ + if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->option == NULL)) goto err; + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* parse an expression that follows 'default' */ + set->option = expression_9(mpl); + if (set->option->type != A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "expression following default has invalid typ" + "e"); + xassert(set->option->dim > 0); + /* check/set dimension of set members */ + if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = set->option->dim; + if (set->dimen != set->option->dim) + error(mpl, "set expression following default must have d" + "imension %d rather than %d", + set->dimen, set->option->dim); + } +#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */ + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "data")) + { /* gadget to initialize the set by data from plain set */ + GADGET *gadget; + AVLNODE *node; + int i, k, fff[20]; + if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->gadget == NULL)) goto err; + get_token(mpl /* data */); + set->gadget = gadget = alloc(GADGET); + /* set name must follow the keyword 'data' */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", + mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "set name missing where expected"); + /* find the set in the symbolic name table */ + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image); + if (node == NULL) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image); + if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET) +err1: error(mpl, "%s not a plain set", mpl->image); + gadget->set = avl_get_node_link(node); + if (gadget->set->dim != 0) goto err1; + if (gadget->set == set) + error(mpl, "set cannot be initialized by itself"); + /* check and set dimensions */ + if (set->dim >= gadget->set->dimen) +err2: error(mpl, "dimension of %s too small", mpl->image); + if (set->dimen == 0) + set->dimen = gadget->set->dimen - set->dim; + if (set->dim + set->dimen > gadget->set->dimen) + goto err2; + else if (set->dim + set->dimen < gadget->set->dimen) + error(mpl, "dimension of %s too big", mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* set name */); + /* left parenthesis must follow the set name */ + if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + else + error(mpl, "left parenthesis missing where expected"); + /* parse permutation of component numbers */ + for (k = 0; k < gadget->set->dimen; k++) fff[k] = 0; + k = 0; + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token != T_NUMBER) + error(mpl, "component number missing where expected"); + if (str2int(mpl->image, &i) != 0) +err3: error(mpl, "component number must be integer between " + "1 and %d", gadget->set->dimen); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= gadget->set->dimen)) goto err3; + if (fff[i-1] != 0) + error(mpl, "component %d multiply specified", i); + gadget->ind[k++] = i, fff[i-1] = 1; + xassert(k <= gadget->set->dimen); + get_token(mpl /* number */); + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in data attribute"); + } + if (k < gadget->set->dimen) + error(mpl, "there are must be %d components rather than " + "%d", gadget->set->dimen, k); + get_token(mpl /* ) */); + } +#endif + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in set statement"); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (set->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, set->domain); + /* if dimension of set members is still unknown, set it to 1 */ + if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = 1; + /* the set statement has been completely parsed */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return set; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- parameter_statement - parse parameter statement. +-- +-- This routine parses parameter statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <parameter statement> ::= param <symbolic name> <alias> <domain> +-- <attributes> ; +-- <alias> ::= <empty> +-- <alias> ::= <string literal> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <attributes> ::= <empty> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , integer +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , binary +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , symbolic +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , <rho> <expression 5> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , in <expression 9> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , := <expression 5> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , default <expression 5> +-- <rho> ::= < | <= | = | == | >= | > | <> | != +-- +-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +PARAMETER *parameter_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ PARAMETER *par; + int integer_used = 0, binary_used = 0, symbolic_used = 0; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "param")); + get_token(mpl /* param */); + /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'param' */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create model parameter */ + par = alloc(PARAMETER); + par->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(par->name, mpl->image); + par->alias = NULL; + par->dim = 0; + par->domain = NULL; + par->type = A_NUMERIC; + par->cond = NULL; + par->in = NULL; + par->assign = NULL; + par->option = NULL; + par->data = 0; + par->defval = NULL; + par->array = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { par->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(par->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { par->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + par->dim = domain_arity(mpl, par->domain); + } + /* include the parameter name in the symbolic names table */ + { AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, par->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_PARAMETER); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)par); + } + /* parse the list of optional attributes */ + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + break; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "integer")) + { if (integer_used) + error(mpl, "at most one integer allowed"); + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "symbolic parameter cannot be integer"); + if (par->type != A_BINARY) par->type = A_INTEGER; + integer_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* integer */); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "binary")) +bin: { if (binary_used) + error(mpl, "at most one binary allowed"); + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "symbolic parameter cannot be binary"); + par->type = A_BINARY; + binary_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* binary */); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "logical")) + { if (!mpl->as_binary) + { warning(mpl, "keyword logical understood as binary"); + mpl->as_binary = 1; + } + goto bin; + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "symbolic")) + { if (symbolic_used) + error(mpl, "at most one symbolic allowed"); + if (par->type != A_NUMERIC) + error(mpl, "integer or binary parameter cannot be symbol" + "ic"); + /* the parameter may be referenced from expressions given + in the same parameter declaration, so its type must be + completed before parsing that expressions */ + if (!(par->cond == NULL && par->in == NULL && + par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL)) + error(mpl, "keyword symbolic must precede any other para" + "meter attributes"); + par->type = A_SYMBOLIC; + symbolic_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* symbolic */); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_LE || + mpl->token == T_EQ || mpl->token == T_GE || + mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_NE) + { /* restricting condition */ + CONDITION *cond, *temp; + char opstr[8]; + /* create new restricting condition list entry and append + it to the conditions list */ + cond = alloc(CONDITION); + switch (mpl->token) + { case T_LT: + cond->rho = O_LT, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + case T_LE: + cond->rho = O_LE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + case T_EQ: + cond->rho = O_EQ, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + case T_GE: + cond->rho = O_GE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + case T_GT: + cond->rho = O_GT, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + case T_NE: + cond->rho = O_NE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break; + default: + xassert(mpl->token != mpl->token); + } + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + cond->code = NULL; + cond->next = NULL; + if (par->cond == NULL) + par->cond = cond; + else + { for (temp = par->cond; temp->next != NULL; temp = + temp->next); + temp->next = cond; + } +#if 0 /* 13/VIII-2008 */ + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && + !(cond->rho == O_EQ || cond->rho == O_NE)) + error(mpl, "inequality restriction not allowed"); +#endif + get_token(mpl /* rho */); + /* parse an expression that follows relational operator */ + cond->code = expression_5(mpl); + if (!(cond->code->type == A_NUMERIC || + cond->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC)) + error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type", + opstr); + xassert(cond->code->dim == 0); + /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */ + if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && cond->code->type == + A_SYMBOLIC) + cond->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, cond->code, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && cond->code->type != + A_SYMBOLIC) + cond->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, cond->code, + A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_IN || mpl->token == T_WITHIN) + { /* restricting superset */ + WITHIN *in, *temp; + if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN && !mpl->as_in) + { warning(mpl, "keyword within understood as in"); + mpl->as_in = 1; + } + get_token(mpl /* in */); + /* create new restricting superset list entry and append it + to the in-list */ + in = alloc(WITHIN); + in->code = NULL; + in->next = NULL; + if (par->in == NULL) + par->in = in; + else + { for (temp = par->in; temp->next != NULL; temp = + temp->next); + temp->next = in; + } + /* parse an expression that follows 'in' */ + in->code = expression_9(mpl); + if (in->code->type != A_ELEMSET) + error(mpl, "expression following in has invalid type"); + xassert(in->code->dim > 0); + if (in->code->dim != 1) + error(mpl, "set expression following in must have dimens" + "ion 1 rather than %d", in->code->dim); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN) + { /* assignment expression */ + if (!(par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL)) +err: error(mpl, "at most one := or default allowed"); + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* parse an expression that follows ':=' */ + par->assign = expression_5(mpl); + /* the expression must be of numeric/symbolic type */ + if (!(par->assign->type == A_NUMERIC || + par->assign->type == A_SYMBOLIC)) + error(mpl, "expression following := has invalid type"); + xassert(par->assign->dim == 0); + /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */ + if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && par->assign->type == + A_SYMBOLIC) + par->assign = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, par->assign, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && par->assign->type != + A_SYMBOLIC) + par->assign = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, par->assign, + A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "default")) + { /* expression for default value */ + if (!(par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL)) goto err; + get_token(mpl /* default */); + /* parse an expression that follows 'default' */ + par->option = expression_5(mpl); + if (!(par->option->type == A_NUMERIC || + par->option->type == A_SYMBOLIC)) + error(mpl, "expression following default has invalid typ" + "e"); + xassert(par->option->dim == 0); + /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */ + if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && par->option->type == + A_SYMBOLIC) + par->option = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, par->option, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && par->option->type != + A_SYMBOLIC) + par->option = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, par->option, + A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + } + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in parameter statement"); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (par->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, par->domain); + /* the parameter statement has been completely parsed */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return par; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- variable_statement - parse variable statement. +-- +-- This routine parses variable statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <variable statement> ::= var <symbolic name> <alias> <domain> +-- <attributes> ; +-- <alias> ::= <empty> +-- <alias> ::= <string literal> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <attributes> ::= <empty> +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , integer +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , binary +-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , <rho> <expression 5> +-- <rho> ::= >= | <= | = | == +-- +-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +VARIABLE *variable_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ VARIABLE *var; + int integer_used = 0, binary_used = 0; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "var")); + if (mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "variable statement must precede solve statement"); + get_token(mpl /* var */); + /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'var' */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create model variable */ + var = alloc(VARIABLE); + var->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(var->name, mpl->image); + var->alias = NULL; + var->dim = 0; + var->domain = NULL; + var->type = A_NUMERIC; + var->lbnd = NULL; + var->ubnd = NULL; + var->array = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { var->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(var->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { var->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + var->dim = domain_arity(mpl, var->domain); + } + /* include the variable name in the symbolic names table */ + { AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, var->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_VARIABLE); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)var); + } + /* parse the list of optional attributes */ + for (;;) + { if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + break; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "integer")) + { if (integer_used) + error(mpl, "at most one integer allowed"); + if (var->type != A_BINARY) var->type = A_INTEGER; + integer_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* integer */); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "binary")) +bin: { if (binary_used) + error(mpl, "at most one binary allowed"); + var->type = A_BINARY; + binary_used = 1; + get_token(mpl /* binary */); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "logical")) + { if (!mpl->as_binary) + { warning(mpl, "keyword logical understood as binary"); + mpl->as_binary = 1; + } + goto bin; + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "symbolic")) + error(mpl, "variable cannot be symbolic"); + else if (mpl->token == T_GE) + { /* lower bound */ + if (var->lbnd != NULL) + { if (var->lbnd == var->ubnd) + error(mpl, "both fixed value and lower bound not allo" + "wed"); + else + error(mpl, "at most one lower bound allowed"); + } + get_token(mpl /* >= */); + /* parse an expression that specifies the lower bound */ + var->lbnd = expression_5(mpl); + if (var->lbnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + var->lbnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->lbnd, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (var->lbnd->type != A_NUMERIC) + error(mpl, "expression following >= has invalid type"); + xassert(var->lbnd->dim == 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LE) + { /* upper bound */ + if (var->ubnd != NULL) + { if (var->ubnd == var->lbnd) + error(mpl, "both fixed value and upper bound not allo" + "wed"); + else + error(mpl, "at most one upper bound allowed"); + } + get_token(mpl /* <= */); + /* parse an expression that specifies the upper bound */ + var->ubnd = expression_5(mpl); + if (var->ubnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + var->ubnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->ubnd, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (var->ubnd->type != A_NUMERIC) + error(mpl, "expression following <= has invalid type"); + xassert(var->ubnd->dim == 0); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_EQ) + { /* fixed value */ + char opstr[8]; + if (!(var->lbnd == NULL && var->ubnd == NULL)) + { if (var->lbnd == var->ubnd) + error(mpl, "at most one fixed value allowed"); + else if (var->lbnd != NULL) + error(mpl, "both lower bound and fixed value not allo" + "wed"); + else + error(mpl, "both upper bound and fixed value not allo" + "wed"); + } + strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + get_token(mpl /* = | == */); + /* parse an expression that specifies the fixed value */ + var->lbnd = expression_5(mpl); + if (var->lbnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + var->lbnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->lbnd, + A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (var->lbnd->type != A_NUMERIC) + error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type", + opstr); + xassert(var->lbnd->dim == 0); + /* indicate that the variable is fixed, not bounded */ + var->ubnd = var->lbnd; + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_GT || + mpl->token == T_NE) + error(mpl, "strict bound not allowed"); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in variable statement"); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (var->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, var->domain); + /* the variable statement has been completely parsed */ + xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return var; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- constraint_statement - parse constraint statement. +-- +-- This routine parses constraint statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <constraint statement> ::= <subject to> <symbolic name> <alias> +-- <domain> : <constraint> ; +-- <subject to> ::= <empty> +-- <subject to> ::= subject to +-- <subject to> ::= subj to +-- <subject to> ::= s.t. +-- <alias> ::= <empty> +-- <alias> ::= <string literal> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , >= <formula> +-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , <= <formula> +-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , = <formula> +-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , <= <formula> , <= <formula> +-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , >= <formula> , >= <formula> +-- <formula> ::= <expression 5> +-- +-- Commae in <constraint> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +CONSTRAINT *constraint_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ CONSTRAINT *con; + CODE *first, *second, *third; + int rho; + char opstr[8]; + if (mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "constraint statement must precede solve statement") + ; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "subject")) + { get_token(mpl /* subject */); + if (!is_keyword(mpl, "to")) + error(mpl, "keyword subject to incomplete"); + get_token(mpl /* to */); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "subj")) + { get_token(mpl /* subj */); + if (!is_keyword(mpl, "to")) + error(mpl, "keyword subj to incomplete"); + get_token(mpl /* to */); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_SPTP) + get_token(mpl /* s.t. */); + /* the current token must be symbolic name of constraint */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create model constraint */ + con = alloc(CONSTRAINT); + con->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(con->name, mpl->image); + con->alias = NULL; + con->dim = 0; + con->domain = NULL; + con->type = A_CONSTRAINT; + con->code = NULL; + con->lbnd = NULL; + con->ubnd = NULL; + con->array = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { con->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(con->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { con->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + con->dim = domain_arity(mpl, con->domain); + } + /* include the constraint name in the symbolic names table */ + { AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, con->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_CONSTRAINT); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)con); + } + /* the colon must precede the first expression */ + if (mpl->token != T_COLON) + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse the first expression */ + first = expression_5(mpl); + if (first->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + first = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, first, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(first->type == A_NUMERIC || first->type == A_FORMULA)) + error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type"); + xassert(first->dim == 0); + /* relational operator must follow the first expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + switch (mpl->token) + { case T_LE: + case T_GE: + case T_EQ: + break; + case T_LT: + case T_GT: + case T_NE: + error(mpl, "strict inequality not allowed"); + case T_SEMICOLON: + error(mpl, "constraint must be equality or inequality"); + default: + goto err; + } + rho = mpl->token; + strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); + xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr)); + get_token(mpl /* rho */); + /* parse the second expression */ + second = expression_5(mpl); + if (second->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + second = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, second, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(second->type == A_NUMERIC || second->type == A_FORMULA)) + error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type", opstr); + xassert(second->dim == 0); + /* check a token that follow the second expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { get_token(mpl /* , */); + if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) goto err; + } + if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_LE || + mpl->token == T_EQ || mpl->token == T_GE || + mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_NE) + { /* it is another relational operator, therefore the constraint + is double inequality */ + if (rho == T_EQ || mpl->token != rho) + error(mpl, "double inequality must be ... <= ... <= ... or " + "... >= ... >= ..."); + /* the first expression cannot be linear form */ + if (first->type == A_FORMULA) + error(mpl, "leftmost expression in double inequality cannot" + " be linear form"); + get_token(mpl /* rho */); + /* parse the third expression */ + third = expression_5(mpl); + if (third->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + third = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, second, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (!(third->type == A_NUMERIC || third->type == A_FORMULA)) + error(mpl, "rightmost expression in double inequality const" + "raint has invalid type"); + xassert(third->dim == 0); + /* the third expression also cannot be linear form */ + if (third->type == A_FORMULA) + error(mpl, "rightmost expression in double inequality canno" + "t be linear form"); + } + else + { /* the constraint is equality or single inequality */ + third = NULL; + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (con->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, con->domain); + /* convert all expressions to linear form, if necessary */ + if (first->type != A_FORMULA) + first = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, first, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (second->type != A_FORMULA) + second = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, second, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (third != NULL) + third = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, third, A_FORMULA, 0); + /* arrange expressions in the constraint */ + if (third == NULL) + { /* the constraint is equality or single inequality */ + switch (rho) + { case T_LE: + /* first <= second */ + con->code = first; + con->lbnd = NULL; + con->ubnd = second; + break; + case T_GE: + /* first >= second */ + con->code = first; + con->lbnd = second; + con->ubnd = NULL; + break; + case T_EQ: + /* first = second */ + con->code = first; + con->lbnd = second; + con->ubnd = second; + break; + default: + xassert(rho != rho); + } + } + else + { /* the constraint is double inequality */ + switch (rho) + { case T_LE: + /* first <= second <= third */ + con->code = second; + con->lbnd = first; + con->ubnd = third; + break; + case T_GE: + /* first >= second >= third */ + con->code = second; + con->lbnd = third; + con->ubnd = first; + break; + default: + xassert(rho != rho); + } + } + /* the constraint statement has been completely parsed */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) +err: error(mpl, "syntax error in constraint statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return con; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- objective_statement - parse objective statement. +-- +-- This routine parses objective statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <objective statement> ::= <verb> <symbolic name> <alias> <domain> : +-- <formula> ; +-- <verb> ::= minimize +-- <verb> ::= maximize +-- <alias> ::= <empty> +-- <alias> ::= <string literal> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <formula> ::= <expression 5> */ + +CONSTRAINT *objective_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ CONSTRAINT *obj; + int type; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "minimize")) + type = A_MINIMIZE; + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "maximize")) + type = A_MAXIMIZE; + else + xassert(mpl != mpl); + if (mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "objective statement must precede solve statement"); + get_token(mpl /* minimize | maximize */); + /* symbolic name must follow the verb 'minimize' or 'maximize' */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create model objective */ + obj = alloc(CONSTRAINT); + obj->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(obj->name, mpl->image); + obj->alias = NULL; + obj->dim = 0; + obj->domain = NULL; + obj->type = type; + obj->code = NULL; + obj->lbnd = NULL; + obj->ubnd = NULL; + obj->array = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { obj->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(obj->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { obj->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + obj->dim = domain_arity(mpl, obj->domain); + } + /* include the constraint name in the symbolic names table */ + { AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, obj->name); + avl_set_node_type(node, A_CONSTRAINT); + avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)obj); + } + /* the colon must precede the objective expression */ + if (mpl->token != T_COLON) + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse the objective expression */ + obj->code = expression_5(mpl); + if (obj->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC) + obj->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, obj->code, A_NUMERIC, 0); + if (obj->code->type == A_NUMERIC) + obj->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, obj->code, A_FORMULA, 0); + if (obj->code->type != A_FORMULA) + error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type"); + xassert(obj->code->dim == 0); + /* close the domain scope */ + if (obj->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, obj->domain); + /* the objective statement has been completely parsed */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in objective statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return obj; +} + +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ +/*********************************************************************** +* table_statement - parse table statement +* +* This routine parses table statement using the syntax: +* +* <table statement> ::= <input table statement> +* <table statement> ::= <output table statement> +* +* <input table statement> ::= +* table <table name> <alias> IN <argument list> : +* <input set> [ <field list> ] , <input list> ; +* <alias> ::= <empty> +* <alias> ::= <string literal> +* <argument list> ::= <expression 5> +* <argument list> ::= <argument list> <expression 5> +* <argument list> ::= <argument list> , <expression 5> +* <input set> ::= <empty> +* <input set> ::= <set name> <- +* <field list> ::= <field name> +* <field list> ::= <field list> , <field name> +* <input list> ::= <input item> +* <input list> ::= <input list> , <input item> +* <input item> ::= <parameter name> +* <input item> ::= <parameter name> ~ <field name> +* +* <output table statement> ::= +* table <table name> <alias> <domain> OUT <argument list> : +* <output list> ; +* <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +* <output list> ::= <output item> +* <output list> ::= <output list> , <output item> +* <output item> ::= <expression 5> +* <output item> ::= <expression 5> ~ <field name> */ + +TABLE *table_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ TABLE *tab; + TABARG *last_arg, *arg; + TABFLD *last_fld, *fld; + TABIN *last_in, *in; + TABOUT *last_out, *out; + AVLNODE *node; + int nflds; + char name[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "table")); + get_token(mpl /* solve */); + /* symbolic name must follow the keyword table */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected"); + /* there must be no other object with the same name */ + if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image); + /* create data table */ + tab = alloc(TABLE); + tab->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(tab->name, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional alias */ + if (mpl->token == T_STRING) + { tab->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(tab->alias, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */); + } + else + tab->alias = NULL; + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { /* this is output table */ + tab->type = A_OUTPUT; + tab->u.out.domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + if (!is_keyword(mpl, "OUT")) + error(mpl, "keyword OUT missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* OUT */); + } + else + { /* this is input table */ + tab->type = A_INPUT; + if (!is_keyword(mpl, "IN")) + error(mpl, "keyword IN missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* IN */); + } + /* parse argument list */ + tab->arg = last_arg = NULL; + for (;;) + { /* create argument list entry */ + arg = alloc(TABARG); + /* parse argument expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || mpl->token == T_COLON || + mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "argument expression missing where expected"); + arg->code = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert the result to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (arg->code->type == A_NUMERIC) + arg->code = + make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, arg->code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* check that now the result is of symbolic type */ + if (arg->code->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "argument expression has invalid type"); + /* add the entry to the end of the list */ + arg->next = NULL; + if (last_arg == NULL) + tab->arg = arg; + else + last_arg->next = arg; + last_arg = arg; + /* argument expression has been parsed */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_COLON || mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + break; + } + xassert(tab->arg != NULL); + /* argument list must end with colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) + get_token(mpl /* : */); + else + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); + /* parse specific part of the table statement */ + switch (tab->type) + { case A_INPUT: goto input_table; + case A_OUTPUT: goto output_table; + default: xassert(tab != tab); + } +input_table: + /* parse optional set name */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image); + if (node == NULL) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image); + if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET) + error(mpl, "%s not a set", mpl->image); + tab->u.in.set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (tab->u.in.set->assign != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s needs no data", mpl->image); + if (tab->u.in.set->dim != 0) + error(mpl, "%s must be a simple set", mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + if (mpl->token == T_INPUT) + get_token(mpl /* <- */); + else + error(mpl, "delimiter <- missing where expected"); + } + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + tab->u.in.set = NULL; + /* parse field list */ + tab->u.in.fld = last_fld = NULL; + nflds = 0; + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET) + get_token(mpl /* [ */); + else + error(mpl, "field list missing where expected"); + for (;;) + { /* create field list entry */ + fld = alloc(TABFLD); + /* parse field name */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, + "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "field name missing where expected"); + fld->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1); + strcpy(fld->name, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* add the entry to the end of the list */ + fld->next = NULL; + if (last_fld == NULL) + tab->u.in.fld = fld; + else + last_fld->next = fld; + last_fld = fld; + nflds++; + /* field name has been parsed */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in field list"); + } + /* check that the set dimen is equal to the number of fields */ + if (tab->u.in.set != NULL && tab->u.in.set->dimen != nflds) + error(mpl, "there must be %d field%s rather than %d", + tab->u.in.set->dimen, tab->u.in.set->dimen == 1 ? "" : "s", + nflds); + get_token(mpl /* ] */); + /* parse optional input list */ + tab->u.in.list = last_in = NULL; + while (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* create input list entry */ + in = alloc(TABIN); + /* parse parameter name */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, + "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "parameter name missing where expected"); + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image); + if (node == NULL) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image); + if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_PARAMETER) + error(mpl, "%s not a parameter", mpl->image); + in->par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (in->par->dim != nflds) + error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d", + mpl->image, nflds, nflds == 1 ? "" : "s", in->par->dim); + if (in->par->assign != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s needs no data", mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* parse optional field name */ + if (mpl->token == T_TILDE) + { get_token(mpl /* ~ */); + /* parse field name */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, + "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "field name missing where expected"); + xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name)); + strcpy(name, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + } + else + { /* field name is the same as the parameter name */ + xassert(strlen(in->par->name) < sizeof(name)); + strcpy(name, in->par->name); + } + /* assign field name */ + in->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(name)+1); + strcpy(in->name, name); + /* add the entry to the end of the list */ + in->next = NULL; + if (last_in == NULL) + tab->u.in.list = in; + else + last_in->next = in; + last_in = in; + } + goto end_of_table; +output_table: + /* parse output list */ + tab->u.out.list = last_out = NULL; + for (;;) + { /* create output list entry */ + out = alloc(TABOUT); + /* parse expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "expression missing where expected"); + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name)); + strcpy(name, mpl->image); + } + else + name[0] = '\0'; + out->code = expression_5(mpl); + /* parse optional field name */ + if (mpl->token == T_TILDE) + { get_token(mpl /* ~ */); + /* parse field name */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + ; + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, + "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "field name missing where expected"); + xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name)); + strcpy(name, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + } + /* assign field name */ + if (name[0] == '\0') + error(mpl, "field name required"); + out->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(name)+1); + strcpy(out->name, name); + /* add the entry to the end of the list */ + out->next = NULL; + if (last_out == NULL) + tab->u.out.list = out; + else + last_out->next = out; + last_out = out; + /* output item has been parsed */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in output list"); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + close_scope(mpl,tab->u.out.domain); +end_of_table: + /* the table statement must end with semicolon */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in table statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return tab; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- solve_statement - parse solve statement. +-- +-- This routine parses solve statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <solve statement> ::= solve ; +-- +-- The solve statement can be used at most once. */ + +void *solve_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "solve")); + if (mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "at most one solve statement allowed"); + mpl->flag_s = 1; + get_token(mpl /* solve */); + /* semicolon must follow solve statement */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in solve statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return NULL; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- check_statement - parse check statement. +-- +-- This routine parses check statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <check statement> ::= check <domain> : <expression 13> ; +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- +-- If <domain> is omitted, colon following it may also be omitted. */ + +CHECK *check_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ CHECK *chk; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "check")); + /* create check descriptor */ + chk = alloc(CHECK); + chk->domain = NULL; + chk->code = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* check */); + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { chk->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); +#if 0 + if (mpl->token != T_COLON) + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); +#endif + } + /* skip optional colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse logical expression */ + chk->code = expression_13(mpl); + if (chk->code->type != A_LOGICAL) + error(mpl, "expression has invalid type"); + xassert(chk->code->dim == 0); + /* close the domain scope */ + if (chk->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, chk->domain); + /* the check statement has been completely parsed */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in check statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return chk; +} + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- display_statement - parse display statement. +-- +-- This routine parses display statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <display statement> ::= display <domain> : <display list> ; +-- <display statement> ::= display <domain> <display list> ; +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <display list> ::= <display entry> +-- <display list> ::= <display list> , <display entry> +-- <display entry> ::= <dummy index> +-- <display entry> ::= <set name> +-- <display entry> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <display entry> ::= <parameter name> +-- <display entry> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <display entry> ::= <variable name> +-- <display entry> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <display entry> ::= <constraint name> +-- <display entry> ::= <constraint name> [ <subscript list> ] +-- <display entry> ::= <expression 13> */ + +DISPLAY *display_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ DISPLAY *dpy; + DISPLAY1 *entry, *last_entry; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "display")); + /* create display descriptor */ + dpy = alloc(DISPLAY); + dpy->domain = NULL; + dpy->list = last_entry = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* display */); + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + dpy->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + /* skip optional colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse display list */ + for (;;) + { /* create new display entry */ + entry = alloc(DISPLAY1); + entry->type = 0; + entry->next = NULL; + /* and append it to the display list */ + if (dpy->list == NULL) + dpy->list = entry; + else + last_entry->next = entry; + last_entry = entry; + /* parse display entry */ + if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { AVLNODE *node; + int next_token; + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + next_token = mpl->token; + unget_token(mpl); + if (!(next_token == T_COMMA || next_token == T_SEMICOLON)) + { /* symbolic name begins expression */ + goto expr; + } + /* display entry is dummy index or model object */ + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image); + if (node == NULL) + error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image); + entry->type = avl_get_node_type(node); + switch (avl_get_node_type(node)) + { case A_INDEX: + entry->u.slot = + (DOMAIN_SLOT *)avl_get_node_link(node); + break; + case A_SET: + entry->u.set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node); + break; + case A_PARAMETER: + entry->u.par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node); + break; + case A_VARIABLE: + entry->u.var = (VARIABLE *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (!mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "invalid reference to variable %s above" + " solve statement", entry->u.var->name); + break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + entry->u.con = (CONSTRAINT *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (!mpl->flag_s) + error(mpl, "invalid reference to %s %s above solve" + " statement", + entry->u.con->type == A_CONSTRAINT ? + "constraint" : "objective", entry->u.con->name); + break; + default: + xassert(node != node); + } + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + } + else +expr: { /* display entry is expression */ + entry->type = A_EXPRESSION; + entry->u.code = expression_13(mpl); + } + /* check a token that follows the entry parsed */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else + break; + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (dpy->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, dpy->domain); + /* the display statement has been completely parsed */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in display statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return dpy; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- printf_statement - parse printf statement. +-- +-- This routine parses print statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> ; +-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> > <file name> ; +-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> >> <file name> ; +-- <printf clause> ::= printf <domain> : <format> <printf list> +-- <printf clause> ::= printf <domain> <format> <printf list> +-- <domain> ::= <empty> +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <format> ::= <expression 5> +-- <printf list> ::= <empty> +-- <printf list> ::= <printf list> , <printf entry> +-- <printf entry> ::= <expression 9> +-- <file name> ::= <expression 5> */ + +PRINTF *printf_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ PRINTF *prt; + PRINTF1 *entry, *last_entry; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "printf")); + /* create printf descriptor */ + prt = alloc(PRINTF); + prt->domain = NULL; + prt->fmt = NULL; + prt->list = last_entry = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* printf */); + /* parse optional indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE) + { prt->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); +#if 0 + if (mpl->token != T_COLON) + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); +#endif + } + /* skip optional colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse expression for format string */ + prt->fmt = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (prt->fmt->type == A_NUMERIC) + prt->fmt = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, prt->fmt, A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */ + if (prt->fmt->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "format expression has invalid type"); + /* parse printf list */ + while (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* create new printf entry */ + entry = alloc(PRINTF1); + entry->code = NULL; + entry->next = NULL; + /* and append it to the printf list */ + if (prt->list == NULL) + prt->list = entry; + else + last_entry->next = entry; + last_entry = entry; + /* parse printf entry */ + entry->code = expression_9(mpl); + if (!(entry->code->type == A_NUMERIC || + entry->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC || + entry->code->type == A_LOGICAL)) + error(mpl, "only numeric, symbolic, or logical expression a" + "llowed"); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + if (prt->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, prt->domain); +#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */ + /* parse optional redirection */ + prt->fname = NULL, prt->app = 0; + if (mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_APPEND) + { prt->app = (mpl->token == T_APPEND); + get_token(mpl /* > or >> */); + /* parse expression for file name string */ + prt->fname = expression_5(mpl); + /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */ + if (prt->fname->type == A_NUMERIC) + prt->fname = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, prt->fname, + A_SYMBOLIC, 0); + /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */ + if (prt->fname->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + error(mpl, "file name expression has invalid type"); + } +#endif + /* the printf statement has been completely parsed */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "syntax error in printf statement"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + return prt; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- for_statement - parse for statement. +-- +-- This routine parses for statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <for statement> ::= for <domain> <statement> +-- <for statement> ::= for <domain> { <statement list> } +-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression> +-- <statement list> ::= <empty> +-- <statement list> ::= <statement list> <statement> +-- <statement> ::= <check statement> +-- <statement> ::= <display statement> +-- <statement> ::= <printf statement> +-- <statement> ::= <for statement> */ + +FOR *for_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ FOR *fur; + STATEMENT *stmt, *last_stmt; + xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "for")); + /* create for descriptor */ + fur = alloc(FOR); + fur->domain = NULL; + fur->list = last_stmt = NULL; + get_token(mpl /* for */); + /* parse indexing expression */ + if (mpl->token != T_LBRACE) + error(mpl, "indexing expression missing where expected"); + fur->domain = indexing_expression(mpl); + /* skip optional colon */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* parse for statement body */ + if (mpl->token != T_LBRACE) + { /* parse simple statement */ + fur->list = simple_statement(mpl, 1); + } + else + { /* parse compound statement */ + get_token(mpl /* { */); + while (mpl->token != T_RBRACE) + { /* parse statement */ + stmt = simple_statement(mpl, 1); + /* and append it to the end of the statement list */ + if (last_stmt == NULL) + fur->list = stmt; + else + last_stmt->next = stmt; + last_stmt = stmt; + } + get_token(mpl /* } */); + } + /* close the domain scope */ + xassert(fur->domain != NULL); + close_scope(mpl, fur->domain); + /* the for statement has been completely parsed */ + return fur; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- end_statement - parse end statement. +-- +-- This routine parses end statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <end statement> ::= end ; <eof> */ + +void end_statement(MPL *mpl) +{ if (!mpl->flag_d && is_keyword(mpl, "end") || + mpl->flag_d && is_literal(mpl, "end")) + { get_token(mpl /* end */); + if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + else + warning(mpl, "no semicolon following end statement; missing" + " semicolon inserted"); + } + else + warning(mpl, "unexpected end of file; missing end statement in" + "serted"); + if (mpl->token != T_EOF) + warning(mpl, "some text detected beyond end statement; text ig" + "nored"); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- simple_statement - parse simple statement. +-- +-- This routine parses simple statement using the syntax: +-- +-- <statement> ::= <set statement> +-- <statement> ::= <parameter statement> +-- <statement> ::= <variable statement> +-- <statement> ::= <constraint statement> +-- <statement> ::= <objective statement> +-- <statement> ::= <solve statement> +-- <statement> ::= <check statement> +-- <statement> ::= <display statement> +-- <statement> ::= <printf statement> +-- <statement> ::= <for statement> +-- +-- If the flag spec is set, some statements cannot be used. */ + +STATEMENT *simple_statement(MPL *mpl, int spec) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + stmt = alloc(STATEMENT); + stmt->line = mpl->line; + stmt->next = NULL; + if (is_keyword(mpl, "set")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "set statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_SET; + stmt->u.set = set_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "param")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "parameter statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_PARAMETER; + stmt->u.par = parameter_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "var")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "variable statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_VARIABLE; + stmt->u.var = variable_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "subject") || + is_keyword(mpl, "subj") || + mpl->token == T_SPTP) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "constraint statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT; + stmt->u.con = constraint_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "minimize") || + is_keyword(mpl, "maximize")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "objective statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT; + stmt->u.con = objective_statement(mpl); + } +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "table")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "table statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_TABLE; + stmt->u.tab = table_statement(mpl); + } +#endif + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "solve")) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "solve statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_SOLVE; + stmt->u.slv = solve_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "check")) + { stmt->type = A_CHECK; + stmt->u.chk = check_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "display")) + { stmt->type = A_DISPLAY; + stmt->u.dpy = display_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "printf")) + { stmt->type = A_PRINTF; + stmt->u.prt = printf_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_keyword(mpl, "for")) + { stmt->type = A_FOR; + stmt->u.fur = for_statement(mpl); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_NAME) + { if (spec) + error(mpl, "constraint statement not allowed here"); + stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT; + stmt->u.con = constraint_statement(mpl); + } + else if (is_reserved(mpl)) + error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in model section"); + return stmt; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- model_section - parse model section. +-- +-- This routine parses model section using the syntax: +-- +-- <model section> ::= <empty> +-- <model section> ::= <model section> <statement> +-- +-- Parsing model section is terminated by either the keyword 'data', or +-- the keyword 'end', or the end of file. */ + +void model_section(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt, *last_stmt; + xassert(mpl->model == NULL); + last_stmt = NULL; + while (!(mpl->token == T_EOF || is_keyword(mpl, "data") || + is_keyword(mpl, "end"))) + { /* parse statement */ + stmt = simple_statement(mpl, 0); + /* and append it to the end of the statement list */ + if (last_stmt == NULL) + mpl->model = stmt; + else + last_stmt->next = stmt; + last_stmt = stmt; + } + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f99528b --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c @@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@ +/* mpl2.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#include "mpl.h" + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PROCESSING DATA SECTION * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_slice - create slice. +-- +-- This routine creates a slice, which initially has no components. */ + +SLICE *create_slice(MPL *mpl) +{ SLICE *slice; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + slice = NULL; + return slice; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expand_slice - append new component to slice. +-- +-- This routine expands slice appending to it either a given symbol or +-- null component, which becomes the last component of the slice. */ + +SLICE *expand_slice +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +) +{ SLICE *tail, *temp; + /* create a new component */ + tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(SLICE)); + tail->sym = sym; + tail->next = NULL; + /* and append it to the component list */ + if (slice == NULL) + slice = tail; + else + { for (temp = slice; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next); + temp->next = tail; + } + return slice; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- slice_dimen - determine dimension of slice. +-- +-- This routine returns dimension of slice, which is number of all its +-- components including null ones. */ + +int slice_dimen +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +) +{ SLICE *temp; + int dim; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + dim = 0; + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) dim++; + return dim; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- slice_arity - determine arity of slice. +-- +-- This routine returns arity of slice, i.e. number of null components +-- (indicated by asterisks) in the slice. */ + +int slice_arity +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +) +{ SLICE *temp; + int arity; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + arity = 0; + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + if (temp->sym == NULL) arity++; + return arity; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fake_slice - create fake slice of all asterisks. +-- +-- This routine creates a fake slice of given dimension, which contains +-- asterisks in all components. Zero dimension is allowed. */ + +SLICE *fake_slice(MPL *mpl, int dim) +{ SLICE *slice; + slice = create_slice(mpl); + while (dim-- > 0) slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, NULL); + return slice; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_slice - delete slice. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified slice. */ + +void delete_slice +( MPL *mpl, + SLICE *slice /* destroyed */ +) +{ SLICE *temp; + while (slice != NULL) + { temp = slice; + slice = temp->next; + if (temp->sym != NULL) delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); +xassert(sizeof(SLICE) == sizeof(TUPLE)); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE)); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_number - check if current token is number. +-- +-- If the current token is a number, this routine returns non-zero. +-- Otherwise zero is returned. */ + +int is_number(MPL *mpl) +{ return + mpl->token == T_NUMBER; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_symbol - check if current token is symbol. +-- +-- If the current token is suitable to be a symbol, the routine returns +-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */ + +int is_symbol(MPL *mpl) +{ return + mpl->token == T_NUMBER || + mpl->token == T_SYMBOL || + mpl->token == T_STRING; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_literal - check if current token is given symbolic literal. +-- +-- If the current token is given symbolic literal, this routine returns +-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. +-- +-- This routine is used on processing the data section in the same way +-- as the routine is_keyword on processing the model section. */ + +int is_literal(MPL *mpl, char *literal) +{ return + is_symbol(mpl) && strcmp(mpl->image, literal) == 0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- read_number - read number. +-- +-- This routine reads the current token, which must be a number, and +-- returns its numeric value. */ + +double read_number(MPL *mpl) +{ double num; + xassert(is_number(mpl)); + num = mpl->value; + get_token(mpl /* <number> */); + return num; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- read_symbol - read symbol. +-- +-- This routine reads the current token, which must be a symbol, and +-- returns its symbolic value. */ + +SYMBOL *read_symbol(MPL *mpl) +{ SYMBOL *sym; + xassert(is_symbol(mpl)); + if (is_number(mpl)) + sym = create_symbol_num(mpl, mpl->value); + else + sym = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, mpl->image)); + get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + return sym; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- read_slice - read slice. +-- +-- This routine reads slice using the syntax: +-- +-- <slice> ::= [ <symbol list> ] +-- <slice> ::= ( <symbol list> ) +-- <symbol list> ::= <symbol or star> +-- <symbol list> ::= <symbol list> , <symbol or star> +-- <symbol or star> ::= <symbol> +-- <symbol or star> ::= * +-- +-- The bracketed form of slice is used for members of multi-dimensional +-- objects while the parenthesized form is used for elemental sets. */ + +SLICE *read_slice +( MPL *mpl, + char *name, /* not changed */ + int dim +) +{ SLICE *slice; + int close; + xassert(name != NULL); + switch (mpl->token) + { case T_LBRACKET: + close = T_RBRACKET; + break; + case T_LEFT: + xassert(dim > 0); + close = T_RIGHT; + break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + if (dim == 0) + error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", name); + get_token(mpl /* ( | [ */); + /* read slice components */ + slice = create_slice(mpl); + for (;;) + { /* the current token must be a symbol or asterisk */ + if (is_symbol(mpl)) + slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, read_symbol(mpl)); + else if (mpl->token == T_ASTERISK) + { slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, NULL); + get_token(mpl /* * */); + } + else + error(mpl, "number, symbol, or asterisk missing where expec" + "ted"); + /* check a token that follows the symbol */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == close) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in slice"); + } + /* number of slice components must be the same as the appropriate + dimension */ + if (slice_dimen(mpl, slice) != dim) + { switch (close) + { case T_RBRACKET: + error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s, not %d", name, + dim, dim == 1 ? "" : "s", slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + break; + case T_RIGHT: + error(mpl, "%s has dimension %d, not %d", name, dim, + slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + break; + default: + xassert(close != close); + } + } + get_token(mpl /* ) | ] */); + return slice; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- select_set - select set to saturate it with elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine selects set to saturate it with elemental sets provided +-- in the data section. */ + +SET *select_set +( MPL *mpl, + char *name /* not changed */ +) +{ SET *set; + AVLNODE *node; + xassert(name != NULL); + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, name); + if (node == NULL || avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET) + error(mpl, "%s not a set", name); + set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (set->assign != NULL || set->gadget != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s needs no data", name); + set->data = 1; + return set; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- simple_format - read set data block in simple format. +-- +-- This routine reads set data block using the syntax: +-- +-- <simple format> ::= <symbol> , <symbol> , ... , <symbol> +-- +-- where <symbols> are used to construct a complete n-tuple, which is +-- included in elemental set assigned to the set member. Commae between +-- symbols are optional and may be omitted anywhere. +-- +-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of +-- n-tuples in elemental sets assigned to the set members. To construct +-- complete n-tuple the routine replaces null positions in the slice by +-- corresponding <symbols>. +-- +-- If the slice contains at least one null position, the current token +-- must be symbol. Otherwise, the routine reads no symbols to construct +-- the n-tuple, so the current token is not checked. */ + +void simple_format +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + MEMBER *memb, /* modified */ + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *tuple; + SLICE *temp; + SYMBOL *sym, *with = NULL; + xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(memb != NULL); + xassert(slice != NULL); + xassert(set->dimen == slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + xassert(memb->value.set->dim == set->dimen); + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) > 0) xassert(is_symbol(mpl)); + /* read symbols and construct complete n-tuple */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + { if (temp->sym == NULL) + { /* substitution is needed; read symbol */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { int lack = slice_arity(mpl, temp); + /* with cannot be null due to assertion above */ + xassert(with != NULL); + if (lack == 1) + error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, with)); + else + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, with)); + } + sym = read_symbol(mpl); + if (with == NULL) with = sym; + } + else + { /* copy symbol from the slice */ + sym = copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); + } + /* append the symbol to the n-tuple */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, sym); + /* skip optional comma *between* <symbols> */ + if (temp->next != NULL && mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + } + /* add constructed n-tuple to elemental set */ + check_then_add(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- matrix_format - read set data block in matrix format. +-- +-- This routine reads set data block using the syntax: +-- +-- <matrix format> ::= <column> <column> ... <column> := +-- <row> +/- +/- ... +/- +-- <row> +/- +/- ... +/- +-- . . . . . . . . . . . +-- <row> +/- +/- ... +/- +-- +-- where <rows> are symbols that denote rows of the matrix, <columns> +-- are symbols that denote columns of the matrix, "+" and "-" indicate +-- whether corresponding n-tuple needs to be included in the elemental +-- set or not, respectively. +-- +-- Number of the slice components must be the same as dimension of the +-- elemental set. The slice must have two null positions. To construct +-- complete n-tuple for particular element of the matrix the routine +-- replaces first null position of the slice by the corresponding <row> +-- (or <column>, if the flag tr is on) and second null position by the +-- corresponding <column> (or by <row>, if the flag tr is on). */ + +void matrix_format +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + MEMBER *memb, /* modified */ + SLICE *slice, /* not changed */ + int tr +) +{ SLICE *list, *col, *temp; + TUPLE *tuple; + SYMBOL *row; + xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(memb != NULL); + xassert(slice != NULL); + xassert(set->dimen == slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + xassert(memb->value.set->dim == set->dimen); + xassert(slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 2); + /* read the matrix heading that contains column symbols (there + may be no columns at all) */ + list = create_slice(mpl); + while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN) + { /* read column symbol and append it to the column list */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "number, symbol, or := missing where expected"); + list = expand_slice(mpl, list, read_symbol(mpl)); + } + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* read zero or more rows that contain matrix data */ + while (is_symbol(mpl)) + { /* read row symbol (if the matrix has no columns, row symbols + are just ignored) */ + row = read_symbol(mpl); + /* read the matrix row accordingly to the column list */ + for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next) + { int which = 0; + /* check indicator */ + if (is_literal(mpl, "+")) + ; + else if (is_literal(mpl, "-")) + { get_token(mpl /* - */); + continue; + } + else + { int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col); + if (lack == 1) + error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, row)); + else + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, row)); + } + /* construct complete n-tuple */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + { if (temp->sym == NULL) + { /* substitution is needed */ + switch (++which) + { case 1: + /* substitute in the first null position */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, + copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? col->sym : row)); + break; + case 2: + /* substitute in the second null position */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, + copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? row : col->sym)); + break; + default: + xassert(which != which); + } + } + else + { /* copy symbol from the slice */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl, + temp->sym)); + } + } + xassert(which == 2); + /* add constructed n-tuple to elemental set */ + check_then_add(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple); + get_token(mpl /* + */); + } + /* delete the row symbol */ + delete_symbol(mpl, row); + } + /* delete the column list */ + delete_slice(mpl, list); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_data - read set data. +-- +-- This routine reads set data using the syntax: +-- +-- <set data> ::= set <set name> <assignments> ; +-- <set data> ::= set <set name> [ <symbol list> ] <assignments> ; +-- <set name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <assignments> ::= <empty> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , := +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , ( <symbol list> ) +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , <simple format> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , : <matrix format> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) <matrix format> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) : <matrix format> +-- +-- Commae in <assignments> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +void set_data(MPL *mpl) +{ SET *set; + TUPLE *tuple; + MEMBER *memb; + SLICE *slice; + int tr = 0; + xassert(is_literal(mpl, "set")); + get_token(mpl /* set */); + /* symbolic name of set must follows the keyword 'set' */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "set name missing where expected"); + /* select the set to saturate it with data */ + set = select_set(mpl, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */); + /* read optional subscript list, which identifies member of the + set to be read */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET) + { /* subscript list is specified */ + if (set->dim == 0) + error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", set->name); + get_token(mpl /* [ */); + /* read symbols and construct subscript list */ + for (;;) + { if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "number or symbol missing where expected"); + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, read_symbol(mpl)); + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET) + break; + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in subscript list"); + } + if (set->dim != tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)) + error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d", + set->name, set->dim, set->dim == 1 ? "" : "s", + tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + get_token(mpl /* ] */); + } + else + { /* subscript list is not specified */ + if (set->dim != 0) + error(mpl, "%s must be subscripted", set->name); + } + /* there must be no member with the same subscript list */ + if (find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s%s already defined", + set->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple)); + /* add new member to the set and assign it empty elemental set */ + memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, tuple); + memb->value.set = create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen); + /* create an initial fake slice of all asterisks */ + slice = fake_slice(mpl, set->dimen); + /* read zero or more data assignments */ + for (;;) + { /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* process assignment element */ + if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN) + { /* assignment ligature is non-significant element */ + get_token(mpl /* := */); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) + { /* left parenthesis begins either new slice or "transpose" + indicator */ + int is_tr; + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + is_tr = is_literal(mpl, "tr"); + unget_token(mpl /* ( */); + if (is_tr) goto left; + /* delete the current slice and read new one */ + delete_slice(mpl, slice); + slice = read_slice(mpl, set->name, set->dimen); + /* each new slice resets the "transpose" indicator */ + tr = 0; + /* if the new slice is 0-ary, formally there is one 0-tuple + (in the simple format) that follows it */ + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 0) + simple_format(mpl, set, memb, slice); + } + else if (is_symbol(mpl)) + { /* number or symbol begins data in the simple format */ + simple_format(mpl, set, memb, slice); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_COLON) + { /* colon begins data in the matrix format */ + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) +err1: error(mpl, "slice currently used must specify 2 asterisk" + "s, not %d", slice_arity(mpl, slice)); + get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* read elemental set data in the matrix format */ + matrix_format(mpl, set, memb, slice, tr); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) +left: { /* left parenthesis begins the "transpose" indicator, which + is followed by data in the matrix format */ + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + if (!is_literal(mpl, "tr")) +err2: error(mpl, "transpose indicator (tr) incomplete"); + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) goto err1; + get_token(mpl /* tr */); + if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT) goto err2; + get_token(mpl /* ) */); + /* in this case the colon is optional */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* set the "transpose" indicator */ + tr = 1; + /* read elemental set data in the matrix format */ + matrix_format(mpl, set, memb, slice, tr); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + { /* semicolon terminates the data block */ + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + break; + } + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in set data block"); + } + /* delete the current slice */ + delete_slice(mpl, slice); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- select_parameter - select parameter to saturate it with data. +-- +-- This routine selects parameter to saturate it with data provided in +-- the data section. */ + +PARAMETER *select_parameter +( MPL *mpl, + char *name /* not changed */ +) +{ PARAMETER *par; + AVLNODE *node; + xassert(name != NULL); + node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, name); + if (node == NULL || avl_get_node_type(node) != A_PARAMETER) + error(mpl, "%s not a parameter", name); + par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node); + if (par->assign != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s needs no data", name); + if (par->data) + error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", name); + par->data = 1; + return par; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_default - set default parameter value. +-- +-- This routine sets default value for specified parameter. */ + +void set_default +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *altval /* destroyed */ +) +{ xassert(par != NULL); + xassert(altval != NULL); + if (par->option != NULL) + error(mpl, "default value for %s already specified in model se" + "ction", par->name); + xassert(par->defval == NULL); + par->defval = altval; + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- read_value - read value and assign it to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine reads numeric or symbolic value from the input stream +-- and assigns to new parameter member specified by its n-tuple, which +-- (the member) is created and added to the parameter array. */ + +MEMBER *read_value +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(par != NULL); + xassert(is_symbol(mpl)); + /* there must be no member with the same n-tuple */ + if (find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s%s already defined", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple)); + /* create new parameter member with given n-tuple */ + memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, tuple); + /* read value and assigns it to the new parameter member */ + switch (par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + case A_INTEGER: + case A_BINARY: + if (!is_number(mpl)) + error(mpl, "%s requires numeric data", par->name); + memb->value.num = read_number(mpl); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + memb->value.sym = read_symbol(mpl); + break; + default: + xassert(par != par); + } + return memb; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- plain_format - read parameter data block in plain format. +-- +-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax: +-- +-- <plain format> ::= <symbol> , <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> +-- +-- where <symbols> are used to determine a complete subscript list for +-- parameter member, <value> is a numeric or symbolic value assigned to +-- the parameter member. Commae between data items are optional and may +-- be omitted anywhere. +-- +-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of +-- the parameter. To construct the complete subscript list the routine +-- replaces null positions in the slice by corresponding <symbols>. */ + +void plain_format +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SLICE *slice /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *tuple; + SLICE *temp; + SYMBOL *sym, *with = NULL; + xassert(par != NULL); + xassert(par->dim == slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + xassert(is_symbol(mpl)); + /* read symbols and construct complete subscript list */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + { if (temp->sym == NULL) + { /* substitution is needed; read symbol */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { int lack = slice_arity(mpl, temp) + 1; + xassert(with != NULL); + xassert(lack > 1); + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning wit" + "h %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, with)); + } + sym = read_symbol(mpl); + if (with == NULL) with = sym; + } + else + { /* copy symbol from the slice */ + sym = copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); + } + /* append the symbol to the subscript list */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, sym); + /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + } + /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { xassert(with != NULL); + error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning with %s", + format_symbol(mpl, with)); + } + read_value(mpl, par, tuple); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- tabular_format - read parameter data block in tabular format. +-- +-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax: +-- +-- <tabular format> ::= <column> <column> ... <column> := +-- <row> <value> <value> ... <value> +-- <row> <value> <value> ... <value> +-- . . . . . . . . . . . +-- <row> <value> <value> ... <value> +-- +-- where <rows> are symbols that denote rows of the table, <columns> +-- are symbols that denote columns of the table, <values> are numeric +-- or symbolic values assigned to the corresponding parameter members. +-- If <value> is specified as single point, no value is provided. +-- +-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of +-- the parameter. The slice must have two null positions. To construct +-- complete subscript list for particular <value> the routine replaces +-- the first null position of the slice by the corresponding <row> (or +-- <column>, if the flag tr is on) and the second null position by the +-- corresponding <column> (or by <row>, if the flag tr is on). */ + +void tabular_format +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + SLICE *slice, /* not changed */ + int tr +) +{ SLICE *list, *col, *temp; + TUPLE *tuple; + SYMBOL *row; + xassert(par != NULL); + xassert(par->dim == slice_dimen(mpl, slice)); + xassert(slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 2); + /* read the table heading that contains column symbols (the table + may have no columns) */ + list = create_slice(mpl); + while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN) + { /* read column symbol and append it to the column list */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "number, symbol, or := missing where expected"); + list = expand_slice(mpl, list, read_symbol(mpl)); + } + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* read zero or more rows that contain tabular data */ + while (is_symbol(mpl)) + { /* read row symbol (if the table has no columns, these symbols + are just ignored) */ + row = read_symbol(mpl); + /* read values accordingly to the column list */ + for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next) + { int which = 0; + /* if the token is single point, no value is provided */ + if (is_literal(mpl, ".")) + { get_token(mpl /* . */); + continue; + } + /* construct complete subscript list */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + { if (temp->sym == NULL) + { /* substitution is needed */ + switch (++which) + { case 1: + /* substitute in the first null position */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, + copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? col->sym : row)); + break; + case 2: + /* substitute in the second null position */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, + copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? row : col->sym)); + break; + default: + xassert(which != which); + } + } + else + { /* copy symbol from the slice */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl, + temp->sym)); + } + } + xassert(which == 2); + /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col); + if (lack == 1) + error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, row)); + else + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, row)); + } + read_value(mpl, par, tuple); + } + /* delete the row symbol */ + delete_symbol(mpl, row); + } + /* delete the column list */ + delete_slice(mpl, list); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- tabbing_format - read parameter data block in tabbing format. +-- +-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax: +-- +-- <tabbing format> ::= <prefix> <name> , ... , <name> , := , +-- <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value> , +-- <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value> , +-- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +-- <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value> +-- <prefix> ::= <empty> +-- <prefix> ::= <set name> : +-- +-- where <names> are names of parameters (all the parameters must be +-- subscripted and have identical dimensions), <symbols> are symbols +-- used to define subscripts of parameter members, <values> are numeric +-- or symbolic values assigned to the corresponding parameter members. +-- Optional <prefix> may specify a simple set, in which case n-tuples +-- built of <symbols> for each row of the data table (i.e. subscripts +-- of parameter members) are added to the specified set. Commae between +-- data items are optional and may be omitted anywhere. +-- +-- If the parameter altval is not NULL, it specifies a default value +-- provided for all the parameters specified in the data block. */ + +void tabbing_format +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *altval /* not changed */ +) +{ SET *set = NULL; + PARAMETER *par; + SLICE *list, *col; + TUPLE *tuple; + int next_token, j, dim = 0; + char *last_name = NULL; + /* read the optional <prefix> */ + if (is_symbol(mpl)) + { get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + next_token = mpl->token; + unget_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + if (next_token == T_COLON) + { /* select the set to saturate it with data */ + set = select_set(mpl, mpl->image); + /* the set must be simple (i.e. not set of sets) */ + if (set->dim != 0) + error(mpl, "%s must be a simple set", set->name); + /* and must not be defined yet */ + if (set->array->head != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s already defined", set->name); + /* add new (the only) member to the set and assign it empty + elemental set */ + add_member(mpl, set->array, NULL)->value.set = + create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen); + last_name = set->name, dim = set->dimen; + get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + xassert(mpl->token == T_COLON); + get_token(mpl /* : */); + } + } + /* read the table heading that contains parameter names */ + list = create_slice(mpl); + while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN) + { /* there must be symbolic name of parameter */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "parameter name or := missing where expected"); + /* select the parameter to saturate it with data */ + par = select_parameter(mpl, mpl->image); + /* the parameter must be subscripted */ + if (par->dim == 0) + error(mpl, "%s not a subscripted parameter", mpl->image); + /* the set (if specified) and all the parameters in the data + block must have identical dimension */ + if (dim != 0 && par->dim != dim) + { xassert(last_name != NULL); + error(mpl, "%s has dimension %d while %s has dimension %d", + last_name, dim, par->name, par->dim); + } + /* set default value for the parameter (if specified) */ + if (altval != NULL) + set_default(mpl, par, copy_symbol(mpl, altval)); + /* append the parameter to the column list */ + list = expand_slice(mpl, list, (SYMBOL *)par); + last_name = par->name, dim = par->dim; + get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + } + if (slice_dimen(mpl, list) == 0) + error(mpl, "at least one parameter name required"); + get_token(mpl /* := */); + /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* read rows that contain tabbing data */ + while (is_symbol(mpl)) + { /* read subscript list */ + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++) + { /* read j-th subscript */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, list) + dim - j + 1; + xassert(tuple != NULL); + xassert(lack > 1); + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning wit" + "h %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym)); + } + /* read and append j-th subscript to the n-tuple */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, read_symbol(mpl)); + /* skip optional comma *between* <symbols> */ + if (j < dim && mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + } + /* if the set is specified, add to it new n-tuple, which is a + copy of the subscript list just read */ + if (set != NULL) + check_then_add(mpl, set->array->head->value.set, + copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + /* skip optional comma between <symbol> and <value> */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* read values accordingly to the column list */ + for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next) + { /* if the token is single point, no value is provided */ + if (is_literal(mpl, ".")) + { get_token(mpl /* . */); + continue; + } + /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + { int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col); + xassert(tuple != NULL); + if (lack == 1) + error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym)); + else + error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning " + "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym)); + } + read_value(mpl, (PARAMETER *)col->sym, copy_tuple(mpl, + tuple)); + /* skip optional comma preceding the next value */ + if (col->next != NULL && mpl->token == T_COMMA) + get_token(mpl /* , */); + } + /* delete the original subscript list */ + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + /* skip optional comma (only if there is next data group) */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) + { get_token(mpl /* , */); + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) unget_token(mpl /* , */); + } + } + /* delete the column list (it contains parameters, not symbols, + so nullify it before) */ + for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next) col->sym = NULL; + delete_slice(mpl, list); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- parameter_data - read parameter data. +-- +-- This routine reads parameter data using the syntax: +-- +-- <parameter data> ::= param <default value> : <tabbing format> ; +-- <parameter data> ::= param <parameter name> <default value> +-- <assignments> ; +-- <parameter name> ::= <symbolic name> +-- <default value> ::= <empty> +-- <default value> ::= default <symbol> +-- <assignments> ::= <empty> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , := +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , [ <symbol list> ] +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , <plain format> +-- <assignemnts> ::= <assignments> , : <tabular format> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) <tabular format> +-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) : <tabular format> +-- +-- Commae in <assignments> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */ + +void parameter_data(MPL *mpl) +{ PARAMETER *par; + SYMBOL *altval = NULL; + SLICE *slice; + int tr = 0; + xassert(is_literal(mpl, "param")); + get_token(mpl /* param */); + /* read optional default value */ + if (is_literal(mpl, "default")) + { get_token(mpl /* default */); + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "default value missing where expected"); + altval = read_symbol(mpl); + /* if the default value follows the keyword 'param', the next + token must be only the colon */ + if (mpl->token != T_COLON) + error(mpl, "colon missing where expected"); + } + /* being used after the keyword 'param' or the optional default + value the colon begins data in the tabbing format */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) + { get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* read parameter data in the tabbing format */ + tabbing_format(mpl, altval); + /* on reading data in the tabbing format the default value is + always copied, so delete the original symbol */ + if (altval != NULL) delete_symbol(mpl, altval); + /* the next token must be only semicolon */ + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "symbol, number, or semicolon missing where expe" + "cted"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + goto done; + } + /* in other cases there must be symbolic name of parameter, which + follows the keyword 'param' */ + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "parameter name missing where expected"); + /* select the parameter to saturate it with data */ + par = select_parameter(mpl, mpl->image); + get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */); + /* read optional default value */ + if (is_literal(mpl, "default")) + { get_token(mpl /* default */); + if (!is_symbol(mpl)) + error(mpl, "default value missing where expected"); + altval = read_symbol(mpl); + /* set default value for the parameter */ + set_default(mpl, par, altval); + } + /* create initial fake slice of all asterisks */ + slice = fake_slice(mpl, par->dim); + /* read zero or more data assignments */ + for (;;) + { /* skip optional comma */ + if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */); + /* process current assignment */ + if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN) + { /* assignment ligature is non-significant element */ + get_token(mpl /* := */); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET) + { /* left bracket begins new slice; delete the current slice + and read new one */ + delete_slice(mpl, slice); + slice = read_slice(mpl, par->name, par->dim); + /* each new slice resets the "transpose" indicator */ + tr = 0; + } + else if (is_symbol(mpl)) + { /* number or symbol begins data in the plain format */ + plain_format(mpl, par, slice); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_COLON) + { /* colon begins data in the tabular format */ + if (par->dim == 0) +err1: error(mpl, "%s not a subscripted parameter", + par->name); + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) +err2: error(mpl, "slice currently used must specify 2 asterisk" + "s, not %d", slice_arity(mpl, slice)); + get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* read parameter data in the tabular format */ + tabular_format(mpl, par, slice, tr); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT) + { /* left parenthesis begins the "transpose" indicator, which + is followed by data in the tabular format */ + get_token(mpl /* ( */); + if (!is_literal(mpl, "tr")) +err3: error(mpl, "transpose indicator (tr) incomplete"); + if (par->dim == 0) goto err1; + if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) goto err2; + get_token(mpl /* tr */); + if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT) goto err3; + get_token(mpl /* ) */); + /* in this case the colon is optional */ + if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */); + /* set the "transpose" indicator */ + tr = 1; + /* read parameter data in the tabular format */ + tabular_format(mpl, par, slice, tr); + } + else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) + { /* semicolon terminates the data block */ + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + break; + } + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in parameter data block"); + } + /* delete the current slice */ + delete_slice(mpl, slice); +done: return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- data_section - read data section. +-- +-- This routine reads data section using the syntax: +-- +-- <data section> ::= <empty> +-- <data section> ::= <data section> <data block> ; +-- <data block> ::= <set data> +-- <data block> ::= <parameter data> +-- +-- Reading data section is terminated by either the keyword 'end' or +-- the end of file. */ + +void data_section(MPL *mpl) +{ while (!(mpl->token == T_EOF || is_literal(mpl, "end"))) + { if (is_literal(mpl, "set")) + set_data(mpl); + else if (is_literal(mpl, "param")) + parameter_data(mpl); + else + error(mpl, "syntax error in data section"); + } + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2489db27 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c @@ -0,0 +1,6100 @@ +/* mpl3.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#include "mpl.h" + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * FLOATING-POINT NUMBERS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_add - floating-point addition. +-- +-- This routine computes the sum x + y. */ + +double fp_add(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (x > 0.0 && y > 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX - y || + x < 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX - y) + error(mpl, "%.*g + %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + return x + y; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_sub - floating-point subtraction. +-- +-- This routine computes the difference x - y. */ + +double fp_sub(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y || + x < 0.0 && y > 0.0 && x < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y) + error(mpl, "%.*g - %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + return x - y; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_less - floating-point non-negative subtraction. +-- +-- This routine computes the non-negative difference max(0, x - y). */ + +double fp_less(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (x < y) return 0.0; + if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y) + error(mpl, "%.*g less %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + return x - y; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_mul - floating-point multiplication. +-- +-- This routine computes the product x * y. */ + +double fp_mul(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (fabs(y) > 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / fabs(y)) + error(mpl, "%.*g * %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + return x * y; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_div - floating-point division. +-- +-- This routine computes the quotient x / y. */ + +double fp_div(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (fabs(y) < DBL_MIN) + error(mpl, "%.*g / %.*g; floating-point zero divide", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + if (fabs(y) < 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(y)) + error(mpl, "%.*g / %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + return x / y; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_idiv - floating-point quotient of exact division. +-- +-- This routine computes the quotient of exact division x div y. */ + +double fp_idiv(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ if (fabs(y) < DBL_MIN) + error(mpl, "%.*g div %.*g; floating-point zero divide", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + if (fabs(y) < 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(y)) + error(mpl, "%.*g div %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + x /= y; + return x > 0.0 ? floor(x) : x < 0.0 ? ceil(x) : 0.0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_mod - floating-point remainder of exact division. +-- +-- This routine computes the remainder of exact division x mod y. +-- +-- NOTE: By definition x mod y = x - y * floor(x / y). */ + +double fp_mod(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ double r; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + if (x == 0.0) + r = 0.0; + else if (y == 0.0) + r = x; + else + { r = fmod(fabs(x), fabs(y)); + if (r != 0.0) + { if (x < 0.0) r = - r; + if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 || x < 0.0 && y > 0.0) r += y; + } + } + return r; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_power - floating-point exponentiation (raise to power). +-- +-- This routine computes the exponentiation x ** y. */ + +double fp_power(MPL *mpl, double x, double y) +{ double r; + if (x == 0.0 && y <= 0.0 || x < 0.0 && y != floor(y)) + error(mpl, "%.*g ** %.*g; result undefined", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + if (x == 0.0) goto eval; + if (fabs(x) > 1.0 && y > +1.0 && + +log(fabs(x)) > (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y || + fabs(x) < 1.0 && y < -1.0 && + +log(fabs(x)) < (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y) + error(mpl, "%.*g ** %.*g; floating-point overflow", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y); + if (fabs(x) > 1.0 && y < -1.0 && + -log(fabs(x)) < (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y || + fabs(x) < 1.0 && y > +1.0 && + -log(fabs(x)) > (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y) + r = 0.0; + else +eval: r = pow(x, y); + return r; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_exp - floating-point base-e exponential. +-- +-- This routine computes the base-e exponential e ** x. */ + +double fp_exp(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (x > 0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) + error(mpl, "exp(%.*g); floating-point overflow", DBL_DIG, x); + return exp(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_log - floating-point natural logarithm. +-- +-- This routine computes the natural logarithm log x. */ + +double fp_log(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (x <= 0.0) + error(mpl, "log(%.*g); non-positive argument", DBL_DIG, x); + return log(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_log10 - floating-point common (decimal) logarithm. +-- +-- This routine computes the common (decimal) logarithm lg x. */ + +double fp_log10(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (x <= 0.0) + error(mpl, "log10(%.*g); non-positive argument", DBL_DIG, x); + return log10(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_sqrt - floating-point square root. +-- +-- This routine computes the square root x ** 0.5. */ + +double fp_sqrt(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (x < 0.0) + error(mpl, "sqrt(%.*g); negative argument", DBL_DIG, x); + return sqrt(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_sin - floating-point trigonometric sine. +-- +-- This routine computes the trigonometric sine sin(x). */ + +double fp_sin(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6)) + error(mpl, "sin(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x); + return sin(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_cos - floating-point trigonometric cosine. +-- +-- This routine computes the trigonometric cosine cos(x). */ + +double fp_cos(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6)) + error(mpl, "cos(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x); + return cos(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_tan - floating-point trigonometric tangent. +-- +-- This routine computes the trigonometric tangent tan(x). */ + +double fp_tan(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6)) + error(mpl, "tan(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x); + return tan(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_atan - floating-point trigonometric arctangent. +-- +-- This routine computes the trigonometric arctangent atan(x). */ + +double fp_atan(MPL *mpl, double x) +{ xassert(mpl == mpl); + return atan(x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_atan2 - floating-point trigonometric arctangent. +-- +-- This routine computes the trigonometric arctangent atan(y / x). */ + +double fp_atan2(MPL *mpl, double y, double x) +{ xassert(mpl == mpl); + return atan2(y, x); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_round - round floating-point value to n fractional digits. +-- +-- This routine rounds given floating-point value x to n fractional +-- digits with the formula: +-- +-- round(x, n) = floor(x * 10^n + 0.5) / 10^n. +-- +-- The parameter n is assumed to be integer. */ + +double fp_round(MPL *mpl, double x, double n) +{ double ten_to_n; + if (n != floor(n)) + error(mpl, "round(%.*g, %.*g); non-integer second argument", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, n); + if (n <= DBL_DIG + 2) + { ten_to_n = pow(10.0, n); + if (fabs(x) < (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / ten_to_n) + { x = floor(x * ten_to_n + 0.5); + if (x != 0.0) x /= ten_to_n; + } + } + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_trunc - truncate floating-point value to n fractional digits. +-- +-- This routine truncates given floating-point value x to n fractional +-- digits with the formula: +-- +-- ( floor(x * 10^n) / 10^n, if x >= 0 +-- trunc(x, n) = < +-- ( ceil(x * 10^n) / 10^n, if x < 0 +-- +-- The parameter n is assumed to be integer. */ + +double fp_trunc(MPL *mpl, double x, double n) +{ double ten_to_n; + if (n != floor(n)) + error(mpl, "trunc(%.*g, %.*g); non-integer second argument", + DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, n); + if (n <= DBL_DIG + 2) + { ten_to_n = pow(10.0, n); + if (fabs(x) < (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / ten_to_n) + { x = (x >= 0.0 ? floor(x * ten_to_n) : ceil(x * ten_to_n)); + if (x != 0.0) x /= ten_to_n; + } + } + return x; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATORS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_irand224 - pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^24). +-- +-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random integer (converted to +-- floating-point) which is uniformly distributed between 0 and 2^24-1, +-- inclusive. */ + +#define two_to_the_24 0x1000000 + +double fp_irand224(MPL *mpl) +{ return + (double)rng_unif_rand(mpl->rand, two_to_the_24); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_uniform01 - pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1). +-- +-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random number which is uniformly +-- distributed in the range [0, 1). */ + +#define two_to_the_31 ((unsigned int)0x80000000) + +double fp_uniform01(MPL *mpl) +{ return + (double)rng_next_rand(mpl->rand) / (double)two_to_the_31; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_uniform - pseudo-random number in the range [a, b). +-- +-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random number which is uniformly +-- distributed in the range [a, b). */ + +double fp_uniform(MPL *mpl, double a, double b) +{ double x; + if (a >= b) + error(mpl, "Uniform(%.*g, %.*g); invalid range", + DBL_DIG, a, DBL_DIG, b); + x = fp_uniform01(mpl); +#if 0 + x = a * (1.0 - x) + b * x; +#else + x = fp_add(mpl, a * (1.0 - x), b * x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_normal01 - Gaussian random variate with mu = 0 and sigma = 1. +-- +-- This routine returns a Gaussian random variate with zero mean and +-- unit standard deviation. The polar (Box-Mueller) method is used. +-- +-- This code is a modified version of the routine gsl_ran_gaussian from +-- the GNU Scientific Library Version 1.0. */ + +double fp_normal01(MPL *mpl) +{ double x, y, r2; + do + { /* choose x, y in uniform square (-1,-1) to (+1,+1) */ + x = -1.0 + 2.0 * fp_uniform01(mpl); + y = -1.0 + 2.0 * fp_uniform01(mpl); + /* see if it is in the unit circle */ + r2 = x * x + y * y; + } while (r2 > 1.0 || r2 == 0.0); + /* Box-Muller transform */ + return y * sqrt(-2.0 * log (r2) / r2); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fp_normal - Gaussian random variate with specified mu and sigma. +-- +-- This routine returns a Gaussian random variate with mean mu and +-- standard deviation sigma. */ + +double fp_normal(MPL *mpl, double mu, double sigma) +{ double x; +#if 0 + x = mu + sigma * fp_normal01(mpl); +#else + x = fp_add(mpl, mu, fp_mul(mpl, sigma, fp_normal01(mpl))); +#endif + return x; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SEGMENTED CHARACTER STRINGS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_string - create character string. +-- +-- This routine creates a segmented character string, which is exactly +-- equivalent to specified character string. */ + +STRING *create_string +( MPL *mpl, + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1] /* not changed */ +) +#if 0 +{ STRING *head, *tail; + int i, j; + xassert(buf != NULL); + xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH); + head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING)); + for (i = j = 0; ; i++) + { if ((tail->seg[j++] = buf[i]) == '\0') break; + if (j == STRSEG_SIZE) +tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING))), j = 0; + } + tail->next = NULL; + return head; +} +#else +{ STRING *str; + xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH); + str = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, strlen(buf)+1); + strcpy(str, buf); + return str; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- copy_string - make copy of character string. +-- +-- This routine returns an exact copy of segmented character string. */ + +STRING *copy_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* not changed */ +) +#if 0 +{ STRING *head, *tail; + xassert(str != NULL); + head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING)); + for (; str != NULL; str = str->next) + { memcpy(tail->seg, str->seg, STRSEG_SIZE); + if (str->next != NULL) +tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING))); + } + tail->next = NULL; + return head; +} +#else +{ xassert(mpl == mpl); + return create_string(mpl, str); +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- compare_strings - compare one character string with another. +-- +-- This routine compares one segmented character strings with another +-- and returns the result of comparison as follows: +-- +-- = 0 - both strings are identical; +-- < 0 - the first string precedes the second one; +-- > 0 - the first string follows the second one. */ + +int compare_strings +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str1, /* not changed */ + STRING *str2 /* not changed */ +) +#if 0 +{ int j, c1, c2; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + for (;; str1 = str1->next, str2 = str2->next) + { xassert(str1 != NULL); + xassert(str2 != NULL); + for (j = 0; j < STRSEG_SIZE; j++) + { c1 = (unsigned char)str1->seg[j]; + c2 = (unsigned char)str2->seg[j]; + if (c1 < c2) return -1; + if (c1 > c2) return +1; + if (c1 == '\0') goto done; + } + } +done: return 0; +} +#else +{ xassert(mpl == mpl); + return strcmp(str1, str2); +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- fetch_string - extract content of character string. +-- +-- This routine returns a character string, which is exactly equivalent +-- to specified segmented character string. */ + +char *fetch_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str, /* not changed */ + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1] /* modified */ +) +#if 0 +{ int i, j; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + xassert(buf != NULL); + for (i = 0; ; str = str->next) + { xassert(str != NULL); + for (j = 0; j < STRSEG_SIZE; j++) + if ((buf[i++] = str->seg[j]) == '\0') goto done; + } +done: xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH); + return buf; +} +#else +{ xassert(mpl == mpl); + return strcpy(buf, str); +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_string - delete character string. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified segmented character string. */ + +void delete_string +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* destroyed */ +) +#if 0 +{ STRING *temp; + xassert(str != NULL); + while (str != NULL) + { temp = str; + str = str->next; + dmp_free_atom(mpl->strings, temp, sizeof(STRING)); + } + return; +} +#else +{ dmp_free_atom(mpl->strings, str, strlen(str)+1); + return; +} +#endif + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SYMBOLS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_symbol_num - create symbol of numeric type. +-- +-- This routine creates a symbol, which has a numeric value specified +-- as floating-point number. */ + +SYMBOL *create_symbol_num(MPL *mpl, double num) +{ SYMBOL *sym; + sym = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL)); + sym->num = num; + sym->str = NULL; + return sym; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_symbol_str - create symbol of abstract type. +-- +-- This routine creates a symbol, which has an abstract value specified +-- as segmented character string. */ + +SYMBOL *create_symbol_str +( MPL *mpl, + STRING *str /* destroyed */ +) +{ SYMBOL *sym; + xassert(str != NULL); + sym = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL)); + sym->num = 0.0; + sym->str = str; + return sym; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- copy_symbol - make copy of symbol. +-- +-- This routine returns an exact copy of symbol. */ + +SYMBOL *copy_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* not changed */ +) +{ SYMBOL *copy; + xassert(sym != NULL); + copy = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL)); + if (sym->str == NULL) + { copy->num = sym->num; + copy->str = NULL; + } + else + { copy->num = 0.0; + copy->str = copy_string(mpl, sym->str); + } + return copy; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- compare_symbols - compare one symbol with another. +-- +-- This routine compares one symbol with another and returns the result +-- of comparison as follows: +-- +-- = 0 - both symbols are identical; +-- < 0 - the first symbol precedes the second one; +-- > 0 - the first symbol follows the second one. +-- +-- Note that the linear order, in which symbols follow each other, is +-- implementation-dependent. It may be not an alphabetical order. */ + +int compare_symbols +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym1, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *sym2 /* not changed */ +) +{ xassert(sym1 != NULL); + xassert(sym2 != NULL); + /* let all numeric quantities precede all symbolic quantities */ + if (sym1->str == NULL && sym2->str == NULL) + { if (sym1->num < sym2->num) return -1; + if (sym1->num > sym2->num) return +1; + return 0; + } + if (sym1->str == NULL) return -1; + if (sym2->str == NULL) return +1; + return compare_strings(mpl, sym1->str, sym2->str); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_symbol - delete symbol. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified symbol. */ + +void delete_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +) +{ xassert(sym != NULL); + if (sym->str != NULL) delete_string(mpl, sym->str); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->symbols, sym, sizeof(SYMBOL)); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- format_symbol - format symbol for displaying or printing. +-- +-- This routine converts specified symbol to a charater string, which +-- is suitable for displaying or printing. +-- +-- The resultant string is never longer than 255 characters. If it gets +-- longer, it is truncated from the right and appended by dots. */ + +char *format_symbol +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym /* not changed */ +) +{ char *buf = mpl->sym_buf; + xassert(sym != NULL); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + { char str[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + int quoted, j, len; + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str); + if (!(isalpha((unsigned char)str[0]) || str[0] == '_')) + quoted = 1; + else + { quoted = 0; + for (j = 1; str[j] != '\0'; j++) + { if (!(isalnum((unsigned char)str[j]) || + strchr("+-._", (unsigned char)str[j]) != NULL)) + { quoted = 1; + break; + } + } + } +# define safe_append(c) \ + (void)(len < 255 ? (buf[len++] = (char)(c)) : 0) + buf[0] = '\0', len = 0; + if (quoted) safe_append('\''); + for (j = 0; str[j] != '\0'; j++) + { if (quoted && str[j] == '\'') safe_append('\''); + safe_append(str[j]); + } + if (quoted) safe_append('\''); +# undef safe_append + buf[len] = '\0'; + if (len == 255) strcpy(buf+252, "..."); + } + xassert(strlen(buf) <= 255); + return buf; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- concat_symbols - concatenate one symbol with another. +-- +-- This routine concatenates values of two given symbols and assigns +-- the resultant character string to a new symbol, which is returned on +-- exit. Both original symbols are destroyed. */ + +SYMBOL *concat_symbols +( MPL *mpl, + SYMBOL *sym1, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym2 /* destroyed */ +) +{ char str1[MAX_LENGTH+1], str2[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + xassert(MAX_LENGTH >= DBL_DIG + DBL_DIG); + if (sym1->str == NULL) + sprintf(str1, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym1->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym1->str, str1); + if (sym2->str == NULL) + sprintf(str2, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym2->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym2->str, str2); + if (strlen(str1) + strlen(str2) > MAX_LENGTH) + { char buf[255+1]; + strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, sym1)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s & %s; resultant symbol exceeds %d characters", + buf, format_symbol(mpl, sym2), MAX_LENGTH); + } + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + return create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, strcat(str1, + str2))); +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * N-TUPLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_tuple - create n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine creates a n-tuple, which initially has no components, +-- i.e. which is 0-tuple. */ + +TUPLE *create_tuple(MPL *mpl) +{ TUPLE *tuple; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + tuple = NULL; + return tuple; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- expand_tuple - append symbol to n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine expands n-tuple appending to it a given symbol, which +-- becomes its new last component. */ + +TUPLE *expand_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple, /* destroyed */ + SYMBOL *sym /* destroyed */ +) +{ TUPLE *tail, *temp; + xassert(sym != NULL); + /* create a new component */ + tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE)); + tail->sym = sym; + tail->next = NULL; + /* and append it to the component list */ + if (tuple == NULL) + tuple = tail; + else + { for (temp = tuple; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next); + temp->next = tail; + } + return tuple; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- tuple_dimen - determine dimension of n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine returns dimension of n-tuple, i.e. number of components +-- in the n-tuple. */ + +int tuple_dimen +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *temp; + int dim = 0; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + for (temp = tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) dim++; + return dim; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- copy_tuple - make copy of n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine returns an exact copy of n-tuple. */ + +TUPLE *copy_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *head, *tail; + if (tuple == NULL) + head = NULL; + else + { head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE)); + for (; tuple != NULL; tuple = tuple->next) + { xassert(tuple->sym != NULL); + tail->sym = copy_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym); + if (tuple->next != NULL) +tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE))); + } + tail->next = NULL; + } + return head; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- compare_tuples - compare one n-tuple with another. +-- +-- This routine compares two given n-tuples, which must have the same +-- dimension (not checked for the sake of efficiency), and returns one +-- of the following codes: +-- +-- = 0 - both n-tuples are identical; +-- < 0 - the first n-tuple precedes the second one; +-- > 0 - the first n-tuple follows the second one. +-- +-- Note that the linear order, in which n-tuples follow each other, is +-- implementation-dependent. It may be not an alphabetical order. */ + +int compare_tuples +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple1, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple2 /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *item1, *item2; + int ret; + xassert(mpl == mpl); + for (item1 = tuple1, item2 = tuple2; item1 != NULL; + item1 = item1->next, item2 = item2->next) + { xassert(item2 != NULL); + xassert(item1->sym != NULL); + xassert(item2->sym != NULL); + ret = compare_symbols(mpl, item1->sym, item2->sym); + if (ret != 0) return ret; + } + xassert(item2 == NULL); + return 0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- build_subtuple - build subtuple of given n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine builds subtuple, which consists of first dim components +-- of given n-tuple. */ + +TUPLE *build_subtuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + int dim +) +{ TUPLE *head, *temp; + int j; + head = create_tuple(mpl); + for (j = 1, temp = tuple; j <= dim; j++, temp = temp->next) + { xassert(temp != NULL); + head = expand_tuple(mpl, head, copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym)); + } + return head; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_tuple - delete n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified n-tuple. */ + +void delete_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +) +{ TUPLE *temp; + while (tuple != NULL) + { temp = tuple; + tuple = temp->next; + xassert(temp->sym != NULL); + delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE)); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- format_tuple - format n-tuple for displaying or printing. +-- +-- This routine converts specified n-tuple to a character string, which +-- is suitable for displaying or printing. +-- +-- The resultant string is never longer than 255 characters. If it gets +-- longer, it is truncated from the right and appended by dots. */ + +char *format_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + int c, + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ TUPLE *temp; + int dim, j, len; + char *buf = mpl->tup_buf, str[255+1], *save; +# define safe_append(c) \ + (void)(len < 255 ? (buf[len++] = (char)(c)) : 0) + buf[0] = '\0', len = 0; + dim = tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple); + if (c == '[' && dim > 0) safe_append('['); + if (c == '(' && dim > 1) safe_append('('); + for (temp = tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + { if (temp != tuple) safe_append(','); + xassert(temp->sym != NULL); + save = mpl->sym_buf; + mpl->sym_buf = str; + format_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); + mpl->sym_buf = save; + xassert(strlen(str) < sizeof(str)); + for (j = 0; str[j] != '\0'; j++) safe_append(str[j]); + } + if (c == '[' && dim > 0) safe_append(']'); + if (c == '(' && dim > 1) safe_append(')'); +# undef safe_append + buf[len] = '\0'; + if (len == 255) strcpy(buf+252, "..."); + xassert(strlen(buf) <= 255); + return buf; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL SETS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_elemset - create elemental set. +-- +-- This routine creates an elemental set, whose members are n-tuples of +-- specified dimension. Being created the set is initially empty. */ + +ELEMSET *create_elemset(MPL *mpl, int dim) +{ ELEMSET *set; + xassert(dim > 0); + set = create_array(mpl, A_NONE, dim); + return set; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- find_tuple - check if elemental set contains given n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine finds given n-tuple in specified elemental set in order +-- to check if the set contains that n-tuple. If the n-tuple is found, +-- the routine returns pointer to corresponding array member. Otherwise +-- null pointer is returned. */ + +MEMBER *find_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(set->type == A_NONE); + xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + return find_member(mpl, set, tuple); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- add_tuple - add new n-tuple to elemental set. +-- +-- This routine adds given n-tuple to specified elemental set. +-- +-- For the sake of efficiency this routine doesn't check whether the +-- set already contains the same n-tuple or not. Therefore the calling +-- program should use the routine find_tuple (if necessary) in order to +-- make sure that the given n-tuple is not contained in the set, since +-- duplicate n-tuples within the same set are not allowed. */ + +MEMBER *add_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(set->type == A_NONE); + xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + memb = add_member(mpl, set, tuple); + memb->value.none = NULL; + return memb; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- check_then_add - check and add new n-tuple to elemental set. +-- +-- This routine is equivalent to the routine add_tuple except that it +-- does check for duplicate n-tuples. */ + +MEMBER *check_then_add +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +) +{ if (find_tuple(mpl, set, tuple) != NULL) + error(mpl, "duplicate tuple %s detected", format_tuple(mpl, + '(', tuple)); + return add_tuple(mpl, set, tuple); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- copy_elemset - make copy of elemental set. +-- +-- This routine makes an exact copy of elemental set. */ + +ELEMSET *copy_elemset +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set /* not changed */ +) +{ ELEMSET *copy; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(set->type == A_NONE); + xassert(set->dim > 0); + copy = create_elemset(mpl, set->dim); + for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + add_tuple(mpl, copy, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + return copy; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_elemset - delete elemental set. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified elemental set. */ + +void delete_elemset +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *set /* destroyed */ +) +{ xassert(set != NULL); + xassert(set->type == A_NONE); + delete_array(mpl, set); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- arelset_size - compute size of "arithmetic" elemental set. +-- +-- This routine computes the size of "arithmetic" elemental set, which +-- is specified in the form of arithmetic progression: +-- +-- { t0 .. tf by dt }. +-- +-- The size is computed using the formula: +-- +-- n = max(0, floor((tf - t0) / dt) + 1). */ + +int arelset_size(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt) +{ double temp; + if (dt == 0.0) + error(mpl, "%.*g .. %.*g by %.*g; zero stride not allowed", + DBL_DIG, t0, DBL_DIG, tf, DBL_DIG, dt); + if (tf > 0.0 && t0 < 0.0 && tf > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + t0) + temp = +DBL_MAX; + else if (tf < 0.0 && t0 > 0.0 && tf < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX + t0) + temp = -DBL_MAX; + else + temp = tf - t0; + if (fabs(dt) < 1.0 && fabs(temp) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(dt)) + { if (temp > 0.0 && dt > 0.0 || temp < 0.0 && dt < 0.0) + temp = +DBL_MAX; + else + temp = 0.0; + } + else + { temp = floor(temp / dt) + 1.0; + if (temp < 0.0) temp = 0.0; + } + xassert(temp >= 0.0); + if (temp > (double)(INT_MAX - 1)) + error(mpl, "%.*g .. %.*g by %.*g; set too large", + DBL_DIG, t0, DBL_DIG, tf, DBL_DIG, dt); + return (int)(temp + 0.5); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- arelset_member - compute member of "arithmetic" elemental set. +-- +-- This routine returns a numeric value of symbol, which is equivalent +-- to j-th member of given "arithmetic" elemental set specified in the +-- form of arithmetic progression: +-- +-- { t0 .. tf by dt }. +-- +-- The symbol value is computed with the formula: +-- +-- j-th member = t0 + (j - 1) * dt, +-- +-- The number j must satisfy to the restriction 1 <= j <= n, where n is +-- the set size computed by the routine arelset_size. */ + +double arelset_member(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt, int j) +{ xassert(1 <= j && j <= arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt)); + return t0 + (double)(j - 1) * dt; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_arelset - create "arithmetic" elemental set. +-- +-- This routine creates "arithmetic" elemental set, which is specified +-- in the form of arithmetic progression: +-- +-- { t0 .. tf by dt }. +-- +-- Components of this set are 1-tuples. */ + +ELEMSET *create_arelset(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt) +{ ELEMSET *set; + int j, n; + set = create_elemset(mpl, 1); + n = arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt); + for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) + { add_tuple + ( mpl, + set, + expand_tuple + ( mpl, + create_tuple(mpl), + create_symbol_num + ( mpl, + arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j) + ) + ) + ); + } + return set; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_union - union of two elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine computes the union: +-- +-- X U Y = { j | (j in X) or (j in Y) }, +-- +-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */ + +ELEMSET *set_union +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(X != NULL); + xassert(X->type == A_NONE); + xassert(X->dim > 0); + xassert(Y != NULL); + xassert(Y->type == A_NONE); + xassert(Y->dim > 0); + xassert(X->dim == Y->dim); + for (memb = Y->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (find_tuple(mpl, X, memb->tuple) == NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, X, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + } + delete_elemset(mpl, Y); + return X; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_diff - difference between two elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine computes the difference: +-- +-- X \ Y = { j | (j in X) and (j not in Y) }, +-- +-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */ + +ELEMSET *set_diff +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +) +{ ELEMSET *Z; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(X != NULL); + xassert(X->type == A_NONE); + xassert(X->dim > 0); + xassert(Y != NULL); + xassert(Y->type == A_NONE); + xassert(Y->dim > 0); + xassert(X->dim == Y->dim); + Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim); + for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) == NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + } + delete_elemset(mpl, X); + delete_elemset(mpl, Y); + return Z; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_symdiff - symmetric difference between two elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine computes the symmetric difference: +-- +-- X (+) Y = (X \ Y) U (Y \ X), +-- +-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */ + +ELEMSET *set_symdiff +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +) +{ ELEMSET *Z; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(X != NULL); + xassert(X->type == A_NONE); + xassert(X->dim > 0); + xassert(Y != NULL); + xassert(Y->type == A_NONE); + xassert(Y->dim > 0); + xassert(X->dim == Y->dim); + /* Z := X \ Y */ + Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim); + for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) == NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + } + /* Z := Z U (Y \ X) */ + for (memb = Y->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (find_tuple(mpl, X, memb->tuple) == NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + } + delete_elemset(mpl, X); + delete_elemset(mpl, Y); + return Z; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_inter - intersection of two elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine computes the intersection: +-- +-- X ^ Y = { j | (j in X) and (j in Y) }, +-- +-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */ + +ELEMSET *set_inter +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +) +{ ELEMSET *Z; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(X != NULL); + xassert(X->type == A_NONE); + xassert(X->dim > 0); + xassert(Y != NULL); + xassert(Y->type == A_NONE); + xassert(Y->dim > 0); + xassert(X->dim == Y->dim); + Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim); + for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) != NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple)); + } + delete_elemset(mpl, X); + delete_elemset(mpl, Y); + return Z; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- set_cross - cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets. +-- +-- This routine computes the cross (Cartesian) product: +-- +-- X x Y = { (i,j) | (i in X) and (j in Y) }, +-- +-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */ + +ELEMSET *set_cross +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMSET *X, /* destroyed */ + ELEMSET *Y /* destroyed */ +) +{ ELEMSET *Z; + MEMBER *memx, *memy; + TUPLE *tuple, *temp; + xassert(X != NULL); + xassert(X->type == A_NONE); + xassert(X->dim > 0); + xassert(Y != NULL); + xassert(Y->type == A_NONE); + xassert(Y->dim > 0); + Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim + Y->dim); + for (memx = X->head; memx != NULL; memx = memx->next) + { for (memy = Y->head; memy != NULL; memy = memy->next) + { tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, memx->tuple); + for (temp = memy->tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl, + temp->sym)); + add_tuple(mpl, Z, tuple); + } + } + delete_elemset(mpl, X); + delete_elemset(mpl, Y); + return Z; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL VARIABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/* (there are no specific routines for elemental variables) */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * LINEAR FORMS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- constant_term - create constant term. +-- +-- This routine creates the linear form, which is a constant term. */ + +FORMULA *constant_term(MPL *mpl, double coef) +{ FORMULA *form; + if (coef == 0.0) + form = NULL; + else + { form = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + form->coef = coef; + form->var = NULL; + form->next = NULL; + } + return form; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- single_variable - create single variable. +-- +-- This routine creates the linear form, which is a single elemental +-- variable. */ + +FORMULA *single_variable +( MPL *mpl, + ELEMVAR *var /* referenced */ +) +{ FORMULA *form; + xassert(var != NULL); + form = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + form->coef = 1.0; + form->var = var; + form->next = NULL; + return form; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- copy_formula - make copy of linear form. +-- +-- This routine returns an exact copy of linear form. */ + +FORMULA *copy_formula +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* not changed */ +) +{ FORMULA *head, *tail; + if (form == NULL) + head = NULL; + else + { head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + for (; form != NULL; form = form->next) + { tail->coef = form->coef; + tail->var = form->var; + if (form->next != NULL) +tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA))); + } + tail->next = NULL; + } + return head; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_formula - delete linear form. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified linear form. */ + +void delete_formula +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* destroyed */ +) +{ FORMULA *temp; + while (form != NULL) + { temp = form; + form = form->next; + dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, temp, sizeof(FORMULA)); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- linear_comb - linear combination of two linear forms. +-- +-- This routine computes the linear combination: +-- +-- a * fx + b * fy, +-- +-- where a and b are numeric coefficients, fx and fy are linear forms +-- (destroyed on exit). */ + +FORMULA *linear_comb +( MPL *mpl, + double a, FORMULA *fx, /* destroyed */ + double b, FORMULA *fy /* destroyed */ +) +{ FORMULA *form = NULL, *term, *temp; + double c0 = 0.0; + for (term = fx; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var == NULL) + c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, fp_mul(mpl, a, term->coef)); + else + term->var->temp = + fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, fp_mul(mpl, a, term->coef)); + } + for (term = fy; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var == NULL) + c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, fp_mul(mpl, b, term->coef)); + else + term->var->temp = + fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, fp_mul(mpl, b, term->coef)); + } + for (term = fx; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0) + { temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + temp->coef = term->var->temp, temp->var = term->var; + temp->next = form, form = temp; + term->var->temp = 0.0; + } + } + for (term = fy; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0) + { temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + temp->coef = term->var->temp, temp->var = term->var; + temp->next = form, form = temp; + term->var->temp = 0.0; + } + } + if (c0 != 0.0) + { temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)); + temp->coef = c0, temp->var = NULL; + temp->next = form, form = temp; + } + delete_formula(mpl, fx); + delete_formula(mpl, fy); + return form; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- remove_constant - remove constant term from linear form. +-- +-- This routine removes constant term from linear form and stores its +-- value to given location. */ + +FORMULA *remove_constant +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form, /* destroyed */ + double *coef /* modified */ +) +{ FORMULA *head = NULL, *temp; + *coef = 0.0; + while (form != NULL) + { temp = form; + form = form->next; + if (temp->var == NULL) + { /* constant term */ + *coef = fp_add(mpl, *coef, temp->coef); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, temp, sizeof(FORMULA)); + } + else + { /* linear term */ + temp->next = head; + head = temp; + } + } + return head; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- reduce_terms - reduce identical terms in linear form. +-- +-- This routine reduces identical terms in specified linear form. */ + +FORMULA *reduce_terms +( MPL *mpl, + FORMULA *form /* destroyed */ +) +{ FORMULA *term, *next_term; + double c0 = 0.0; + for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var == NULL) + c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, term->coef); + else + term->var->temp = fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, term->coef); + } + next_term = form, form = NULL; + for (term = next_term; term != NULL; term = next_term) + { next_term = term->next; + if (term->var == NULL && c0 != 0.0) + { term->coef = c0, c0 = 0.0; + term->next = form, form = term; + } + else if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0) + { term->coef = term->var->temp, term->var->temp = 0.0; + term->next = form, form = term; + } + else + dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, term, sizeof(FORMULA)); + } + return form; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * ELEMENTAL CONSTRAINTS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/* (there are no specific routines for elemental constraints) */ + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * GENERIC VALUES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_value - delete generic value. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified generic value. +-- +-- NOTE: The generic value to be deleted must be valid. */ + +void delete_value +( MPL *mpl, + int type, + VALUE *value /* content destroyed */ +) +{ xassert(value != NULL); + switch (type) + { case A_NONE: + value->none = NULL; + break; + case A_NUMERIC: + value->num = 0.0; + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + delete_symbol(mpl, value->sym), value->sym = NULL; + break; + case A_LOGICAL: + value->bit = 0; + break; + case A_TUPLE: + delete_tuple(mpl, value->tuple), value->tuple = NULL; + break; + case A_ELEMSET: + delete_elemset(mpl, value->set), value->set = NULL; + break; + case A_ELEMVAR: + value->var = NULL; + break; + case A_FORMULA: + delete_formula(mpl, value->form), value->form = NULL; + break; + case A_ELEMCON: + value->con = NULL; + break; + default: + xassert(type != type); + } + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SYMBOLICALLY INDEXED ARRAYS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- create_array - create array. +-- +-- This routine creates an array of specified type and dimension. Being +-- created the array is initially empty. +-- +-- The type indicator determines generic values, which can be assigned +-- to the array members: +-- +-- A_NONE - none (members have no assigned values) +-- A_NUMERIC - floating-point numbers +-- A_SYMBOLIC - symbols +-- A_ELEMSET - elemental sets +-- A_ELEMVAR - elemental variables +-- A_ELEMCON - elemental constraints +-- +-- The dimension may be 0, in which case the array consists of the only +-- member (such arrays represent 0-dimensional objects). */ + +ARRAY *create_array(MPL *mpl, int type, int dim) +{ ARRAY *array; + xassert(type == A_NONE || type == A_NUMERIC || + type == A_SYMBOLIC || type == A_ELEMSET || + type == A_ELEMVAR || type == A_ELEMCON); + xassert(dim >= 0); + array = dmp_get_atom(mpl->arrays, sizeof(ARRAY)); + array->type = type; + array->dim = dim; + array->size = 0; + array->head = NULL; + array->tail = NULL; + array->tree = NULL; + array->prev = NULL; + array->next = mpl->a_list; + /* include the array in the global array list */ + if (array->next != NULL) array->next->prev = array; + mpl->a_list = array; + return array; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- find_member - find array member with given n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine finds an array member, which has given n-tuple. If the +-- array is short, the linear search is used. Otherwise the routine +-- autimatically creates the search tree (i.e. the array index) to find +-- members for logarithmic time. */ + +static int compare_member_tuples(void *info, const void *key1, + const void *key2) +{ /* this is an auxiliary routine used to compare keys, which are + n-tuples assigned to array members */ + return compare_tuples((MPL *)info, (TUPLE *)key1, (TUPLE *)key2); +} + +MEMBER *find_member +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(array != NULL); + /* the n-tuple must have the same dimension as the array */ + xassert(tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple) == array->dim); + /* if the array is large enough, create the search tree and index + all existing members of the array */ + if (array->size > 30 && array->tree == NULL) + { array->tree = avl_create_tree(compare_member_tuples, mpl); + for (memb = array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) +avl_set_node_link(avl_insert_node(array->tree, memb->tuple), + (void *)memb); + } + /* find a member, which has the given tuple */ + if (array->tree == NULL) + { /* the search tree doesn't exist; use the linear search */ + for (memb = array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + if (compare_tuples(mpl, memb->tuple, tuple) == 0) break; + } + else + { /* the search tree exists; use the binary search */ + AVLNODE *node; + node = avl_find_node(array->tree, tuple); +memb = (MEMBER *)(node == NULL ? NULL : avl_get_node_link(node)); + } + return memb; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- add_member - add new member to array. +-- +-- This routine creates a new member with given n-tuple and adds it to +-- specified array. +-- +-- For the sake of efficiency this routine doesn't check whether the +-- array already contains a member with the given n-tuple or not. Thus, +-- if necessary, the calling program should use the routine find_member +-- in order to be sure that the array contains no member with the same +-- n-tuple, because members with duplicate n-tuples are not allowed. +-- +-- This routine assigns no generic value to the new member, because the +-- calling program must do that. */ + +MEMBER *add_member +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array, /* modified */ + TUPLE *tuple /* destroyed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(array != NULL); + /* the n-tuple must have the same dimension as the array */ + xassert(tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple) == array->dim); + /* create new member */ + memb = dmp_get_atom(mpl->members, sizeof(MEMBER)); + memb->tuple = tuple; + memb->next = NULL; + memset(&memb->value, '?', sizeof(VALUE)); + /* and append it to the member list */ + array->size++; + if (array->head == NULL) + array->head = memb; + else + array->tail->next = memb; + array->tail = memb; + /* if the search tree exists, index the new member */ + if (array->tree != NULL) +avl_set_node_link(avl_insert_node(array->tree, memb->tuple), + (void *)memb); + return memb; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- delete_array - delete array. +-- +-- This routine deletes specified array. +-- +-- Generic values assigned to the array members are not deleted by this +-- routine. The calling program itself must delete all assigned generic +-- values before deleting the array. */ + +void delete_array +( MPL *mpl, + ARRAY *array /* destroyed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + xassert(array != NULL); + /* delete all existing array members */ + while (array->head != NULL) + { memb = array->head; + array->head = memb->next; + delete_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->members, memb, sizeof(MEMBER)); + } + /* if the search tree exists, also delete it */ + if (array->tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(array->tree); + /* remove the array from the global array list */ + if (array->prev == NULL) + mpl->a_list = array->next; + else + array->prev->next = array->next; + if (array->next == NULL) + ; + else + array->next->prev = array->prev; + /* delete the array descriptor */ + dmp_free_atom(mpl->arrays, array, sizeof(ARRAY)); + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * DOMAINS AND DUMMY INDICES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- assign_dummy_index - assign new value to dummy index. +-- +-- This routine assigns new value to specified dummy index and, that is +-- important, invalidates all temporary resultant values, which depends +-- on that dummy index. */ + +void assign_dummy_index +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot, /* modified */ + SYMBOL *value /* not changed */ +) +{ CODE *leaf, *code; + xassert(slot != NULL); + xassert(value != NULL); + /* delete the current value assigned to the dummy index */ + if (slot->value != NULL) + { /* if the current value and the new one are identical, actual + assignment is not needed */ + if (compare_symbols(mpl, slot->value, value) == 0) goto done; + /* delete a symbol, which is the current value */ + delete_symbol(mpl, slot->value), slot->value = NULL; + } + /* now walk through all the pseudo-codes with op = O_INDEX, which + refer to the dummy index to be changed (these pseudo-codes are + leaves in the forest of *all* expressions in the database) */ + for (leaf = slot->list; leaf != NULL; leaf = leaf->arg.index. + next) + { xassert(leaf->op == O_INDEX); + /* invalidate all resultant values, which depend on the dummy + index, walking from the current leaf toward the root of the + corresponding expression tree */ + for (code = leaf; code != NULL; code = code->up) + { if (code->valid) + { /* invalidate and delete resultant value */ + code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + } + } + /* assign new value to the dummy index */ + slot->value = copy_symbol(mpl, value); +done: return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- update_dummy_indices - update current values of dummy indices. +-- +-- This routine assigns components of "backup" n-tuple to dummy indices +-- of specified domain block. If no "backup" n-tuple is defined for the +-- domain block, values of the dummy indices remain untouched. */ + +void update_dummy_indices +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block /* not changed */ +) +{ DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + TUPLE *temp; + if (block->backup != NULL) + { for (slot = block->list, temp = block->backup; slot != NULL; + slot = slot->next, temp = temp->next) + { xassert(temp != NULL); + xassert(temp->sym != NULL); + assign_dummy_index(mpl, slot, temp->sym); + } + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- enter_domain_block - enter domain block. +-- +-- Let specified domain block have the form: +-- +-- { ..., (j1, j2, ..., jn) in J, ... } +-- +-- where j1, j2, ..., jn are dummy indices, J is a basic set. +-- +-- This routine does the following: +-- +-- 1. Checks if the given n-tuple is a member of the basic set J. Note +-- that J being *out of the scope* of the domain block cannot depend +-- on the dummy indices in the same and inner domain blocks, so it +-- can be computed before the dummy indices are assigned new values. +-- If this check fails, the routine returns with non-zero code. +-- +-- 2. Saves current values of the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn. +-- +-- 3. Assigns new values, which are components of the given n-tuple, to +-- the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn. If dimension of the n-tuple is +-- larger than n, its extra components n+1, n+2, ... are not used. +-- +-- 4. Calls the formal routine func which either enters the next domain +-- block or evaluates some code within the domain scope. +-- +-- 5. Restores former values of the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn. +-- +-- Since current values assigned to the dummy indices on entry to this +-- routine are restored on exit, the formal routine func is allowed to +-- call this routine recursively. */ + +int enter_domain_block +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +) +{ TUPLE *backup; + int ret = 0; + /* check if the given n-tuple is a member of the basic set */ + xassert(block->code != NULL); + if (!is_member(mpl, block->code, tuple)) + { ret = 1; + goto done; + } + /* save reference to "backup" n-tuple, which was used to assign + current values of the dummy indices (it is sufficient to save + reference, not value, because that n-tuple is defined in some + outer level of recursion and therefore cannot be changed on + this and deeper recursive calls) */ + backup = block->backup; + /* set up new "backup" n-tuple, which defines new values of the + dummy indices */ + block->backup = tuple; + /* assign new values to the dummy indices */ + update_dummy_indices(mpl, block); + /* call the formal routine that does the rest part of the job */ + func(mpl, info); + /* restore reference to the former "backup" n-tuple */ + block->backup = backup; + /* restore former values of the dummy indices; note that if the + domain block just escaped has no other active instances which + may exist due to recursion (it is indicated by a null pointer + to the former n-tuple), former values of the dummy indices are + undefined; therefore in this case the routine keeps currently + assigned values of the dummy indices that involves keeping all + dependent temporary results and thereby, if this domain block + is not used recursively, allows improving efficiency */ + update_dummy_indices(mpl, block); +done: return ret; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_within_domain - perform evaluation within domain scope. +-- +-- This routine assigns new values (symbols) to all dummy indices of +-- specified domain and calls the formal routine func, which is used to +-- evaluate some code in the domain scope. Each free dummy index in the +-- domain is assigned a value specified in the corresponding component +-- of given n-tuple. Non-free dummy indices are assigned values, which +-- are computed by this routine. +-- +-- Number of components in the given n-tuple must be the same as number +-- of free indices in the domain. +-- +-- If the given n-tuple is not a member of the domain set, the routine +-- func is not called, and non-zero code is returned. +-- +-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL +-- (then n-tuple also must be 0-tuple, i.e. empty), in which case this +-- routine just calls the routine func and returns zero. +-- +-- This routine allows recursive calls from the routine func providing +-- correct values of dummy indices for each instance. +-- +-- NOTE: The n-tuple passed to this routine must not be changed by any +-- other routines called from the formal routine func until this +-- routine has returned. */ + +struct eval_domain_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_within_domain */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* domain, which has to be entered */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + /* domain block, which is currently processed */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* tail of original n-tuple, whose components have to be assigned + to free dummy indices in the current domain block */ + void *info; + /* transit pointer passed to the formal routine func */ + void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info); + /* routine, which has to be executed in the domain scope */ + int failure; + /* this flag indicates that given n-tuple is not a member of the + domain set */ +}; + +static void eval_domain_func(MPL *mpl, void *_my_info) +{ /* this routine recursively enters into the domain scope and then + calls the routine func */ + struct eval_domain_info *my_info = _my_info; + if (my_info->block != NULL) + { /* the current domain block to be entered exists */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + TUPLE *tuple = NULL, *temp = NULL; + /* save pointer to the current domain block */ + block = my_info->block; + /* and get ready to enter the next block (if it exists) */ + my_info->block = block->next; + /* construct temporary n-tuple, whose components correspond to + dummy indices (slots) of the current domain; components of + the temporary n-tuple that correspond to free dummy indices + are assigned references (not values!) to symbols specified + in the corresponding components of the given n-tuple, while + other components that correspond to non-free dummy indices + are assigned symbolic values computed here */ + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { /* create component that corresponds to the current slot */ + if (tuple == NULL) + tuple = temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE)); + else +temp = (temp->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE))); + if (slot->code == NULL) + { /* dummy index is free; take reference to symbol, which + is specified in the corresponding component of given + n-tuple */ + xassert(my_info->tuple != NULL); + temp->sym = my_info->tuple->sym; + xassert(temp->sym != NULL); + my_info->tuple = my_info->tuple->next; + } + else + { /* dummy index is non-free; compute symbolic value to be + temporarily assigned to the dummy index */ + temp->sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, slot->code); + } + } + temp->next = NULL; + /* enter the current domain block */ + if (enter_domain_block(mpl, block, tuple, my_info, + eval_domain_func)) my_info->failure = 1; + /* delete temporary n-tuple as well as symbols that correspond + to non-free dummy indices (they were computed here) */ + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { xassert(tuple != NULL); + temp = tuple; + tuple = tuple->next; + if (slot->code != NULL) + { /* dummy index is non-free; delete symbolic value */ + delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym); + } + /* delete component that corresponds to the current slot */ + dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE)); + } + } + else + { /* there are no more domain blocks, i.e. we have reached the + domain scope */ + xassert(my_info->tuple == NULL); + /* check optional predicate specified for the domain */ + if (my_info->domain->code != NULL && !eval_logical(mpl, + my_info->domain->code)) + { /* the predicate is false */ + my_info->failure = 2; + } + else + { /* the predicate is true; do the job */ + my_info->func(mpl, my_info->info); + } + } + return; +} + +int eval_within_domain +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +) +{ /* this routine performs evaluation within domain scope */ + struct eval_domain_info _my_info, *my_info = &_my_info; + if (domain == NULL) + { xassert(tuple == NULL); + func(mpl, info); + my_info->failure = 0; + } + else + { xassert(tuple != NULL); + my_info->domain = domain; + my_info->block = domain->list; + my_info->tuple = tuple; + my_info->info = info; + my_info->func = func; + my_info->failure = 0; + /* enter the very first domain block */ + eval_domain_func(mpl, my_info); + } + return my_info->failure; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- loop_within_domain - perform iterations within domain scope. +-- +-- This routine iteratively assigns new values (symbols) to the dummy +-- indices of specified domain by enumerating all n-tuples, which are +-- members of the domain set, and for every n-tuple it calls the formal +-- routine func to evaluate some code within the domain scope. +-- +-- If the routine func returns non-zero, enumeration within the domain +-- is prematurely terminated. +-- +-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL, +-- in which case this routine just calls the routine func only once and +-- returns zero. +-- +-- This routine allows recursive calls from the routine func providing +-- correct values of dummy indices for each instance. */ + +struct loop_domain_info +{ /* working info used by the routine loop_within_domain */ + DOMAIN *domain; + /* domain, which has to be entered */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + /* domain block, which is currently processed */ + int looping; + /* clearing this flag leads to terminating enumeration */ + void *info; + /* transit pointer passed to the formal routine func */ + int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info); + /* routine, which needs to be executed in the domain scope */ +}; + +static void loop_domain_func(MPL *mpl, void *_my_info) +{ /* this routine enumerates all n-tuples in the basic set of the + current domain block, enters recursively into the domain scope + for every n-tuple, and then calls the routine func */ + struct loop_domain_info *my_info = _my_info; + if (my_info->block != NULL) + { /* the current domain block to be entered exists */ + DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + TUPLE *bound; + /* save pointer to the current domain block */ + block = my_info->block; + /* and get ready to enter the next block (if it exists) */ + my_info->block = block->next; + /* compute symbolic values, at which non-free dummy indices of + the current domain block are bound; since that values don't + depend on free dummy indices of the current block, they can + be computed once out of the enumeration loop */ + bound = create_tuple(mpl); + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { if (slot->code != NULL) + bound = expand_tuple(mpl, bound, eval_symbolic(mpl, + slot->code)); + } + /* start enumeration */ + xassert(block->code != NULL); + if (block->code->op == O_DOTS) + { /* the basic set is "arithmetic", in which case it doesn't + need to be computed explicitly */ + TUPLE *tuple; + int n, j; + double t0, tf, dt; + /* compute "parameters" of the basic set */ + t0 = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.x); + tf = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.y); + if (block->code->arg.arg.z == NULL) + dt = 1.0; + else + dt = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.z); + /* determine cardinality of the basic set */ + n = arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt); + /* create dummy 1-tuple for members of the basic set */ + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl), + create_symbol_num(mpl, 0.0)); + /* in case of "arithmetic" set there is exactly one dummy + index, which cannot be non-free */ + xassert(bound == NULL); + /* walk through 1-tuples of the basic set */ + for (j = 1; j <= n && my_info->looping; j++) + { /* construct dummy 1-tuple for the current member */ + tuple->sym->num = arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j); + /* enter the current domain block */ + enter_domain_block(mpl, block, tuple, my_info, + loop_domain_func); + } + /* delete dummy 1-tuple */ + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + else + { /* the basic set is of general kind, in which case it needs + to be explicitly computed */ + ELEMSET *set; + MEMBER *memb; + TUPLE *temp1, *temp2; + /* compute the basic set */ + set = eval_elemset(mpl, block->code); + /* walk through all n-tuples of the basic set */ + for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL && my_info->looping; + memb = memb->next) + { /* all components of the current n-tuple that correspond + to non-free dummy indices must be feasible; otherwise + the n-tuple is not in the basic set */ + temp1 = memb->tuple; + temp2 = bound; + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { xassert(temp1 != NULL); + if (slot->code != NULL) + { /* non-free dummy index */ + xassert(temp2 != NULL); + if (compare_symbols(mpl, temp1->sym, temp2->sym) + != 0) + { /* the n-tuple is not in the basic set */ + goto skip; + } + temp2 = temp2->next; + } + temp1 = temp1->next; + } + xassert(temp1 == NULL); + xassert(temp2 == NULL); + /* enter the current domain block */ + enter_domain_block(mpl, block, memb->tuple, my_info, + loop_domain_func); +skip: ; + } + /* delete the basic set */ + delete_elemset(mpl, set); + } + /* delete symbolic values binding non-free dummy indices */ + delete_tuple(mpl, bound); + /* restore pointer to the current domain block */ + my_info->block = block; + } + else + { /* there are no more domain blocks, i.e. we have reached the + domain scope */ + /* check optional predicate specified for the domain */ + if (my_info->domain->code != NULL && !eval_logical(mpl, + my_info->domain->code)) + { /* the predicate is false */ + /* nop */; + } + else + { /* the predicate is true; do the job */ + my_info->looping = !my_info->func(mpl, my_info->info); + } + } + return; +} + +void loop_within_domain +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain, /* not changed */ + void *info, int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info) +) +{ /* this routine performs iterations within domain scope */ + struct loop_domain_info _my_info, *my_info = &_my_info; + if (domain == NULL) + func(mpl, info); + else + { my_info->domain = domain; + my_info->block = domain->list; + my_info->looping = 1; + my_info->info = info; + my_info->func = func; + /* enter the very first domain block */ + loop_domain_func(mpl, my_info); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- out_of_domain - raise domain exception. +-- +-- This routine is called when a reference is made to a member of some +-- model object, but its n-tuple is out of the object domain. */ + +void out_of_domain +( MPL *mpl, + char *name, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ xassert(name != NULL); + xassert(tuple != NULL); + error(mpl, "%s%s out of domain", name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', + tuple)); + /* no return */ +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- get_domain_tuple - obtain current n-tuple from domain. +-- +-- This routine constructs n-tuple, whose components are current values +-- assigned to *free* dummy indices of specified domain. +-- +-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL, +-- in which case this routine returns 0-tuple. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +TUPLE *get_domain_tuple +( MPL *mpl, + DOMAIN *domain /* not changed */ +) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + TUPLE *tuple; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + if (domain != NULL) + { for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next) + { for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { if (slot->code == NULL) + { xassert(slot->value != NULL); + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl, + slot->value)); + } + } + } + } + return tuple; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_domain - clean domain. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified domain that assumes deleting all stuff +-- dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */ + +void clean_domain(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain) +{ DOMAIN_BLOCK *block; + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot; + /* if no domain is specified, do nothing */ + if (domain == NULL) goto done; + /* clean all domain blocks */ + for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next) + { /* clean all domain slots */ + for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next) + { /* clean pseudo-code for computing bound value */ + clean_code(mpl, slot->code); + /* delete symbolic value assigned to dummy index */ + if (slot->value != NULL) + delete_symbol(mpl, slot->value), slot->value = NULL; + } + /* clean pseudo-code for computing basic set */ + clean_code(mpl, block->code); + } + /* clean pseudo-code for computing domain predicate */ + clean_code(mpl, domain->code); +done: return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL SETS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- check_elem_set - check elemental set assigned to set member. +-- +-- This routine checks if given elemental set being assigned to member +-- of specified model set satisfies to all restrictions. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +void check_elem_set +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + ELEMSET *refer /* not changed */ +) +{ WITHIN *within; + MEMBER *memb; + int eqno; + /* elemental set must be within all specified supersets */ + for (within = set->within, eqno = 1; within != NULL; within = + within->next, eqno++) + { xassert(within->code != NULL); + for (memb = refer->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (!is_member(mpl, within->code, memb->tuple)) + { char buf[255+1]; + strcpy(buf, format_tuple(mpl, '(', memb->tuple)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s contains %s which not within specified " + "set; see (%d)", set->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', + tuple), buf, eqno); + } + } + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- take_member_set - obtain elemental set assigned to set member. +-- +-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental set assigned to given +-- member of specified model set and returns it on exit. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +ELEMSET *take_member_set /* returns reference, not value */ +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + ELEMSET *refer; + /* find member in the set array */ + memb = find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple); + if (memb != NULL) + { /* member exists, so just take the reference */ + refer = memb->value.set; + } + else if (set->assign != NULL) + { /* compute value using assignment expression */ + refer = eval_elemset(mpl, set->assign); +add: /* check that the elemental set satisfies to all restrictions, + assign it to new member, and add the member to the array */ + check_elem_set(mpl, set, tuple, refer); + memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + memb->value.set = refer; + } + else if (set->option != NULL) + { /* compute default elemental set */ + refer = eval_elemset(mpl, set->option); + goto add; + } + else + { /* no value (elemental set) is provided */ + error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", set->name, format_tuple(mpl, + '[', tuple)); + } + return refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_member_set - evaluate elemental set assigned to set member. +-- +-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental set assigned to given +-- member of specified model set and returns it on exit. */ + +struct eval_set_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_member_set */ + SET *set; + /* model set */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which defines set member */ + MEMBER *memb; + /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer + to check data provided in the data section, in which case it + points to a member currently checked; this check is performed + automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs + for the first time */ + ELEMSET *refer; + /* evaluated reference to elemental set */ +}; + +static void eval_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + struct eval_set_info *info = _info; + if (info->memb != NULL) + { /* checking call; check elemental set being assigned */ + check_elem_set(mpl, info->set, info->memb->tuple, + info->memb->value.set); + } + else + { /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->refer = take_member_set(mpl, info->set, info->tuple); + } + return; +} + +#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */ +static void saturate_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set) +{ GADGET *gadget = set->gadget; + ELEMSET *data; + MEMBER *elem, *memb; + TUPLE *tuple, *work[20]; + int i; + xprintf("Generating %s...\n", set->name); + eval_whole_set(mpl, gadget->set); + /* gadget set must have exactly one member */ + xassert(gadget->set->array != NULL); + xassert(gadget->set->array->head != NULL); + xassert(gadget->set->array->head == gadget->set->array->tail); + data = gadget->set->array->head->value.set; + xassert(data->type == A_NONE); + xassert(data->dim == gadget->set->dimen); + /* walk thru all elements of the plain set */ + for (elem = data->head; elem != NULL; elem = elem->next) + { /* create a copy of n-tuple */ + tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, elem->tuple); + /* rearrange component of the n-tuple */ + for (i = 0; i < gadget->set->dimen; i++) + work[i] = NULL; + for (i = 0; tuple != NULL; tuple = tuple->next) + work[gadget->ind[i++]-1] = tuple; + xassert(i == gadget->set->dimen); + for (i = 0; i < gadget->set->dimen; i++) + { xassert(work[i] != NULL); + work[i]->next = work[i+1]; + } + /* construct subscript list from first set->dim components */ + if (set->dim == 0) + tuple = NULL; + else + tuple = work[0], work[set->dim-1]->next = NULL; + /* find corresponding member of the set to be initialized */ + memb = find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple); + if (memb == NULL) + { /* not found; add new member to the set and assign it empty + elemental set */ + memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, tuple); + memb->value.set = create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen); + } + else + { /* found; free subscript list */ + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + /* construct new n-tuple from rest set->dimen components */ + tuple = work[set->dim]; + xassert(set->dim + set->dimen == gadget->set->dimen); + work[gadget->set->dimen-1]->next = NULL; + /* and add it to the elemental set assigned to the member + (no check for duplicates is needed) */ + add_tuple(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple); + } + /* the set has been saturated with data */ + set->data = 1; + return; +} +#endif + +ELEMSET *eval_member_set /* returns reference, not value */ +( MPL *mpl, + SET *set, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ /* this routine evaluates set member */ + struct eval_set_info _info, *info = &_info; + xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + info->set = set; + info->tuple = tuple; +#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */ + if (set->gadget != NULL && set->data == 0) + { /* initialize the set with data from a plain set */ + saturate_set(mpl, set); + } +#endif + if (set->data == 1) + { /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not + checked yet */ + /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the + check new members may be added beyond the last member due to + references to the same parameter from default expression as + well as from expressions that define restricting supersets; + however, values assigned to the new members will be checked + by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */ + MEMBER *tail = set->array->tail; + /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop + due to references to the same set during the check */ + set->data = 2; + /* check elemental sets assigned to array members in the data + section until the marked member has been reached */ + for (info->memb = set->array->head; info->memb != NULL; + info->memb = info->memb->next) + { if (eval_within_domain(mpl, set->domain, info->memb->tuple, + info, eval_set_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, set->name, info->memb->tuple); + if (info->memb == tail) break; + } + /* the check has been finished */ + } + /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->memb = NULL; + if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->set->domain, info->tuple, info, + eval_set_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, set->name, info->tuple); + /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */ + return info->refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_whole_set - evaluate model set over entire domain. +-- +-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model set over entire +-- domain. */ + +static int whole_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + SET *set = (SET *)info; + TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, set->domain); + eval_member_set(mpl, set, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + return 0; +} + +void eval_whole_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, set->domain, set, whole_set_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean set - clean model set. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified model set that assumes deleting all +-- stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */ + +void clean_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set) +{ WITHIN *within; + MEMBER *memb; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, set->domain); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing supersets */ + for (within = set->within; within != NULL; within = within->next) + clean_code(mpl, within->code); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing assigned value */ + clean_code(mpl, set->assign); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing default value */ + clean_code(mpl, set->option); + /* reset data status flag */ + set->data = 0; + /* delete content array */ + for (memb = set->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + delete_value(mpl, set->array->type, &memb->value); + delete_array(mpl, set->array), set->array = NULL; + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL PARAMETERS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- check_value_num - check numeric value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine checks if numeric value being assigned to some member +-- of specified numeric model parameter satisfies to all restrictions. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +void check_value_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + double value +) +{ CONDITION *cond; + WITHIN *in; + int eqno; + /* the value must satisfy to the parameter type */ + switch (par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + break; + case A_INTEGER: + if (value != floor(value)) + error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not integer", par->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, value); + break; + case A_BINARY: + if (!(value == 0.0 || value == 1.0)) + error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not binary", par->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, value); + break; + default: + xassert(par != par); + } + /* the value must satisfy to all specified conditions */ + for (cond = par->cond, eqno = 1; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next, + eqno++) + { double bound; + char *rho; + xassert(cond->code != NULL); + bound = eval_numeric(mpl, cond->code); + switch (cond->rho) + { case O_LT: + if (!(value < bound)) + { rho = "<"; +err: error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not %s %.*g; see (%d)", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, + value, rho, DBL_DIG, bound, eqno); + } + break; + case O_LE: + if (!(value <= bound)) { rho = "<="; goto err; } + break; + case O_EQ: + if (!(value == bound)) { rho = "="; goto err; } + break; + case O_GE: + if (!(value >= bound)) { rho = ">="; goto err; } + break; + case O_GT: + if (!(value > bound)) { rho = ">"; goto err; } + break; + case O_NE: + if (!(value != bound)) { rho = "<>"; goto err; } + break; + default: + xassert(cond != cond); + } + } + /* the value must be in all specified supersets */ + for (in = par->in, eqno = 1; in != NULL; in = in->next, eqno++) + { TUPLE *dummy; + xassert(in->code != NULL); + xassert(in->code->dim == 1); + dummy = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl), + create_symbol_num(mpl, value)); + if (!is_member(mpl, in->code, dummy)) + error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not in specified set; see (%d)", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, + value, eqno); + delete_tuple(mpl, dummy); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- take_member_num - obtain num. value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine obtains a numeric value assigned to member of specified +-- numeric model parameter and returns it on exit. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +double take_member_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + double value; + /* find member in the parameter array */ + memb = find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple); + if (memb != NULL) + { /* member exists, so just take its value */ + value = memb->value.num; + } + else if (par->assign != NULL) + { /* compute value using assignment expression */ + value = eval_numeric(mpl, par->assign); +add: /* check that the value satisfies to all restrictions, assign + it to new member, and add the member to the array */ + check_value_num(mpl, par, tuple, value); + memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + memb->value.num = value; + } + else if (par->option != NULL) + { /* compute default value */ + value = eval_numeric(mpl, par->option); + goto add; + } + else if (par->defval != NULL) + { /* take default value provided in the data section */ + if (par->defval->str != NULL) + error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point number", + format_symbol(mpl, par->defval)); + value = par->defval->num; + goto add; + } + else + { /* no value is provided */ + error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", par->name, format_tuple(mpl, + '[', tuple)); + } + return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_member_num - evaluate num. value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine evaluates a numeric value assigned to given member of +-- specified numeric model parameter and returns it on exit. */ + +struct eval_num_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_member_num */ + PARAMETER *par; + /* model parameter */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which defines parameter member */ + MEMBER *memb; + /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer + to check data provided in the data section, in which case it + points to a member currently checked; this check is performed + automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs + for the first time */ + double value; + /* evaluated numeric value */ +}; + +static void eval_num_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + struct eval_num_info *info = _info; + if (info->memb != NULL) + { /* checking call; check numeric value being assigned */ + check_value_num(mpl, info->par, info->memb->tuple, + info->memb->value.num); + } + else + { /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->value = take_member_num(mpl, info->par, info->tuple); + } + return; +} + +double eval_member_num +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ /* this routine evaluates numeric parameter member */ + struct eval_num_info _info, *info = &_info; + xassert(par->type == A_NUMERIC || par->type == A_INTEGER || + par->type == A_BINARY); + xassert(par->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + info->par = par; + info->tuple = tuple; + if (par->data == 1) + { /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not + checked yet */ + /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the + check new members may be added beyond the last member due to + references to the same parameter from default expression as + well as from expressions that define restricting conditions; + however, values assigned to the new members will be checked + by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */ + MEMBER *tail = par->array->tail; + /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop + due to references to the same parameter during the check */ + par->data = 2; + /* check values assigned to array members in the data section + until the marked member has been reached */ + for (info->memb = par->array->head; info->memb != NULL; + info->memb = info->memb->next) + { if (eval_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, info->memb->tuple, + info, eval_num_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->memb->tuple); + if (info->memb == tail) break; + } + /* the check has been finished */ + } + /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->memb = NULL; + if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->par->domain, info->tuple, info, + eval_num_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->tuple); + /* bring evaluated value to the calling program */ + return info->value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- check_value_sym - check symbolic value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine checks if symbolic value being assigned to some member +-- of specified symbolic model parameter satisfies to all restrictions. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +void check_value_sym +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple, /* not changed */ + SYMBOL *value /* not changed */ +) +{ CONDITION *cond; + WITHIN *in; + int eqno; + /* the value must satisfy to all specified conditions */ + for (cond = par->cond, eqno = 1; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next, + eqno++) + { SYMBOL *bound; + char buf[255+1]; + xassert(cond->code != NULL); + bound = eval_symbolic(mpl, cond->code); + switch (cond->rho) + { +#if 1 /* 13/VIII-2008 */ + case O_LT: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) < 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not < %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; + case O_LE: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) <= 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not <= %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; +#endif + case O_EQ: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) == 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not = %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; +#if 1 /* 13/VIII-2008 */ + case O_GE: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) >= 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not >= %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; + case O_GT: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) > 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not > %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; +#endif + case O_NE: + if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) != 0)) + { strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound)); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not <> %s", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno); + } + break; + default: + xassert(cond != cond); + } + delete_symbol(mpl, bound); + } + /* the value must be in all specified supersets */ + for (in = par->in, eqno = 1; in != NULL; in = in->next, eqno++) + { TUPLE *dummy; + xassert(in->code != NULL); + xassert(in->code->dim == 1); + dummy = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl), copy_symbol(mpl, + value)); + if (!is_member(mpl, in->code, dummy)) + error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not in specified set; see (%d)", + par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, value), eqno); + delete_tuple(mpl, dummy); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- take_member_sym - obtain symb. value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine obtains a symbolic value assigned to member of specified +-- symbolic model parameter and returns it on exit. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +SYMBOL *take_member_sym /* returns value, not reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + SYMBOL *value; + /* find member in the parameter array */ + memb = find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple); + if (memb != NULL) + { /* member exists, so just take its value */ + value = copy_symbol(mpl, memb->value.sym); + } + else if (par->assign != NULL) + { /* compute value using assignment expression */ + value = eval_symbolic(mpl, par->assign); +add: /* check that the value satisfies to all restrictions, assign + it to new member, and add the member to the array */ + check_value_sym(mpl, par, tuple, value); + memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + memb->value.sym = copy_symbol(mpl, value); + } + else if (par->option != NULL) + { /* compute default value */ + value = eval_symbolic(mpl, par->option); + goto add; + } + else if (par->defval != NULL) + { /* take default value provided in the data section */ + value = copy_symbol(mpl, par->defval); + goto add; + } + else + { /* no value is provided */ + error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", par->name, format_tuple(mpl, + '[', tuple)); + } + return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_member_sym - evaluate symb. value assigned to parameter member. +-- +-- This routine evaluates a symbolic value assigned to given member of +-- specified symbolic model parameter and returns it on exit. */ + +struct eval_sym_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_member_sym */ + PARAMETER *par; + /* model parameter */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which defines parameter member */ + MEMBER *memb; + /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer + to check data provided in the data section, in which case it + points to a member currently checked; this check is performed + automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs + for the first time */ + SYMBOL *value; + /* evaluated symbolic value */ +}; + +static void eval_sym_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + struct eval_sym_info *info = _info; + if (info->memb != NULL) + { /* checking call; check symbolic value being assigned */ + check_value_sym(mpl, info->par, info->memb->tuple, + info->memb->value.sym); + } + else + { /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->value = take_member_sym(mpl, info->par, info->tuple); + } + return; +} + +SYMBOL *eval_member_sym /* returns value, not reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + PARAMETER *par, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ /* this routine evaluates symbolic parameter member */ + struct eval_sym_info _info, *info = &_info; + xassert(par->type == A_SYMBOLIC); + xassert(par->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + info->par = par; + info->tuple = tuple; + if (par->data == 1) + { /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not + checked yet */ + /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the + check new members may be added beyond the last member due to + references to the same parameter from default expression as + well as from expressions that define restricting conditions; + however, values assigned to the new members will be checked + by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */ + MEMBER *tail = par->array->tail; + /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop + due to references to the same parameter during the check */ + par->data = 2; + /* check values assigned to array members in the data section + until the marked member has been reached */ + for (info->memb = par->array->head; info->memb != NULL; + info->memb = info->memb->next) + { if (eval_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, info->memb->tuple, + info, eval_sym_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->memb->tuple); + if (info->memb == tail) break; + } + /* the check has been finished */ + } + /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + info->memb = NULL; + if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->par->domain, info->tuple, info, + eval_sym_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->tuple); + /* bring evaluated value to the calling program */ + return info->value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_whole_par - evaluate model parameter over entire domain. +-- +-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model parameter over +-- entire domain. */ + +static int whole_par_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + PARAMETER *par = (PARAMETER *)info; + TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, par->domain); + switch (par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + case A_INTEGER: + case A_BINARY: + eval_member_num(mpl, par, tuple); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + delete_symbol(mpl, eval_member_sym(mpl, par, tuple)); + break; + default: + xassert(par != par); + } + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + return 0; +} + +void eval_whole_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, par, whole_par_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_parameter - clean model parameter. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified model parameter that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */ + +void clean_parameter(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par) +{ CONDITION *cond; + WITHIN *in; + MEMBER *memb; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, par->domain); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing restricting conditions */ + for (cond = par->cond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next) + clean_code(mpl, cond->code); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing restricting supersets */ + for (in = par->in; in != NULL; in = in->next) + clean_code(mpl, in->code); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing assigned value */ + clean_code(mpl, par->assign); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing default value */ + clean_code(mpl, par->option); + /* reset data status flag */ + par->data = 0; + /* delete default symbolic value */ + if (par->defval != NULL) + delete_symbol(mpl, par->defval), par->defval = NULL; + /* delete content array */ + for (memb = par->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + delete_value(mpl, par->array->type, &memb->value); + delete_array(mpl, par->array), par->array = NULL; + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL VARIABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- take_member_var - obtain reference to elemental variable. +-- +-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental variable assigned to +-- given member of specified model variable and returns it on exit. If +-- necessary, new elemental variable is created. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +ELEMVAR *take_member_var /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + VARIABLE *var, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + ELEMVAR *refer; + /* find member in the variable array */ + memb = find_member(mpl, var->array, tuple); + if (memb != NULL) + { /* member exists, so just take the reference */ + refer = memb->value.var; + } + else + { /* member is referenced for the first time and therefore does + not exist; create new elemental variable, assign it to new + member, and add the member to the variable array */ + memb = add_member(mpl, var->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + refer = (memb->value.var = + dmp_get_atom(mpl->elemvars, sizeof(ELEMVAR))); + refer->j = 0; + refer->var = var; + refer->memb = memb; + /* compute lower bound */ + if (var->lbnd == NULL) + refer->lbnd = 0.0; + else + refer->lbnd = eval_numeric(mpl, var->lbnd); + /* compute upper bound */ + if (var->ubnd == NULL) + refer->ubnd = 0.0; + else if (var->ubnd == var->lbnd) + refer->ubnd = refer->lbnd; + else + refer->ubnd = eval_numeric(mpl, var->ubnd); + /* nullify working quantity */ + refer->temp = 0.0; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + /* solution has not been obtained by the solver yet */ + refer->stat = 0; + refer->prim = refer->dual = 0.0; +#endif + } + return refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_member_var - evaluate reference to elemental variable. +-- +-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental variable assigned to +-- member of specified model variable and returns it on exit. */ + +struct eval_var_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_member_var */ + VARIABLE *var; + /* model variable */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which defines variable member */ + ELEMVAR *refer; + /* evaluated reference to elemental variable */ +}; + +static void eval_var_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + struct eval_var_info *info = _info; + info->refer = take_member_var(mpl, info->var, info->tuple); + return; +} + +ELEMVAR *eval_member_var /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + VARIABLE *var, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ /* this routine evaluates variable member */ + struct eval_var_info _info, *info = &_info; + xassert(var->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + info->var = var; + info->tuple = tuple; + /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->var->domain, info->tuple, info, + eval_var_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, var->name, info->tuple); + /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */ + return info->refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_whole_var - evaluate model variable over entire domain. +-- +-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model variable over +-- entire domain. */ + +static int whole_var_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + VARIABLE *var = (VARIABLE *)info; + TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, var->domain); + eval_member_var(mpl, var, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + return 0; +} + +void eval_whole_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, var->domain, var, whole_var_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_variable - clean model variable. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified model variable that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */ + +void clean_variable(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var) +{ MEMBER *memb; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, var->domain); + /* clean code for computing lower bound */ + clean_code(mpl, var->lbnd); + /* clean code for computing upper bound */ + if (var->ubnd != var->lbnd) clean_code(mpl, var->ubnd); + /* delete content array */ + for (memb = var->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + dmp_free_atom(mpl->elemvars, memb->value.var, sizeof(ELEMVAR)); + delete_array(mpl, var->array), var->array = NULL; + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL CONSTRAINTS AND OBJECTIVES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- take_member_con - obtain reference to elemental constraint. +-- +-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental constraint assigned +-- to given member of specified model constraint and returns it on exit. +-- If necessary, new elemental constraint is created. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */ + +ELEMCON *take_member_con /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + CONSTRAINT *con, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ MEMBER *memb; + ELEMCON *refer; + /* find member in the constraint array */ + memb = find_member(mpl, con->array, tuple); + if (memb != NULL) + { /* member exists, so just take the reference */ + refer = memb->value.con; + } + else + { /* member is referenced for the first time and therefore does + not exist; create new elemental constraint, assign it to new + member, and add the member to the constraint array */ + memb = add_member(mpl, con->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple)); + refer = (memb->value.con = + dmp_get_atom(mpl->elemcons, sizeof(ELEMCON))); + refer->i = 0; + refer->con = con; + refer->memb = memb; + /* compute linear form */ + xassert(con->code != NULL); + refer->form = eval_formula(mpl, con->code); + /* compute lower and upper bounds */ + if (con->lbnd == NULL && con->ubnd == NULL) + { /* objective has no bounds */ + double temp; + xassert(con->type == A_MINIMIZE || con->type == A_MAXIMIZE); + /* carry the constant term to the right-hand side */ + refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp); + refer->lbnd = refer->ubnd = - temp; + } + else if (con->lbnd != NULL && con->ubnd == NULL) + { /* constraint a * x + b >= c * y + d is transformed to the + standard form a * x - c * y >= d - b */ + double temp; + xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT); + refer->form = linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, refer->form, + -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd)); + refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp); + refer->lbnd = - temp; + refer->ubnd = 0.0; + } + else if (con->lbnd == NULL && con->ubnd != NULL) + { /* constraint a * x + b <= c * y + d is transformed to the + standard form a * x - c * y <= d - b */ + double temp; + xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT); + refer->form = linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, refer->form, + -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->ubnd)); + refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp); + refer->lbnd = 0.0; + refer->ubnd = - temp; + } + else if (con->lbnd == con->ubnd) + { /* constraint a * x + b = c * y + d is transformed to the + standard form a * x - c * y = d - b */ + double temp; + xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT); + refer->form = linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, refer->form, + -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd)); + refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp); + refer->lbnd = refer->ubnd = - temp; + } + else + { /* ranged constraint c <= a * x + b <= d is transformed to + the standard form c - b <= a * x <= d - b */ + double temp, temp1, temp2; + xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT); + refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp); + xassert(remove_constant(mpl, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd), + &temp1) == NULL); + xassert(remove_constant(mpl, eval_formula(mpl, con->ubnd), + &temp2) == NULL); + refer->lbnd = fp_sub(mpl, temp1, temp); + refer->ubnd = fp_sub(mpl, temp2, temp); + } +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + /* solution has not been obtained by the solver yet */ + refer->stat = 0; + refer->prim = refer->dual = 0.0; +#endif + } + return refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_member_con - evaluate reference to elemental constraint. +-- +-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental constraint assigned +-- to member of specified model constraint and returns it on exit. */ + +struct eval_con_info +{ /* working info used by the routine eval_member_con */ + CONSTRAINT *con; + /* model constraint */ + TUPLE *tuple; + /* n-tuple, which defines constraint member */ + ELEMCON *refer; + /* evaluated reference to elemental constraint */ +}; + +static void eval_con_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + struct eval_con_info *info = _info; + info->refer = take_member_con(mpl, info->con, info->tuple); + return; +} + +ELEMCON *eval_member_con /* returns reference */ +( MPL *mpl, + CONSTRAINT *con, /* not changed */ + TUPLE *tuple /* not changed */ +) +{ /* this routine evaluates constraint member */ + struct eval_con_info _info, *info = &_info; + xassert(con->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple)); + info->con = con; + info->tuple = tuple; + /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */ + if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->con->domain, info->tuple, info, + eval_con_func)) + out_of_domain(mpl, con->name, info->tuple); + /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */ + return info->refer; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_whole_con - evaluate model constraint over entire domain. +-- +-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model constraint over +-- entire domain. */ + +static int whole_con_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + CONSTRAINT *con = (CONSTRAINT *)info; + TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, con->domain); + eval_member_con(mpl, con, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + return 0; +} + +void eval_whole_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, con->domain, con, whole_con_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_constraint - clean model constraint. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified model constraint that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */ + +void clean_constraint(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con) +{ MEMBER *memb; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, con->domain); + /* clean code for computing main linear form */ + clean_code(mpl, con->code); + /* clean code for computing lower bound */ + clean_code(mpl, con->lbnd); + /* clean code for computing upper bound */ + if (con->ubnd != con->lbnd) clean_code(mpl, con->ubnd); + /* delete content array */ + for (memb = con->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { delete_formula(mpl, memb->value.con->form); + dmp_free_atom(mpl->elemcons, memb->value.con, sizeof(ELEMCON)); + } + delete_array(mpl, con->array), con->array = NULL; + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * PSEUDO-CODE * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_numeric - evaluate pseudo-code to determine numeric value. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant +-- numeric value, which is returned on exit. */ + +struct iter_num_info +{ /* working info used by the routine iter_num_func */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */ + double value; + /* resultant value */ +}; + +static int iter_num_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation + on numeric "integrand" within domain scope */ + struct iter_num_info *info = _info; + double temp; + temp = eval_numeric(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x); + switch (info->code->op) + { case O_SUM: + /* summation over domain */ + info->value = fp_add(mpl, info->value, temp); + break; + case O_PROD: + /* multiplication over domain */ + info->value = fp_mul(mpl, info->value, temp); + break; + case O_MINIMUM: + /* minimum over domain */ + if (info->value > temp) info->value = temp; + break; + case O_MAXIMUM: + /* maximum over domain */ + if (info->value < temp) info->value = temp; + break; + default: + xassert(info != info); + } + return 0; +} + +double eval_numeric(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ double value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_NUMERIC); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = code->value.num; + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_NUMBER: + /* take floating-point number */ + value = code->arg.num; + break; + case O_MEMNUM: + /* take member of numeric parameter */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + value = eval_member_num(mpl, code->arg.par.par, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_MEMVAR: + /* take computed value of elemental variable */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + ELEMVAR *var; +#endif + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ + value = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple) + ->value; +#else + var = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple); + switch (code->arg.var.suff) + { case DOT_LB: + if (var->var->lbnd == NULL) + value = -DBL_MAX; + else + value = var->lbnd; + break; + case DOT_UB: + if (var->var->ubnd == NULL) + value = +DBL_MAX; + else + value = var->ubnd; + break; + case DOT_STATUS: + value = var->stat; + break; + case DOT_VAL: + value = var->prim; + break; + case DOT_DUAL: + value = var->dual; + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } +#endif + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + case O_MEMCON: + /* take computed value of elemental constraint */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; + ELEMCON *con; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + con = eval_member_con(mpl, code->arg.con.con, tuple); + switch (code->arg.con.suff) + { case DOT_LB: + if (con->con->lbnd == NULL) + value = -DBL_MAX; + else + value = con->lbnd; + break; + case DOT_UB: + if (con->con->ubnd == NULL) + value = +DBL_MAX; + else + value = con->ubnd; + break; + case DOT_STATUS: + value = con->stat; + break; + case DOT_VAL: + value = con->prim; + break; + case DOT_DUAL: + value = con->dual; + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; +#endif + case O_IRAND224: + /* pseudo-random in [0, 2^24-1] */ + value = fp_irand224(mpl); + break; + case O_UNIFORM01: + /* pseudo-random in [0, 1) */ + value = fp_uniform01(mpl); + break; + case O_NORMAL01: + /* gaussian random, mu = 0, sigma = 1 */ + value = fp_normal01(mpl); + break; + case O_GMTIME: + /* current calendar time */ + value = fn_gmtime(mpl); + break; + case O_CVTNUM: + /* conversion to numeric */ + { SYMBOL *sym; + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); +#if 0 /* 23/XI-2008 */ + if (sym->str != NULL) + error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point numbe" + "r", format_symbol(mpl, sym)); + value = sym->num; +#else + if (sym->str == NULL) + value = sym->num; + else + { if (str2num(sym->str, &value)) + error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point nu" + "mber", format_symbol(mpl, sym)); + } +#endif + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + } + break; + case O_PLUS: + /* unary plus */ + value = + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + break; + case O_MINUS: + /* unary minus */ + value = - eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + break; + case O_ABS: + /* absolute value */ + value = fabs(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_CEIL: + /* round upward ("ceiling of x") */ + value = ceil(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_FLOOR: + /* round downward ("floor of x") */ + value = floor(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_EXP: + /* base-e exponential */ + value = fp_exp(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_LOG: + /* natural logarithm */ + value = fp_log(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_LOG10: + /* common (decimal) logarithm */ + value = fp_log10(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_SQRT: + /* square root */ + value = fp_sqrt(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_SIN: + /* trigonometric sine */ + value = fp_sin(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_COS: + /* trigonometric cosine */ + value = fp_cos(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_TAN: + /* trigonometric tangent */ + value = fp_tan(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_ATAN: + /* trigonometric arctangent (one argument) */ + value = fp_atan(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_ATAN2: + /* trigonometric arctangent (two arguments) */ + value = fp_atan2(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_ROUND: + /* round to nearest integer */ + value = fp_round(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), 0.0); + break; + case O_ROUND2: + /* round to n fractional digits */ + value = fp_round(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_TRUNC: + /* truncate to nearest integer */ + value = fp_trunc(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), 0.0); + break; + case O_TRUNC2: + /* truncate to n fractional digits */ + value = fp_trunc(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_ADD: + /* addition */ + value = fp_add(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_SUB: + /* subtraction */ + value = fp_sub(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_LESS: + /* non-negative subtraction */ + value = fp_less(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_MUL: + /* multiplication */ + value = fp_mul(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_DIV: + /* division */ + value = fp_div(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_IDIV: + /* quotient of exact division */ + value = fp_idiv(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_MOD: + /* remainder of exact division */ + value = fp_mod(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_POWER: + /* exponentiation (raise to power) */ + value = fp_power(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_UNIFORM: + /* pseudo-random in [a, b) */ + value = fp_uniform(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_NORMAL: + /* gaussian random, given mu and sigma */ + value = fp_normal(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_CARD: + { ELEMSET *set; + set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + value = set->size; + delete_array(mpl, set); + } + break; + case O_LENGTH: + { SYMBOL *sym; + char str[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + value = strlen(str); + } + break; + case O_STR2TIME: + { SYMBOL *sym; + char str[MAX_LENGTH+1], fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + value = fn_str2time(mpl, str, fmt); + } + break; + case O_FORK: + /* if-then-else */ + if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)) + value = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL) + value = 0.0; + else + value = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + break; + case O_MIN: + /* minimal value (n-ary) */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + double temp; + value = +DBL_MAX; + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { temp = eval_numeric(mpl, e->x); + if (value > temp) value = temp; + } + } + break; + case O_MAX: + /* maximal value (n-ary) */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + double temp; + value = -DBL_MAX; + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { temp = eval_numeric(mpl, e->x); + if (value < temp) value = temp; + } + } + break; + case O_SUM: + /* summation over domain */ + { struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = 0.0; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_num_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + case O_PROD: + /* multiplication over domain */ + { struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = 1.0; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_num_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + case O_MINIMUM: + /* minimum over domain */ + { struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = +DBL_MAX; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_num_func); + if (info->value == +DBL_MAX) + error(mpl, "min{} over empty set; result undefined"); + value = info->value; + } + break; + case O_MAXIMUM: + /* maximum over domain */ + { struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = -DBL_MAX; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_num_func); + if (info->value == -DBL_MAX) + error(mpl, "max{} over empty set; result undefined"); + value = info->value; + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.num = value; +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_symbolic - evaluate pseudo-code to determine symbolic value. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant +-- symbolic value, which is returned on exit. */ + +SYMBOL *eval_symbolic(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ SYMBOL *value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_SYMBOLIC); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = copy_symbol(mpl, code->value.sym); + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_STRING: + /* take character string */ + value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, + code->arg.str)); + break; + case O_INDEX: + /* take dummy index */ + xassert(code->arg.index.slot->value != NULL); + value = copy_symbol(mpl, code->arg.index.slot->value); + break; + case O_MEMSYM: + /* take member of symbolic parameter */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + value = eval_member_sym(mpl, code->arg.par.par, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_CVTSYM: + /* conversion to symbolic */ + value = create_symbol_num(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, + code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_CONCAT: + /* concatenation */ + value = concat_symbols(mpl, + eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_FORK: + /* if-then-else */ + if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)) + value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL) + value = create_symbol_num(mpl, 0.0); + else + value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + break; + case O_SUBSTR: + case O_SUBSTR3: + { double pos, len; + char str[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + if (value->str == NULL) + sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, value->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, value->str, str); + delete_symbol(mpl, value); + if (code->op == O_SUBSTR) + { pos = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + if (pos != floor(pos)) + error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g); non-integer secon" + "d argument", DBL_DIG, pos); + if (pos < 1 || pos > strlen(str) + 1) + error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g); substring out of " + "range", DBL_DIG, pos); + } + else + { pos = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + len = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + if (pos != floor(pos) || len != floor(len)) + error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g, %.*g); non-integer" + " second and/or third argument", DBL_DIG, pos, + DBL_DIG, len); + if (pos < 1 || len < 0 || pos + len > strlen(str) + 1) + error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g, %.*g); substring o" + "ut of range", DBL_DIG, pos, DBL_DIG, len); + str[(int)pos + (int)len - 1] = '\0'; + } + value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, str + + (int)pos - 1)); + } + break; + case O_TIME2STR: + { double num; + SYMBOL *sym; + char str[MAX_LENGTH+1], fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + num = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + fn_time2str(mpl, str, num, fmt); + value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, str)); + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.sym = copy_symbol(mpl, value); +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_logical - evaluate pseudo-code to determine logical value. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant +-- logical value, which is returned on exit. */ + +struct iter_log_info +{ /* working info used by the routine iter_log_func */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */ + int value; + /* resultant value */ +}; + +static int iter_log_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation + on logical "integrand" within domain scope */ + struct iter_log_info *info = _info; + int ret = 0; + switch (info->code->op) + { case O_FORALL: + /* conjunction over domain */ + info->value &= eval_logical(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x); + if (!info->value) ret = 1; + break; + case O_EXISTS: + /* disjunction over domain */ + info->value |= eval_logical(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x); + if (info->value) ret = 1; + break; + default: + xassert(info != info); + } + return ret; +} + +int eval_logical(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ int value; + xassert(code->type == A_LOGICAL); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = code->value.bit; + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_CVTLOG: + /* conversion to logical */ + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) != 0.0); + break; + case O_NOT: + /* negation (logical "not") */ + value = !eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + break; + case O_LT: + /* comparison on 'less than' */ +#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) < + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); +#else + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) < + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) < 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } +#endif + break; + case O_LE: + /* comparison on 'not greater than' */ +#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <= + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); +#else + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <= + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) <= 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } +#endif + break; + case O_EQ: + /* comparison on 'equal to' */ + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) == + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) == 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } + break; + case O_GE: + /* comparison on 'not less than' */ +#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >= + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); +#else + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >= + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) >= 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } +#endif + break; + case O_GT: + /* comparison on 'greater than' */ +#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */ + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) > + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); +#else + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) > + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) > 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } +#endif + break; + case O_NE: + /* comparison on 'not equal to' */ + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) != + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + else + { SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) != 0); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym1); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym2); + } + break; + case O_AND: + /* conjunction (logical "and") */ + value = eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) && + eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + break; + case O_OR: + /* disjunction (logical "or") */ + value = eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) || + eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + break; + case O_IN: + /* test on 'x in Y' */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_NOTIN: + /* test on 'x not in Y' */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + value = !is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_WITHIN: + /* test on 'X within Y' */ + { ELEMSET *set; + MEMBER *memb; + set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + value = 1; + for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (!is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, memb->tuple)) + { value = 0; + break; + } + } + delete_elemset(mpl, set); + } + break; + case O_NOTWITHIN: + /* test on 'X not within Y' */ + { ELEMSET *set; + MEMBER *memb; + set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + value = 1; + for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { if (is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, memb->tuple)) + { value = 0; + break; + } + } + delete_elemset(mpl, set); + } + break; + case O_FORALL: + /* conjunction (A-quantification) */ + { struct iter_log_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = 1; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_log_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + case O_EXISTS: + /* disjunction (E-quantification) */ + { struct iter_log_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = 0; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_log_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.bit = value; +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_tuple - evaluate pseudo-code to construct n-tuple. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant +-- n-tuple, which is returned on exit. */ + +TUPLE *eval_tuple(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ TUPLE *value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_TUPLE); + xassert(code->dim > 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = copy_tuple(mpl, code->value.tuple); + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_TUPLE: + /* make n-tuple */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + value = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + value = expand_tuple(mpl, value, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + } + break; + case O_CVTTUP: + /* convert to 1-tuple */ + value = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl), + eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, value); +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_elemset - evaluate pseudo-code to construct elemental set. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant +-- elemental set, which is returned on exit. */ + +struct iter_set_info +{ /* working info used by the routine iter_set_func */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */ + ELEMSET *value; + /* resultant value */ +}; + +static int iter_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation + on n-tuple "integrand" within domain scope */ + struct iter_set_info *info = _info; + TUPLE *tuple; + switch (info->code->op) + { case O_SETOF: + /* compute next n-tuple and add it to the set; in this case + duplicate n-tuples are silently ignored */ + tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x); + if (find_tuple(mpl, info->value, tuple) == NULL) + add_tuple(mpl, info->value, tuple); + else + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + break; + case O_BUILD: + /* construct next n-tuple using current values assigned to + *free* dummy indices as its components and add it to the + set; in this case duplicate n-tuples cannot appear */ + add_tuple(mpl, info->value, get_domain_tuple(mpl, + info->code->arg.loop.domain)); + break; + default: + xassert(info != info); + } + return 0; +} + +ELEMSET *eval_elemset(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ ELEMSET *value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET); + xassert(code->dim > 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = copy_elemset(mpl, code->value.set); + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_MEMSET: + /* take member of set */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + value = copy_elemset(mpl, + eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, tuple)); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_MAKE: + /* make elemental set of n-tuples */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim); + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + check_then_add(mpl, value, eval_tuple(mpl, e->x)); + } + break; + case O_UNION: + /* union of two elemental sets */ + value = set_union(mpl, + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_DIFF: + /* difference between two elemental sets */ + value = set_diff(mpl, + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_SYMDIFF: + /* symmetric difference between two elemental sets */ + value = set_symdiff(mpl, + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_INTER: + /* intersection of two elemental sets */ + value = set_inter(mpl, + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_CROSS: + /* cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets */ + value = set_cross(mpl, + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_DOTS: + /* build "arithmetic" elemental set */ + value = create_arelset(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y), + code->arg.arg.z == NULL ? 1.0 : eval_numeric(mpl, + code->arg.arg.z)); + break; + case O_FORK: + /* if-then-else */ + if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)) + value = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + else + value = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + break; + case O_SETOF: + /* compute elemental set */ + { struct iter_set_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim); + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_set_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + case O_BUILD: + /* build elemental set identical to domain set */ + { struct iter_set_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim); + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_set_func); + value = info->value; + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.set = copy_elemset(mpl, value); +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- is_member - check if n-tuple is in set specified by pseudo-code. +-- +-- This routine checks if given n-tuple is a member of elemental set +-- specified in the form of pseudo-code (i.e. by expression). +-- +-- The n-tuple may have more components that dimension of the elemental +-- set, in which case the extra components are ignored. */ + +static void null_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is dummy routine used to enter the domain scope */ + xassert(mpl == mpl); + xassert(info == NULL); + return; +} + +int is_member(MPL *mpl, CODE *code, TUPLE *tuple) +{ int value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET); + xassert(code->dim > 0); + xassert(tuple != NULL); + switch (code->op) + { case O_MEMSET: + /* check if given n-tuple is member of elemental set, which + is assigned to member of model set */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + TUPLE *temp; + ELEMSET *set; + /* evaluate reference to elemental set */ + temp = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + temp = expand_tuple(mpl, temp, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + set = eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, temp); + delete_tuple(mpl, temp); + /* check if the n-tuple is contained in the set array */ + temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, set->dim); + value = (find_tuple(mpl, set, temp) != NULL); + delete_tuple(mpl, temp); + } + break; + case O_MAKE: + /* check if given n-tuple is member of literal set */ + { ARG_LIST *e; + TUPLE *temp, *that; + value = 0; + temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, code->dim); + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + { that = eval_tuple(mpl, e->x); + value = (compare_tuples(mpl, temp, that) == 0); + delete_tuple(mpl, that); + if (value) break; + } + delete_tuple(mpl, temp); + } + break; + case O_UNION: + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) || + is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + break; + case O_DIFF: + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) && + !is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + break; + case O_SYMDIFF: + { int in1 = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple); + int in2 = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + value = (in1 && !in2) || (!in1 && in2); + } + break; + case O_INTER: + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) && + is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + break; + case O_CROSS: + { int j; + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple); + if (value) + { for (j = 1; j <= code->arg.arg.x->dim; j++) + { xassert(tuple != NULL); + tuple = tuple->next; + } + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + } + } + break; + case O_DOTS: + /* check if given 1-tuple is member of "arithmetic" set */ + { int j; + double x, t0, tf, dt; + xassert(code->dim == 1); + /* compute "parameters" of the "arithmetic" set */ + t0 = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + tf = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL) + dt = 1.0; + else + dt = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + /* make sure the parameters are correct */ + arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt); + /* if component of 1-tuple is symbolic, not numeric, the + 1-tuple cannot be member of "arithmetic" set */ + xassert(tuple->sym != NULL); + if (tuple->sym->str != NULL) + { value = 0; + break; + } + /* determine numeric value of the component */ + x = tuple->sym->num; + /* if the component value is out of the set range, the + 1-tuple is not in the set */ + if (dt > 0.0 && !(t0 <= x && x <= tf) || + dt < 0.0 && !(tf <= x && x <= t0)) + { value = 0; + break; + } + /* estimate ordinal number of the 1-tuple in the set */ + j = (int)(((x - t0) / dt) + 0.5) + 1; + /* perform the main check */ + value = (arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j) == x); + } + break; + case O_FORK: + /* check if given n-tuple is member of conditional set */ + if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)) + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple); + else + value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.z, tuple); + break; + case O_SETOF: + /* check if given n-tuple is member of computed set */ + /* it is not clear how to efficiently perform the check not + computing the entire elemental set :+( */ + error(mpl, "implementation restriction; in/within setof{} n" + "ot allowed"); + break; + case O_BUILD: + /* check if given n-tuple is member of domain set */ + { TUPLE *temp; + temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, code->dim); + /* try to enter the domain scope; if it is successful, + the n-tuple is in the domain set */ + value = (eval_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, + temp, NULL, null_func) == 0); + delete_tuple(mpl, temp); + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- eval_formula - evaluate pseudo-code to construct linear form. +-- +-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant +-- linear form, which is returned on exit. */ + +struct iter_form_info +{ /* working info used by the routine iter_form_func */ + CODE *code; + /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */ + FORMULA *value; + /* resultant value */ + FORMULA *tail; + /* pointer to the last term */ +}; + +static int iter_form_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation + on linear form "integrand" within domain scope */ + struct iter_form_info *info = _info; + switch (info->code->op) + { case O_SUM: + /* summation over domain */ +#if 0 + info->value = + linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, info->value, + +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x)); +#else + /* the routine linear_comb needs to look through all terms + of both linear forms to reduce identical terms, so using + it here is not a good idea (for example, evaluation of + sum{i in 1..n} x[i] required quadratic time); the better + idea is to gather all terms of the integrand in one list + and reduce identical terms only once after all terms of + the resultant linear form have been evaluated */ + { FORMULA *form, *term; + form = eval_formula(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x); + if (info->value == NULL) + { xassert(info->tail == NULL); + info->value = form; + } + else + { xassert(info->tail != NULL); + info->tail->next = form; + } + for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next) + info->tail = term; + } +#endif + break; + default: + xassert(info != info); + } + return 0; +} + +FORMULA *eval_formula(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ FORMULA *value; + xassert(code != NULL); + xassert(code->type == A_FORMULA); + xassert(code->dim == 0); + /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the + resultant value */ + if (code->vflag && code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */ + if (code->valid) + { value = copy_formula(mpl, code->value.form); + goto done; + } + /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_MEMVAR: + /* take member of variable */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + ARG_LIST *e; + tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + xassert(code->arg.var.suff == DOT_NONE); +#endif + value = single_variable(mpl, + eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple)); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case O_CVTLFM: + /* convert to linear form */ + value = constant_term(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, + code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_PLUS: + /* unary plus */ + value = linear_comb(mpl, + 0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0), + +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_MINUS: + /* unary minus */ + value = linear_comb(mpl, + 0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0), + -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)); + break; + case O_ADD: + /* addition */ + value = linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_SUB: + /* subtraction */ + value = linear_comb(mpl, + +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)); + break; + case O_MUL: + /* multiplication */ + xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL); + xassert(code->arg.arg.y != NULL); + if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC) + { xassert(code->arg.arg.y->type == A_FORMULA); + value = linear_comb(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y), + 0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0)); + } + else + { xassert(code->arg.arg.x->type == A_FORMULA); + xassert(code->arg.arg.y->type == A_NUMERIC); + value = linear_comb(mpl, + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y), + eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + 0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0)); + } + break; + case O_DIV: + /* division */ + value = linear_comb(mpl, + fp_div(mpl, 1.0, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)), + eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), + 0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0)); + break; + case O_FORK: + /* if-then-else */ + if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x)) + value = eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL) + value = constant_term(mpl, 0.0); + else + value = eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + break; + case O_SUM: + /* summation over domain */ + { struct iter_form_info _info, *info = &_info; + info->code = code; + info->value = constant_term(mpl, 0.0); + info->tail = NULL; + loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info, + iter_form_func); + value = reduce_terms(mpl, info->value); + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + /* save resultant value */ + xassert(!code->valid); + code->valid = 1; + code->value.form = copy_formula(mpl, value); +done: return value; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_code - clean pseudo-code. +-- +-- This routine recursively cleans specified pseudo-code that assumes +-- deleting all temporary resultant values. */ + +void clean_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ ARG_LIST *e; + /* if no pseudo-code is specified, do nothing */ + if (code == NULL) goto done; + /* if resultant value is valid (exists), delete it */ + if (code->valid) + { code->valid = 0; + delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value); + } + /* recursively clean pseudo-code for operands */ + switch (code->op) + { case O_NUMBER: + case O_STRING: + case O_INDEX: + break; + case O_MEMNUM: + case O_MEMSYM: + for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; + case O_MEMSET: + for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; + case O_MEMVAR: + for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ + case O_MEMCON: + for (e = code->arg.con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; +#endif + case O_TUPLE: + case O_MAKE: + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; + case O_SLICE: + xassert(code != code); + case O_IRAND224: + case O_UNIFORM01: + case O_NORMAL01: + case O_GMTIME: + break; + case O_CVTNUM: + case O_CVTSYM: + case O_CVTLOG: + case O_CVTTUP: + case O_CVTLFM: + case O_PLUS: + case O_MINUS: + case O_NOT: + case O_ABS: + case O_CEIL: + case O_FLOOR: + case O_EXP: + case O_LOG: + case O_LOG10: + case O_SQRT: + case O_SIN: + case O_COS: + case O_TAN: + case O_ATAN: + case O_ROUND: + case O_TRUNC: + case O_CARD: + case O_LENGTH: + /* unary operation */ + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + break; + case O_ADD: + case O_SUB: + case O_LESS: + case O_MUL: + case O_DIV: + case O_IDIV: + case O_MOD: + case O_POWER: + case O_ATAN2: + case O_ROUND2: + case O_TRUNC2: + case O_UNIFORM: + case O_NORMAL: + case O_CONCAT: + case O_LT: + case O_LE: + case O_EQ: + case O_GE: + case O_GT: + case O_NE: + case O_AND: + case O_OR: + case O_UNION: + case O_DIFF: + case O_SYMDIFF: + case O_INTER: + case O_CROSS: + case O_IN: + case O_NOTIN: + case O_WITHIN: + case O_NOTWITHIN: + case O_SUBSTR: + case O_STR2TIME: + case O_TIME2STR: + /* binary operation */ + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + break; + case O_DOTS: + case O_FORK: + case O_SUBSTR3: + /* ternary operation */ + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x); + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.y); + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.z); + break; + case O_MIN: + case O_MAX: + /* n-ary operation */ + for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); + break; + case O_SUM: + case O_PROD: + case O_MINIMUM: + case O_MAXIMUM: + case O_FORALL: + case O_EXISTS: + case O_SETOF: + case O_BUILD: + /* iterated operation */ + clean_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain); + clean_code(mpl, code->arg.loop.x); + break; + default: + xassert(code->op != code->op); + } +done: return; +} + +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * DATA TABLES * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +int mpl_tab_num_args(TABDCA *dca) +{ /* returns the number of arguments */ + return dca->na; +} + +const char *mpl_tab_get_arg(TABDCA *dca, int k) +{ /* returns pointer to k-th argument */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->na); + return dca->arg[k]; +} + +int mpl_tab_num_flds(TABDCA *dca) +{ /* returns the number of fields */ + return dca->nf; +} + +const char *mpl_tab_get_name(TABDCA *dca, int k) +{ /* returns pointer to name of k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + return dca->name[k]; +} + +int mpl_tab_get_type(TABDCA *dca, int k) +{ /* returns type of k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + return dca->type[k]; +} + +double mpl_tab_get_num(TABDCA *dca, int k) +{ /* returns numeric value of k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + xassert(dca->type[k] == 'N'); + return dca->num[k]; +} + +const char *mpl_tab_get_str(TABDCA *dca, int k) +{ /* returns pointer to string value of k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + xassert(dca->type[k] == 'S'); + xassert(dca->str[k] != NULL); + return dca->str[k]; +} + +void mpl_tab_set_num(TABDCA *dca, int k, double num) +{ /* assign numeric value to k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + xassert(dca->type[k] == '?'); + dca->type[k] = 'N'; + dca->num[k] = num; + return; +} + +void mpl_tab_set_str(TABDCA *dca, int k, const char *str) +{ /* assign string value to k-th field */ + xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf); + xassert(dca->type[k] == '?'); + xassert(strlen(str) <= MAX_LENGTH); + xassert(dca->str[k] != NULL); + dca->type[k] = 'S'; + strcpy(dca->str[k], str); + return; +} + +static int write_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + TABLE *tab = info; + TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + TABOUT *out; + SYMBOL *sym; + int k; + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + /* evaluate field values */ + k = 0; + for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next) + { k++; + switch (out->code->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + dca->type[k] = 'N'; + dca->num[k] = eval_numeric(mpl, out->code); + dca->str[k][0] = '\0'; + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, out->code); + if (sym->str == NULL) + { dca->type[k] = 'N'; + dca->num[k] = sym->num; + dca->str[k][0] = '\0'; + } + else + { dca->type[k] = 'S'; + dca->num[k] = 0.0; + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, buf); + strcpy(dca->str[k], buf); + } + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + break; + default: + xassert(out != out); + } + } + /* write record to output table */ + mpl_tab_drv_write(mpl); + return 0; +} + +void execute_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab) +{ /* execute table statement */ + TABARG *arg; + TABFLD *fld; + TABIN *in; + TABOUT *out; + TABDCA *dca; + SET *set; + int k; + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + /* allocate table driver communication area */ + xassert(mpl->dca == NULL); + mpl->dca = dca = xmalloc(sizeof(TABDCA)); + dca->id = 0; + dca->link = NULL; + dca->na = 0; + dca->arg = NULL; + dca->nf = 0; + dca->name = NULL; + dca->type = NULL; + dca->num = NULL; + dca->str = NULL; + /* allocate arguments */ + xassert(dca->na == 0); + for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next) + dca->na++; + dca->arg = xcalloc(1+dca->na, sizeof(char *)); +#if 1 /* 28/IX-2008 */ + for (k = 1; k <= dca->na; k++) dca->arg[k] = NULL; +#endif + /* evaluate argument values */ + k = 0; + for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next) + { SYMBOL *sym; + k++; + xassert(arg->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC); + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, arg->code); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, buf); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + dca->arg[k] = xmalloc(strlen(buf)+1); + strcpy(dca->arg[k], buf); + } + /* perform table input/output */ + switch (tab->type) + { case A_INPUT: goto read_table; + case A_OUTPUT: goto write_table; + default: xassert(tab != tab); + } +read_table: + /* read data from input table */ + /* add the only member to the control set and assign it empty + elemental set */ + set = tab->u.in.set; + if (set != NULL) + { if (set->data) + error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", set->name); + xassert(set->array->head == NULL); + add_member(mpl, set->array, NULL)->value.set = + create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen); + set->data = 1; + } + /* check parameters specified in the input list */ + for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next) + { if (in->par->data) + error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", in->par->name); + in->par->data = 1; + } + /* allocate and initialize fields */ + xassert(dca->nf == 0); + for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next) + dca->nf++; + for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next) + dca->nf++; + dca->name = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *)); + dca->type = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(int)); + dca->num = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(double)); + dca->str = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *)); + k = 0; + for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next) + { k++; + dca->name[k] = fld->name; + dca->type[k] = '?'; + dca->num[k] = 0.0; + dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1); + dca->str[k][0] = '\0'; + } + for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next) + { k++; + dca->name[k] = in->name; + dca->type[k] = '?'; + dca->num[k] = 0.0; + dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1); + dca->str[k][0] = '\0'; + } + /* open input table */ + mpl_tab_drv_open(mpl, 'R'); + /* read and process records */ + for (;;) + { TUPLE *tup; + /* reset field types */ + for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++) + dca->type[k] = '?'; + /* read next record */ + if (mpl_tab_drv_read(mpl)) break; + /* all fields must be set by the driver */ + for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++) + { if (dca->type[k] == '?') + error(mpl, "field %s missing in input table", + dca->name[k]); + } + /* construct n-tuple */ + tup = create_tuple(mpl); + k = 0; + for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next) + { k++; + xassert(k <= dca->nf); + switch (dca->type[k]) + { case 'N': + tup = expand_tuple(mpl, tup, create_symbol_num(mpl, + dca->num[k])); + break; + case 'S': + xassert(strlen(dca->str[k]) <= MAX_LENGTH); + tup = expand_tuple(mpl, tup, create_symbol_str(mpl, + create_string(mpl, dca->str[k]))); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + } + /* add n-tuple just read to the control set */ + if (tab->u.in.set != NULL) + check_then_add(mpl, tab->u.in.set->array->head->value.set, + copy_tuple(mpl, tup)); + /* assign values to the parameters in the input list */ + for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next) + { MEMBER *memb; + k++; + xassert(k <= dca->nf); + /* there must be no member with the same n-tuple */ + if (find_member(mpl, in->par->array, tup) != NULL) + error(mpl, "%s%s already defined", in->par->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', tup)); + /* create new parameter member with given n-tuple */ + memb = add_member(mpl, in->par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tup)) + ; + /* assign value to the parameter member */ + switch (in->par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + case A_INTEGER: + case A_BINARY: + if (dca->type[k] != 'N') + error(mpl, "%s requires numeric data", + in->par->name); + memb->value.num = dca->num[k]; + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + switch (dca->type[k]) + { case 'N': + memb->value.sym = create_symbol_num(mpl, + dca->num[k]); + break; + case 'S': + xassert(strlen(dca->str[k]) <= MAX_LENGTH); + memb->value.sym = create_symbol_str(mpl, + create_string(mpl,dca->str[k])); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + break; + default: + xassert(in != in); + } + } + /* n-tuple is no more needed */ + delete_tuple(mpl, tup); + } + /* close input table */ + mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl); + goto done; +write_table: + /* write data to output table */ + /* allocate and initialize fields */ + xassert(dca->nf == 0); + for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next) + dca->nf++; + dca->name = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *)); + dca->type = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(int)); + dca->num = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(double)); + dca->str = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *)); + k = 0; + for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next) + { k++; + dca->name[k] = out->name; + dca->type[k] = '?'; + dca->num[k] = 0.0; + dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1); + dca->str[k][0] = '\0'; + } + /* open output table */ + mpl_tab_drv_open(mpl, 'W'); + /* evaluate fields and write records */ + loop_within_domain(mpl, tab->u.out.domain, tab, write_func); + /* close output table */ + mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl); +done: /* free table driver communication area */ + free_dca(mpl); + return; +} + +void free_dca(MPL *mpl) +{ /* free table driver communucation area */ + TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + int k; + if (dca != NULL) + { if (dca->link != NULL) + mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl); + if (dca->arg != NULL) + { for (k = 1; k <= dca->na; k++) +#if 1 /* 28/IX-2008 */ + if (dca->arg[k] != NULL) +#endif + xfree(dca->arg[k]); + xfree(dca->arg); + } + if (dca->name != NULL) xfree(dca->name); + if (dca->type != NULL) xfree(dca->type); + if (dca->num != NULL) xfree(dca->num); + if (dca->str != NULL) + { for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++) + xfree(dca->str[k]); + xfree(dca->str); + } + xfree(dca), mpl->dca = NULL; + } + return; +} + +void clean_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab) +{ /* clean table statement */ + TABARG *arg; + TABOUT *out; + /* clean string list */ + for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next) + clean_code(mpl, arg->code); + switch (tab->type) + { case A_INPUT: + break; + case A_OUTPUT: + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, tab->u.out.domain); + /* clean output list */ + for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next) + clean_code(mpl, out->code); + break; + default: + xassert(tab != tab); + } + return; +} +#endif + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * MODEL STATEMENTS * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- execute_check - execute check statement. +-- +-- This routine executes specified check statement. */ + +static int check_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + CHECK *chk = (CHECK *)info; + if (!eval_logical(mpl, chk->code)) + error(mpl, "check%s failed", format_tuple(mpl, '[', + get_domain_tuple(mpl, chk->domain))); + return 0; +} + +void execute_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, chk->domain, chk, check_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_check - clean check statement. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified check statement that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */ + +void clean_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk) +{ /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, chk->domain); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing predicate */ + clean_code(mpl, chk->code); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- execute_display - execute display statement. +-- +-- This routine executes specified display statement. */ + +static void display_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set, MEMBER *memb) +{ /* display member of model set */ + ELEMSET *s = memb->value.set; + MEMBER *m; + write_text(mpl, "%s%s%s\n", set->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), + s->head == NULL ? " is empty" : ":"); + for (m = s->head; m != NULL; m = m->next) + write_text(mpl, " %s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(', m->tuple)); + return; +} + +static void display_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par, MEMBER *memb) +{ /* display member of model parameter */ + switch (par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + case A_INTEGER: + case A_BINARY: + write_text(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g\n", par->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), + DBL_DIG, memb->value.num); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + write_text(mpl, "%s%s = %s\n", par->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), + format_symbol(mpl, memb->value.sym)); + break; + default: + xassert(par != par); + } + return; +} + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +static void display_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var, MEMBER *memb, + int suff) +{ /* display member of model variable */ + if (suff == DOT_NONE || suff == DOT_VAL) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.val = %.*g\n", var->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.var->prim); + else if (suff == DOT_LB) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.lb = %.*g\n", var->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.var->var->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : + memb->value.var->lbnd); + else if (suff == DOT_UB) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.ub = %.*g\n", var->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.var->var->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : + memb->value.var->ubnd); + else if (suff == DOT_STATUS) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.status = %d\n", var->name, format_tuple + (mpl, '[', memb->tuple), memb->value.var->stat); + else if (suff == DOT_DUAL) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.dual = %.*g\n", var->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.var->dual); + else + xassert(suff != suff); + return; +} +#endif + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +static void display_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con, MEMBER *memb, + int suff) +{ /* display member of model constraint */ + if (suff == DOT_NONE || suff == DOT_VAL) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.val = %.*g\n", con->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.con->prim); + else if (suff == DOT_LB) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.lb = %.*g\n", con->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.con->con->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : + memb->value.con->lbnd); + else if (suff == DOT_UB) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.ub = %.*g\n", con->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.con->con->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : + memb->value.con->ubnd); + else if (suff == DOT_STATUS) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.status = %d\n", con->name, format_tuple + (mpl, '[', memb->tuple), memb->value.con->stat); + else if (suff == DOT_DUAL) + write_text(mpl, "%s%s.dual = %.*g\n", con->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG, + memb->value.con->dual); + else + xassert(suff != suff); + return; +} +#endif + +static void display_memb(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ /* display member specified by pseudo-code */ + MEMBER memb; + ARG_LIST *e; + xassert(code->op == O_MEMNUM || code->op == O_MEMSYM + || code->op == O_MEMSET || code->op == O_MEMVAR + || code->op == O_MEMCON); + memb.tuple = create_tuple(mpl); + for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + memb.tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, memb.tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl, + e->x)); + switch (code->op) + { case O_MEMNUM: + memb.value.num = eval_member_num(mpl, code->arg.par.par, + memb.tuple); + display_par(mpl, code->arg.par.par, &memb); + break; + case O_MEMSYM: + memb.value.sym = eval_member_sym(mpl, code->arg.par.par, + memb.tuple); + display_par(mpl, code->arg.par.par, &memb); + delete_symbol(mpl, memb.value.sym); + break; + case O_MEMSET: + memb.value.set = eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, + memb.tuple); + display_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, &memb); + break; + case O_MEMVAR: + memb.value.var = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, + memb.tuple); + display_var + (mpl, code->arg.var.var, &memb, code->arg.var.suff); + break; + case O_MEMCON: + memb.value.con = eval_member_con(mpl, code->arg.con.con, + memb.tuple); + display_con + (mpl, code->arg.con.con, &memb, code->arg.con.suff); + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + delete_tuple(mpl, memb.tuple); + return; +} + +static void display_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code) +{ /* display value of expression */ + switch (code->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + /* numeric value */ + { double num; + num = eval_numeric(mpl, code); + write_text(mpl, "%.*g\n", DBL_DIG, num); + } + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + /* symbolic value */ + { SYMBOL *sym; + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code); + write_text(mpl, "%s\n", format_symbol(mpl, sym)); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + } + break; + case A_LOGICAL: + /* logical value */ + { int bit; + bit = eval_logical(mpl, code); + write_text(mpl, "%s\n", bit ? "true" : "false"); + } + break; + case A_TUPLE: + /* n-tuple */ + { TUPLE *tuple; + tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code); + write_text(mpl, "%s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(', tuple)); + delete_tuple(mpl, tuple); + } + break; + case A_ELEMSET: + /* elemental set */ + { ELEMSET *set; + MEMBER *memb; + set = eval_elemset(mpl, code); + if (set->head == 0) + write_text(mpl, "set is empty\n"); + for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + write_text(mpl, " %s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(', + memb->tuple)); + delete_elemset(mpl, set); + } + break; + case A_FORMULA: + /* linear form */ + { FORMULA *form, *term; + form = eval_formula(mpl, code); + if (form == NULL) + write_text(mpl, "linear form is empty\n"); + for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { if (term->var == NULL) + write_text(mpl, " %.*g\n", term->coef); + else + write_text(mpl, " %.*g %s%s\n", DBL_DIG, + term->coef, term->var->var->name, + format_tuple(mpl, '[', term->var->memb->tuple)); + } + delete_formula(mpl, form); + } + break; + default: + xassert(code != code); + } + return; +} + +static int display_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + DISPLAY *dpy = (DISPLAY *)info; + DISPLAY1 *entry; + for (entry = dpy->list; entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) + { if (entry->type == A_INDEX) + { /* dummy index */ + DOMAIN_SLOT *slot = entry->u.slot; + write_text(mpl, "%s = %s\n", slot->name, + format_symbol(mpl, slot->value)); + } + else if (entry->type == A_SET) + { /* model set */ + SET *set = entry->u.set; + MEMBER *memb; + if (set->assign != NULL) + { /* the set has assignment expression; evaluate all its + members over entire domain */ + eval_whole_set(mpl, set); + } + else + { /* the set has no assignment expression; refer to its + any existing member ignoring resultant value to check + the data provided the data section */ +#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */ + if (set->gadget != NULL && set->data == 0) + { /* initialize the set with data from a plain set */ + saturate_set(mpl, set); + } +#endif + if (set->array->head != NULL) + eval_member_set(mpl, set, set->array->head->tuple); + } + /* display all members of the set array */ + if (set->array->head == NULL) + write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", set->name); + for (memb = set->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = + memb->next) display_set(mpl, set, memb); + } + else if (entry->type == A_PARAMETER) + { /* model parameter */ + PARAMETER *par = entry->u.par; + MEMBER *memb; + if (par->assign != NULL) + { /* the parameter has an assignment expression; evaluate + all its member over entire domain */ + eval_whole_par(mpl, par); + } + else + { /* the parameter has no assignment expression; refer to + its any existing member ignoring resultant value to + check the data provided in the data section */ + if (par->array->head != NULL) + { if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC) + eval_member_num(mpl, par, par->array->head->tuple); + else + delete_symbol(mpl, eval_member_sym(mpl, par, + par->array->head->tuple)); + } + } + /* display all members of the parameter array */ + if (par->array->head == NULL) + write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", par->name); + for (memb = par->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = + memb->next) display_par(mpl, par, memb); + } + else if (entry->type == A_VARIABLE) + { /* model variable */ + VARIABLE *var = entry->u.var; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(mpl->flag_p); + /* display all members of the variable array */ + if (var->array->head == NULL) + write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", var->name); + for (memb = var->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = + memb->next) display_var(mpl, var, memb, DOT_NONE); + } + else if (entry->type == A_CONSTRAINT) + { /* model constraint */ + CONSTRAINT *con = entry->u.con; + MEMBER *memb; + xassert(mpl->flag_p); + /* display all members of the constraint array */ + if (con->array->head == NULL) + write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", con->name); + for (memb = con->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = + memb->next) display_con(mpl, con, memb, DOT_NONE); + } + else if (entry->type == A_EXPRESSION) + { /* expression */ + CODE *code = entry->u.code; + if (code->op == O_MEMNUM || code->op == O_MEMSYM || + code->op == O_MEMSET || code->op == O_MEMVAR || + code->op == O_MEMCON) + display_memb(mpl, code); + else + display_code(mpl, code); + } + else + xassert(entry != entry); + } + return 0; +} + +void execute_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, dpy->domain, dpy, display_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_display - clean display statement. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified display statement that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */ + +void clean_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy) +{ DISPLAY1 *d; +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ + ARG_LIST *e; +#endif + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, dpy->domain); + /* clean display list */ + for (d = dpy->list; d != NULL; d = d->next) + { /* clean pseudo-code for computing expression */ + if (d->type == A_EXPRESSION) + clean_code(mpl, d->u.code); +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ + /* clean pseudo-code for computing subscripts */ + for (e = d->list; e != NULL; e = e->next) + clean_code(mpl, e->x); +#endif + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- execute_printf - execute printf statement. +-- +-- This routine executes specified printf statement. */ + +#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */ +static void print_char(MPL *mpl, int c) +{ if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL) + write_char(mpl, c); + else +#if 0 /* 04/VIII-2013 */ + xfputc(c, mpl->prt_fp); +#else + { unsigned char buf[1]; + buf[0] = (unsigned char)c; + glp_write(mpl->prt_fp, buf, 1); + } +#endif + return; +} + +static void print_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...) +{ va_list arg; + char buf[OUTBUF_SIZE], *c; + va_start(arg, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, arg); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + va_end(arg); + for (c = buf; *c != '\0'; c++) print_char(mpl, *c); + return; +} +#endif + +static int printf_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + PRINTF *prt = (PRINTF *)info; + PRINTF1 *entry; + SYMBOL *sym; + char fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1], *c, *from, save; + /* evaluate format control string */ + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, prt->fmt); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + /* scan format control string and perform formatting output */ + entry = prt->list; + for (c = fmt; *c != '\0'; c++) + { if (*c == '%') + { /* scan format specifier */ + from = c++; + if (*c == '%') + { print_char(mpl, '%'); + continue; + } + if (entry == NULL) break; + /* scan optional flags */ + while (*c == '-' || *c == '+' || *c == ' ' || *c == '#' || + *c == '0') c++; + /* scan optional minimum field width */ + while (isdigit((unsigned char)*c)) c++; + /* scan optional precision */ + if (*c == '.') + { c++; + while (isdigit((unsigned char)*c)) c++; + } + /* scan conversion specifier and perform formatting */ + save = *(c+1), *(c+1) = '\0'; + if (*c == 'd' || *c == 'i' || *c == 'e' || *c == 'E' || + *c == 'f' || *c == 'F' || *c == 'g' || *c == 'G') + { /* the specifier requires numeric value */ + double value; + xassert(entry != NULL); + switch (entry->code->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + value = eval_numeric(mpl, entry->code); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, entry->code); + if (sym->str != NULL) + error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point" + " number", format_symbol(mpl, sym)); + value = sym->num; + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + break; + case A_LOGICAL: + if (eval_logical(mpl, entry->code)) + value = 1.0; + else + value = 0.0; + break; + default: + xassert(entry != entry); + } + if (*c == 'd' || *c == 'i') + { double int_max = (double)INT_MAX; + if (!(-int_max <= value && value <= +int_max)) + error(mpl, "cannot convert %.*g to integer", + DBL_DIG, value); + print_text(mpl, from, (int)floor(value + 0.5)); + } + else + print_text(mpl, from, value); + } + else if (*c == 's') + { /* the specifier requires symbolic value */ + char value[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + switch (entry->code->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + sprintf(value, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, eval_numeric(mpl, + entry->code)); + break; + case A_LOGICAL: + if (eval_logical(mpl, entry->code)) + strcpy(value, "T"); + else + strcpy(value, "F"); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, entry->code); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(value, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, value); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + break; + default: + xassert(entry != entry); + } + print_text(mpl, from, value); + } + else + error(mpl, "format specifier missing or invalid"); + *(c+1) = save; + entry = entry->next; + } + else if (*c == '\\') + { /* write some control character */ + c++; + if (*c == 't') + print_char(mpl, '\t'); + else if (*c == 'n') + print_char(mpl, '\n'); +#if 1 /* 28/X-2010 */ + else if (*c == '\0') + { /* format string ends with backslash */ + error(mpl, "invalid use of escape character \\ in format" + " control string"); + } +#endif + else + print_char(mpl, *c); + } + else + { /* write character without formatting */ + print_char(mpl, *c); + } + } + return 0; +} + +#if 0 /* 14/VII-2006 */ +void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, prt->domain, prt, printf_func); + return; +} +#else +void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt) +{ if (prt->fname == NULL) + { /* switch to the standard output */ + if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL) + { glp_close(mpl->prt_fp), mpl->prt_fp = NULL; + xfree(mpl->prt_file), mpl->prt_file = NULL; + } + } + else + { /* evaluate file name string */ + SYMBOL *sym; + char fname[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, prt->fname); + if (sym->str == NULL) + sprintf(fname, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num); + else + fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fname); + delete_symbol(mpl, sym); + /* close the current print file, if necessary */ + if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL && + (!prt->app || strcmp(mpl->prt_file, fname) != 0)) + { glp_close(mpl->prt_fp), mpl->prt_fp = NULL; + xfree(mpl->prt_file), mpl->prt_file = NULL; + } + /* open the specified print file, if necessary */ + if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL) + { mpl->prt_fp = glp_open(fname, prt->app ? "a" : "w"); + if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL) + error(mpl, "unable to open '%s' for writing - %s", + fname, get_err_msg()); + mpl->prt_file = xmalloc(strlen(fname)+1); + strcpy(mpl->prt_file, fname); + } + } + loop_within_domain(mpl, prt->domain, prt, printf_func); + if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL) + { +#if 0 /* FIXME */ + xfflush(mpl->prt_fp); +#endif + if (glp_ioerr(mpl->prt_fp)) + error(mpl, "writing error to '%s' - %s", mpl->prt_file, + get_err_msg()); + } + return; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_printf - clean printf statement. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified printf statement that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */ + +void clean_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt) +{ PRINTF1 *p; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, prt->domain); + /* clean pseudo-code for computing format string */ + clean_code(mpl, prt->fmt); + /* clean printf list */ + for (p = prt->list; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { /* clean pseudo-code for computing value to be printed */ + clean_code(mpl, p->code); + } +#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */ + /* clean pseudo-code for computing file name string */ + clean_code(mpl, prt->fname); +#endif + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- execute_for - execute for statement. +-- +-- This routine executes specified for statement. */ + +static int for_func(MPL *mpl, void *info) +{ /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */ + FOR *fur = (FOR *)info; + STATEMENT *stmt, *save; + save = mpl->stmt; + for (stmt = fur->list; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + execute_statement(mpl, stmt); + mpl->stmt = save; + return 0; +} + +void execute_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur) +{ loop_within_domain(mpl, fur->domain, fur, for_func); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_for - clean for statement. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified for statement that assumes deleting all +-- stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */ + +void clean_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + /* clean subscript domain */ + clean_domain(mpl, fur->domain); + /* clean all sub-statements */ + for (stmt = fur->list; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + clean_statement(mpl, stmt); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- execute_statement - execute specified model statement. +-- +-- This routine executes specified model statement. */ + +void execute_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt) +{ mpl->stmt = stmt; + switch (stmt->type) + { case A_SET: + case A_PARAMETER: + case A_VARIABLE: + break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + xprintf("Generating %s...\n", stmt->u.con->name); + eval_whole_con(mpl, stmt->u.con); + break; + case A_TABLE: + switch (stmt->u.tab->type) + { case A_INPUT: + xprintf("Reading %s...\n", stmt->u.tab->name); + break; + case A_OUTPUT: + xprintf("Writing %s...\n", stmt->u.tab->name); + break; + default: + xassert(stmt != stmt); + } + execute_table(mpl, stmt->u.tab); + break; + case A_SOLVE: + break; + case A_CHECK: + xprintf("Checking (line %d)...\n", stmt->line); + execute_check(mpl, stmt->u.chk); + break; + case A_DISPLAY: + write_text(mpl, "Display statement at line %d\n", + stmt->line); + execute_display(mpl, stmt->u.dpy); + break; + case A_PRINTF: + execute_printf(mpl, stmt->u.prt); + break; + case A_FOR: + execute_for(mpl, stmt->u.fur); + break; + default: + xassert(stmt != stmt); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_statement - clean specified model statement. +-- +-- This routine cleans specified model statement that assumes deleting +-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */ + +void clean_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt) +{ switch(stmt->type) + { case A_SET: + clean_set(mpl, stmt->u.set); break; + case A_PARAMETER: + clean_parameter(mpl, stmt->u.par); break; + case A_VARIABLE: + clean_variable(mpl, stmt->u.var); break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + clean_constraint(mpl, stmt->u.con); break; +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + case A_TABLE: + clean_table(mpl, stmt->u.tab); break; +#endif + case A_SOLVE: + break; + case A_CHECK: + clean_check(mpl, stmt->u.chk); break; + case A_DISPLAY: + clean_display(mpl, stmt->u.dpy); break; + case A_PRINTF: + clean_printf(mpl, stmt->u.prt); break; + case A_FOR: + clean_for(mpl, stmt->u.fur); break; + default: + xassert(stmt != stmt); + } + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e80499c --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c @@ -0,0 +1,1426 @@ +/* mpl4.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#include "mpl.h" + +#define xfault xerror +#define xfprintf glp_format +#define dmp_create_poolx(size) dmp_create_pool() + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * GENERATING AND POSTSOLVING MODEL * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- alloc_content - allocate content arrays for all model objects. +-- +-- This routine allocates content arrays for all existing model objects +-- and thereby finalizes creating model. +-- +-- This routine must be called immediately after reading model section, +-- i.e. before reading data section or generating model. */ + +void alloc_content(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + /* walk through all model statements */ + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { switch (stmt->type) + { case A_SET: + /* model set */ + xassert(stmt->u.set->array == NULL); + stmt->u.set->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMSET, + stmt->u.set->dim); + break; + case A_PARAMETER: + /* model parameter */ + xassert(stmt->u.par->array == NULL); + switch (stmt->u.par->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + case A_INTEGER: + case A_BINARY: + stmt->u.par->array = create_array(mpl, A_NUMERIC, + stmt->u.par->dim); + break; + case A_SYMBOLIC: + stmt->u.par->array = create_array(mpl, A_SYMBOLIC, + stmt->u.par->dim); + break; + default: + xassert(stmt != stmt); + } + break; + case A_VARIABLE: + /* model variable */ + xassert(stmt->u.var->array == NULL); + stmt->u.var->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMVAR, + stmt->u.var->dim); + break; + case A_CONSTRAINT: + /* model constraint/objective */ + xassert(stmt->u.con->array == NULL); + stmt->u.con->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMCON, + stmt->u.con->dim); + break; +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + case A_TABLE: +#endif + case A_SOLVE: + case A_CHECK: + case A_DISPLAY: + case A_PRINTF: + case A_FOR: + /* functional statements have no content array */ + break; + default: + xassert(stmt != stmt); + } + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- generate_model - generate model. +-- +-- This routine executes the model statements which precede the solve +-- statement. */ + +void generate_model(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + xassert(!mpl->flag_p); + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { execute_statement(mpl, stmt); + if (mpl->stmt->type == A_SOLVE) break; + } + mpl->stmt = stmt; + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- build_problem - build problem instance. +-- +-- This routine builds lists of rows and columns for problem instance, +-- which corresponds to the generated model. */ + +void build_problem(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + MEMBER *memb; + VARIABLE *v; + CONSTRAINT *c; + FORMULA *t; + int i, j; + xassert(mpl->m == 0); + xassert(mpl->n == 0); + xassert(mpl->row == NULL); + xassert(mpl->col == NULL); + /* check that all elemental variables has zero column numbers */ + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE) + { v = stmt->u.var; + for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + xassert(memb->value.var->j == 0); + } + } + /* assign row numbers to elemental constraints and objectives */ + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { if (stmt->type == A_CONSTRAINT) + { c = stmt->u.con; + for (memb = c->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { xassert(memb->value.con->i == 0); + memb->value.con->i = ++mpl->m; + /* walk through linear form and mark elemental variables, + which are referenced at least once */ + for (t = memb->value.con->form; t != NULL; t = t->next) + { xassert(t->var != NULL); + t->var->memb->value.var->j = -1; + } + } + } + } + /* assign column numbers to marked elemental variables */ + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE) + { v = stmt->u.var; + for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + if (memb->value.var->j != 0) memb->value.var->j = + ++mpl->n; + } + } + /* build list of rows */ + mpl->row = xcalloc(1+mpl->m, sizeof(ELEMCON *)); + for (i = 1; i <= mpl->m; i++) mpl->row[i] = NULL; + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { if (stmt->type == A_CONSTRAINT) + { c = stmt->u.con; + for (memb = c->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { i = memb->value.con->i; + xassert(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m); + xassert(mpl->row[i] == NULL); + mpl->row[i] = memb->value.con; + } + } + } + for (i = 1; i <= mpl->m; i++) xassert(mpl->row[i] != NULL); + /* build list of columns */ + mpl->col = xcalloc(1+mpl->n, sizeof(ELEMVAR *)); + for (j = 1; j <= mpl->n; j++) mpl->col[j] = NULL; + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + { if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE) + { v = stmt->u.var; + for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next) + { j = memb->value.var->j; + if (j == 0) continue; + xassert(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n); + xassert(mpl->col[j] == NULL); + mpl->col[j] = memb->value.var; + } + } + } + for (j = 1; j <= mpl->n; j++) xassert(mpl->col[j] != NULL); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- postsolve_model - postsolve model. +-- +-- This routine executes the model statements which follow the solve +-- statement. */ + +void postsolve_model(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + xassert(!mpl->flag_p); + mpl->flag_p = 1; + for (stmt = mpl->stmt; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + execute_statement(mpl, stmt); + mpl->stmt = NULL; + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- clean_model - clean model content. +-- +-- This routine cleans the model content that assumes deleting all stuff +-- dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. +-- +-- Actually cleaning model content is not needed. This function is used +-- mainly to be sure that there were no logical errors on using dynamic +-- memory pools during the generation phase. +-- +-- NOTE: This routine must not be called if any errors were detected on +-- the generation phase. */ + +void clean_model(MPL *mpl) +{ STATEMENT *stmt; + for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next) + clean_statement(mpl, stmt); + /* check that all atoms have been returned to their pools */ + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->strings) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d string segment(s) were lo" + "st", dmp_in_use(mpl->strings)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->symbols) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d symbol(s) were lost", + dmp_in_use(mpl->symbols)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->tuples) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d n-tuple component(s) were" + " lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->tuples)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->arrays) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d array(s) were lost", + dmp_in_use(mpl->arrays)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->members) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d array member(s) were lost" + , dmp_in_use(mpl->members)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->elemvars) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d elemental variable(s) wer" + "e lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->elemvars)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->formulae) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d linear term(s) were lost", + dmp_in_use(mpl->formulae)); + if (dmp_in_use(mpl->elemcons) != 0) + error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d elemental constraint(s) w" + "ere lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->elemcons)); + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * INPUT/OUTPUT * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- open_input - open input text file. +-- +-- This routine opens the input text file for scanning. */ + +void open_input(MPL *mpl, char *file) +{ mpl->line = 0; + mpl->c = '\n'; + mpl->token = 0; + mpl->imlen = 0; + mpl->image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->value = 0.0; + mpl->b_token = T_EOF; + mpl->b_imlen = 0; + mpl->b_image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->b_value = 0.0; + mpl->f_dots = 0; + mpl->f_scan = 0; + mpl->f_token = 0; + mpl->f_imlen = 0; + mpl->f_image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->f_value = 0.0; + memset(mpl->context, ' ', CONTEXT_SIZE); + mpl->c_ptr = 0; + xassert(mpl->in_fp == NULL); + mpl->in_fp = glp_open(file, "r"); + if (mpl->in_fp == NULL) + error(mpl, "unable to open %s - %s", file, get_err_msg()); + mpl->in_file = file; + /* scan the very first character */ + get_char(mpl); + /* scan the very first token */ + get_token(mpl); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- read_char - read next character from input text file. +-- +-- This routine returns a next ASCII character read from the input text +-- file. If the end of file has been reached, EOF is returned. */ + +int read_char(MPL *mpl) +{ int c; + xassert(mpl->in_fp != NULL); + c = glp_getc(mpl->in_fp); + if (c < 0) + { if (glp_ioerr(mpl->in_fp)) + error(mpl, "read error on %s - %s", mpl->in_file, + get_err_msg()); + c = EOF; + } + return c; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- close_input - close input text file. +-- +-- This routine closes the input text file. */ + +void close_input(MPL *mpl) +{ xassert(mpl->in_fp != NULL); + glp_close(mpl->in_fp); + mpl->in_fp = NULL; + mpl->in_file = NULL; + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- open_output - open output text file. +-- +-- This routine opens the output text file for writing data produced by +-- display and printf statements. */ + +void open_output(MPL *mpl, char *file) +{ xassert(mpl->out_fp == NULL); + if (file == NULL) + { file = "<stdout>"; + mpl->out_fp = (void *)stdout; + } + else + { mpl->out_fp = glp_open(file, "w"); + if (mpl->out_fp == NULL) + error(mpl, "unable to create %s - %s", file, get_err_msg()); + } + mpl->out_file = xmalloc(strlen(file)+1); + strcpy(mpl->out_file, file); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- write_char - write next character to output text file. +-- +-- This routine writes an ASCII character to the output text file. */ + +void write_char(MPL *mpl, int c) +{ xassert(mpl->out_fp != NULL); + if (mpl->out_fp == (void *)stdout) + xprintf("%c", c); + else + xfprintf(mpl->out_fp, "%c", c); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- write_text - format and write text to output text file. +-- +-- This routine formats a text using the format control string and then +-- writes this text to the output text file. */ + +void write_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...) +{ va_list arg; + char buf[OUTBUF_SIZE], *c; + va_start(arg, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, arg); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + va_end(arg); + for (c = buf; *c != '\0'; c++) write_char(mpl, *c); + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- flush_output - finalize writing data to output text file. +-- +-- This routine finalizes writing data to the output text file. */ + +void flush_output(MPL *mpl) +{ xassert(mpl->out_fp != NULL); + if (mpl->out_fp != (void *)stdout) + { +#if 0 /* FIXME */ + xfflush(mpl->out_fp); +#endif + if (glp_ioerr(mpl->out_fp)) + error(mpl, "write error on %s - %s", mpl->out_file, + get_err_msg()); + } + return; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ +/* * * SOLVER INTERFACE * * */ +/**********************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- error - print error message and terminate model processing. +-- +-- This routine formats and prints an error message and then terminates +-- model processing. */ + +void error(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...) +{ va_list arg; + char msg[4095+1]; + va_start(arg, fmt); + vsprintf(msg, fmt, arg); + xassert(strlen(msg) < sizeof(msg)); + va_end(arg); + switch (mpl->phase) + { case 1: + case 2: + /* translation phase */ + xprintf("%s:%d: %s\n", + mpl->in_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->in_file, + mpl->line, msg); + print_context(mpl); + break; + case 3: + /* generation/postsolve phase */ + xprintf("%s:%d: %s\n", + mpl->mod_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->mod_file, + mpl->stmt == NULL ? 0 : mpl->stmt->line, msg); + break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + mpl->phase = 4; + longjmp(mpl->jump, 1); + /* no return */ +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- warning - print warning message and continue model processing. +-- +-- This routine formats and prints a warning message and returns to the +-- calling program. */ + +void warning(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...) +{ va_list arg; + char msg[4095+1]; + va_start(arg, fmt); + vsprintf(msg, fmt, arg); + xassert(strlen(msg) < sizeof(msg)); + va_end(arg); + switch (mpl->phase) + { case 1: + case 2: + /* translation phase */ + xprintf("%s:%d: warning: %s\n", + mpl->in_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->in_file, + mpl->line, msg); + break; + case 3: + /* generation/postsolve phase */ + xprintf("%s:%d: warning: %s\n", + mpl->mod_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->mod_file, + mpl->stmt == NULL ? 0 : mpl->stmt->line, msg); + break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + return; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_initialize - create and initialize translator database. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- MPL *mpl_initialize(void); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_initialize creates and initializes the database used +-- by the GNU MathProg translator. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine returns a pointer to the database created. */ + +MPL *mpl_initialize(void) +{ MPL *mpl; + mpl = xmalloc(sizeof(MPL)); + /* scanning segment */ + mpl->line = 0; + mpl->c = 0; + mpl->token = 0; + mpl->imlen = 0; + mpl->image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->value = 0.0; + mpl->b_token = 0; + mpl->b_imlen = 0; + mpl->b_image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->b_image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->b_value = 0.0; + mpl->f_dots = 0; + mpl->f_scan = 0; + mpl->f_token = 0; + mpl->f_imlen = 0; + mpl->f_image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->f_image[0] = '\0'; + mpl->f_value = 0.0; + mpl->context = xcalloc(CONTEXT_SIZE, sizeof(char)); + memset(mpl->context, ' ', CONTEXT_SIZE); + mpl->c_ptr = 0; + mpl->flag_d = 0; + /* translating segment */ + mpl->pool = dmp_create_poolx(0); + mpl->tree = avl_create_tree(avl_strcmp, NULL); + mpl->model = NULL; + mpl->flag_x = 0; + mpl->as_within = 0; + mpl->as_in = 0; + mpl->as_binary = 0; + mpl->flag_s = 0; + /* common segment */ + mpl->strings = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(STRING)); + mpl->symbols = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(SYMBOL)); + mpl->tuples = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(TUPLE)); + mpl->arrays = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ARRAY)); + mpl->members = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(MEMBER)); + mpl->elemvars = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ELEMVAR)); + mpl->formulae = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(FORMULA)); + mpl->elemcons = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ELEMCON)); + mpl->a_list = NULL; + mpl->sym_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->sym_buf[0] = '\0'; + mpl->tup_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->tup_buf[0] = '\0'; + /* generating/postsolving segment */ + mpl->rand = rng_create_rand(); + mpl->flag_p = 0; + mpl->stmt = NULL; +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + mpl->dca = NULL; +#endif + mpl->m = 0; + mpl->n = 0; + mpl->row = NULL; + mpl->col = NULL; + /* input/output segment */ + mpl->in_fp = NULL; + mpl->in_file = NULL; + mpl->out_fp = NULL; + mpl->out_file = NULL; + mpl->prt_fp = NULL; + mpl->prt_file = NULL; + /* solver interface segment */ + if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) xassert(mpl != mpl); + mpl->phase = 0; + mpl->mod_file = NULL; + mpl->mpl_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char)); + mpl->mpl_buf[0] = '\0'; + return mpl; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_read_model - read model section and optional data section. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_read_model reads model section and optionally data +-- section, which may follow the model section, from the text file, +-- whose name is the character string file, performs translating model +-- statements and data blocks, and stores all the information in the +-- translator database. +-- +-- The parameter skip_data is a flag. If the input file contains the +-- data section and this flag is set, the data section is not read as +-- if there were no data section and a warning message is issued. This +-- allows reading the data section from another input file. +-- +-- This routine should be called once after the routine mpl_initialize +-- and before other API routines. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_read_model returns one the following codes: +-- +-- 1 - translation successful. The input text file contains only model +-- section. In this case the calling program may call the routine +-- mpl_read_data to read data section from another file. +-- 2 - translation successful. The input text file contains both model +-- and data section. +-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling +-- program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model +-- processing. */ + +int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data) +{ if (mpl->phase != 0) + xfault("mpl_read_model: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (file == NULL) + xfault("mpl_read_model: no input filename specified\n"); + /* set up error handler */ + if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done; + /* translate model section */ + mpl->phase = 1; + xprintf("Reading model section from %s...\n", file); + open_input(mpl, file); + model_section(mpl); + if (mpl->model == NULL) + error(mpl, "empty model section not allowed"); + /* save name of the input text file containing model section for + error diagnostics during the generation phase */ + mpl->mod_file = xcalloc(strlen(file)+1, sizeof(char)); + strcpy(mpl->mod_file, mpl->in_file); + /* allocate content arrays for all model objects */ + alloc_content(mpl); + /* optional data section may begin with the keyword 'data' */ + if (is_keyword(mpl, "data")) + { if (skip_data) + { warning(mpl, "data section ignored"); + goto skip; + } + mpl->flag_d = 1; + get_token(mpl /* data */); + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "semicolon missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + /* translate data section */ + mpl->phase = 2; + xprintf("Reading data section from %s...\n", file); + data_section(mpl); + } + /* process end statement */ + end_statement(mpl); +skip: xprintf("%d line%s were read\n", + mpl->line, mpl->line == 1 ? "" : "s"); + close_input(mpl); +done: /* return to the calling program */ + return mpl->phase; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_read_data - read data section. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_read_data reads data section from the text file, +-- whose name is the character string file, performs translating data +-- blocks, and stores the data read in the translator database. +-- +-- If this routine is used, it should be called once after the routine +-- mpl_read_model and if the latter returned the code 1. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_read_data returns one of the following codes: +-- +-- 2 - data section has been successfully processed. +-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling +-- program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model +-- processing. */ + +int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file) +#if 0 /* 02/X-2008 */ +{ if (mpl->phase != 1) +#else +{ if (!(mpl->phase == 1 || mpl->phase == 2)) +#endif + xfault("mpl_read_data: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (file == NULL) + xfault("mpl_read_data: no input filename specified\n"); + /* set up error handler */ + if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done; + /* process data section */ + mpl->phase = 2; + xprintf("Reading data section from %s...\n", file); + mpl->flag_d = 1; + open_input(mpl, file); + /* in this case the keyword 'data' is optional */ + if (is_literal(mpl, "data")) + { get_token(mpl /* data */); + if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON) + error(mpl, "semicolon missing where expected"); + get_token(mpl /* ; */); + } + data_section(mpl); + /* process end statement */ + end_statement(mpl); + xprintf("%d line%s were read\n", + mpl->line, mpl->line == 1 ? "" : "s"); + close_input(mpl); +done: /* return to the calling program */ + return mpl->phase; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_generate - generate model. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_generate generates the model using its description +-- stored in the translator database. This phase means generating all +-- variables, constraints, and objectives, executing check and display +-- statements, which precede the solve statement (if it is presented), +-- and building the problem instance. +-- +-- The character string file specifies the name of output text file, to +-- which output produced by display statements should be written. It is +-- allowed to specify NULL, in which case the output goes to stdout via +-- the routine print. +-- +-- This routine should be called once after the routine mpl_read_model +-- or mpl_read_data and if one of the latters returned the code 2. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_generate returns one of the following codes: +-- +-- 3 - model has been successfully generated. In this case the calling +-- program may call other api routines to obtain components of the +-- problem instance from the translator database. +-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling +-- program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model +-- processing. */ + +int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file) +{ if (!(mpl->phase == 1 || mpl->phase == 2)) + xfault("mpl_generate: invalid call sequence\n"); + /* set up error handler */ + if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done; + /* generate model */ + mpl->phase = 3; + open_output(mpl, file); + generate_model(mpl); + flush_output(mpl); + /* build problem instance */ + build_problem(mpl); + /* generation phase has been finished */ + xprintf("Model has been successfully generated\n"); +done: /* return to the calling program */ + return mpl->phase; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_prob_name - obtain problem (model) name. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_prob_name returns a pointer to internal buffer, +-- which contains symbolic name of the problem (model). +-- +-- *Note* +-- +-- Currently MathProg has no feature to assign a symbolic name to the +-- model. Therefore the routine mpl_get_prob_name tries to construct +-- such name using the name of input text file containing model section, +-- although this is not a good idea (due to portability problems). */ + +char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl) +{ char *name = mpl->mpl_buf; + char *file = mpl->mod_file; + int k; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_prob_name: invalid call sequence\n"); + for (;;) + { if (strchr(file, '/') != NULL) + file = strchr(file, '/') + 1; + else if (strchr(file, '\\') != NULL) + file = strchr(file, '\\') + 1; + else if (strchr(file, ':') != NULL) + file = strchr(file, ':') + 1; + else + break; + } + for (k = 0; ; k++) + { if (k == 255) break; + if (!(isalnum((unsigned char)*file) || *file == '_')) break; + name[k] = *file++; + } + if (k == 0) + strcpy(name, "Unknown"); + else + name[k] = '\0'; + xassert(strlen(name) <= 255); + return name; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_num_rows - determine number of rows. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_num_rows returns total number of rows in the +-- problem, where each row is an individual constraint or objective. */ + +int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl) +{ if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_num_rows: invalid call sequence\n"); + return mpl->m; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_num_cols - determine number of columns. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_num_cols returns total number of columns in the +-- problem, where each column is an individual variable. */ + +int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl) +{ if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_num_cols: invalid call sequence\n"); + return mpl->n; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_row_name - obtain row name. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_row_name returns a pointer to internal buffer, +-- which contains symbolic name of i-th row of the problem. */ + +char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i) +{ char *name = mpl->mpl_buf, *t; + int len; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_row_name: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m)) + xfault("mpl_get_row_name: i = %d; row number out of range\n", + i); + strcpy(name, mpl->row[i]->con->name); + len = strlen(name); + xassert(len <= 255); + t = format_tuple(mpl, '[', mpl->row[i]->memb->tuple); + while (*t) + { if (len == 255) break; + name[len++] = *t++; + } + name[len] = '\0'; + if (len == 255) strcpy(name+252, "..."); + xassert(strlen(name) <= 255); + return name; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_row_kind - determine row kind. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_row_kind returns the kind of i-th row, which can +-- be one of the following: +-- +-- MPL_ST - non-free (constraint) row; +-- MPL_MIN - free (objective) row to be minimized; +-- MPL_MAX - free (objective) row to be maximized. */ + +int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i) +{ int kind; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_row_kind: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m)) + xfault("mpl_get_row_kind: i = %d; row number out of range\n", + i); + switch (mpl->row[i]->con->type) + { case A_CONSTRAINT: + kind = MPL_ST; break; + case A_MINIMIZE: + kind = MPL_MIN; break; + case A_MAXIMIZE: + kind = MPL_MAX; break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + return kind; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_row_bnds - obtain row bounds. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *lb, double *ub); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_row_bnds stores lower and upper bounds of i-th +-- row of the problem to the locations, which the parameters lb and ub +-- point to, respectively. Besides the routine returns the type of the +-- i-th row. +-- +-- If some of the parameters lb and ub is NULL, the corresponding bound +-- value is not stored. +-- +-- Types and bounds have the following meaning: +-- +-- Type Bounds Note +-- ----------------------------------------------------------- +-- MPL_FR -inf < f(x) < +inf Free linear form +-- MPL_LO lb <= f(x) < +inf Inequality f(x) >= lb +-- MPL_UP -inf < f(x) <= ub Inequality f(x) <= ub +-- MPL_DB lb <= f(x) <= ub Inequality lb <= f(x) <= ub +-- MPL_FX f(x) = lb Equality f(x) = lb +-- +-- where f(x) is the corresponding linear form of the i-th row. +-- +-- If the row has no lower bound, *lb is set to zero; if the row has +-- no upper bound, *ub is set to zero; and if the row is of fixed type, +-- both *lb and *ub are set to the same value. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine returns the type of the i-th row as it is stated in the +-- table above. */ + +int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *_lb, double *_ub) +{ ELEMCON *con; + int type; + double lb, ub; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_row_bnds: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m)) + xfault("mpl_get_row_bnds: i = %d; row number out of range\n", + i); + con = mpl->row[i]; +#if 0 /* 21/VII-2006 */ + if (con->con->lbnd == NULL && con->con->ubnd == NULL) + type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0; + else if (con->con->ubnd == NULL) + type = MPL_LO, lb = con->lbnd, ub = 0.0; + else if (con->con->lbnd == NULL) + type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0, ub = con->ubnd; + else if (con->con->lbnd != con->con->ubnd) + type = MPL_DB, lb = con->lbnd, ub = con->ubnd; + else + type = MPL_FX, lb = ub = con->lbnd; +#else + lb = (con->con->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : con->lbnd); + ub = (con->con->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : con->ubnd); + if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0; + else if (ub == +DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_LO, ub = 0.0; + else if (lb == -DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0; + else if (con->con->lbnd != con->con->ubnd) + type = MPL_DB; + else + type = MPL_FX; +#endif + if (_lb != NULL) *_lb = lb; + if (_ub != NULL) *_ub = ub; + return type; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_mat_row - obtain row of the constraint matrix. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[]); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_mat_row stores column indices and numeric values +-- of constraint coefficients for the i-th row to locations ndx[1], ..., +-- ndx[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], respectively, where 0 <= len <= n +-- is number of (structural) non-zero constraint coefficients, and n is +-- number of columns in the problem. +-- +-- If the parameter ndx is NULL, column indices are not stored. If the +-- parameter val is NULL, numeric values are not stored. +-- +-- Note that free rows may have constant terms, which are not part of +-- the constraint matrix and therefore not reported by this routine. The +-- constant term of a particular row can be obtained, if necessary, via +-- the routine mpl_get_row_c0. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_mat_row returns len, which is length of i-th row +-- of the constraint matrix (i.e. number of non-zero coefficients). */ + +int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[]) +{ FORMULA *term; + int len = 0; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_mat_row: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m)) + xfault("mpl_get_mat_row: i = %d; row number out of range\n", + i); + for (term = mpl->row[i]->form; term != NULL; term = term->next) + { xassert(term->var != NULL); + len++; + xassert(len <= mpl->n); + if (ndx != NULL) ndx[len] = term->var->j; + if (val != NULL) val[len] = term->coef; + } + return len; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_row_c0 - obtain constant term of free row. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_row_c0 returns numeric value of constant term of +-- i-th row. +-- +-- Note that only free rows may have non-zero constant terms. Therefore +-- if i-th row is not free, the routine returns zero. */ + +double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i) +{ ELEMCON *con; + double c0; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_row_c0: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m)) + xfault("mpl_get_row_c0: i = %d; row number out of range\n", + i); + con = mpl->row[i]; + if (con->con->lbnd == NULL && con->con->ubnd == NULL) + c0 = - con->lbnd; + else + c0 = 0.0; + return c0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_col_name - obtain column name. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_col_name returns a pointer to internal buffer, +-- which contains symbolic name of j-th column of the problem. */ + +char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j) +{ char *name = mpl->mpl_buf, *t; + int len; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_col_name: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n)) + xfault("mpl_get_col_name: j = %d; column number out of range\n" + , j); + strcpy(name, mpl->col[j]->var->name); + len = strlen(name); + xassert(len <= 255); + t = format_tuple(mpl, '[', mpl->col[j]->memb->tuple); + while (*t) + { if (len == 255) break; + name[len++] = *t++; + } + name[len] = '\0'; + if (len == 255) strcpy(name+252, "..."); + xassert(strlen(name) <= 255); + return name; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_col_kind - determine column kind. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_col_kind returns the kind of j-th column, which +-- can be one of the following: +-- +-- MPL_NUM - continuous variable; +-- MPL_INT - integer variable; +-- MPL_BIN - binary variable. +-- +-- Note that column kinds are defined independently on type and bounds +-- (reported by the routine mpl_get_col_bnds) of corresponding columns. +-- This means, in particular, that bounds of an integer column may be +-- fractional, or a binary column may have lower and upper bounds that +-- are not 0 and 1 (or it may have no lower/upper bound at all). */ + +int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j) +{ int kind; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_col_kind: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n)) + xfault("mpl_get_col_kind: j = %d; column number out of range\n" + , j); + switch (mpl->col[j]->var->type) + { case A_NUMERIC: + kind = MPL_NUM; break; + case A_INTEGER: + kind = MPL_INT; break; + case A_BINARY: + kind = MPL_BIN; break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + return kind; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_get_col_bnds - obtain column bounds. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *lb, double *ub); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_get_col_bnds stores lower and upper bound of j-th +-- column of the problem to the locations, which the parameters lb and +-- ub point to, respectively. Besides the routine returns the type of +-- the j-th column. +-- +-- If some of the parameters lb and ub is NULL, the corresponding bound +-- value is not stored. +-- +-- Types and bounds have the following meaning: +-- +-- Type Bounds Note +-- ------------------------------------------------------ +-- MPL_FR -inf < x < +inf Free (unbounded) variable +-- MPL_LO lb <= x < +inf Variable with lower bound +-- MPL_UP -inf < x <= ub Variable with upper bound +-- MPL_DB lb <= x <= ub Double-bounded variable +-- MPL_FX x = lb Fixed variable +-- +-- where x is individual variable corresponding to the j-th column. +-- +-- If the column has no lower bound, *lb is set to zero; if the column +-- has no upper bound, *ub is set to zero; and if the column is of fixed +-- type, both *lb and *ub are set to the same value. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine returns the type of the j-th column as it is stated in +-- the table above. */ + +int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *_lb, double *_ub) +{ ELEMVAR *var; + int type; + double lb, ub; + if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_get_col_bnds: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n)) + xfault("mpl_get_col_bnds: j = %d; column number out of range\n" + , j); + var = mpl->col[j]; +#if 0 /* 21/VII-2006 */ + if (var->var->lbnd == NULL && var->var->ubnd == NULL) + type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0; + else if (var->var->ubnd == NULL) + type = MPL_LO, lb = var->lbnd, ub = 0.0; + else if (var->var->lbnd == NULL) + type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0, ub = var->ubnd; + else if (var->var->lbnd != var->var->ubnd) + type = MPL_DB, lb = var->lbnd, ub = var->ubnd; + else + type = MPL_FX, lb = ub = var->lbnd; +#else + lb = (var->var->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : var->lbnd); + ub = (var->var->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : var->ubnd); + if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0; + else if (ub == +DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_LO, ub = 0.0; + else if (lb == -DBL_MAX) + type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0; + else if (var->var->lbnd != var->var->ubnd) + type = MPL_DB; + else + type = MPL_FX; +#endif + if (_lb != NULL) *_lb = lb; + if (_ub != NULL) *_ub = ub; + return type; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_has_solve_stmt - check if model has solve statement. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- If the model has the solve statement, the routine returns non-zero, +-- otherwise zero is returned. */ + +int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl) +{ if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_has_solve_stmt: invalid call sequence\n"); + return mpl->flag_s; +} + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +void mpl_put_row_soln(MPL *mpl, int i, int stat, double prim, + double dual) +{ /* store row (constraint/objective) solution components */ + xassert(mpl->phase == 3); + xassert(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m); + mpl->row[i]->stat = stat; + mpl->row[i]->prim = prim; + mpl->row[i]->dual = dual; + return; +} +#endif + +#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */ +void mpl_put_col_soln(MPL *mpl, int j, int stat, double prim, + double dual) +{ /* store column (variable) solution components */ + xassert(mpl->phase == 3); + xassert(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n); + mpl->col[j]->stat = stat; + mpl->col[j]->prim = prim; + mpl->col[j]->dual = dual; + return; +} +#endif + +#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_put_col_value - store column value. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_put_col_value stores numeric value of j-th column +-- into the translator database. It is assumed that the column value is +-- provided by the solver. */ + +void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val) +{ if (mpl->phase != 3) + xfault("mpl_put_col_value: invalid call sequence\n"); + if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n)) + xfault( + "mpl_put_col_value: j = %d; column number out of range\n", j); + mpl->col[j]->prim = val; + return; +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_postsolve - postsolve model. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_postsolve performs postsolving of the model using +-- its description stored in the translator database. This phase means +-- executing statements, which follow the solve statement. +-- +-- If this routine is used, it should be called once after the routine +-- mpl_generate and if the latter returned the code 3. +-- +-- *Returns* +-- +-- The routine mpl_postsolve returns one of the following codes: +-- +-- 3 - model has been successfully postsolved. +-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling +-- program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model +-- processing. */ + +int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl) +{ if (!(mpl->phase == 3 && !mpl->flag_p)) + xfault("mpl_postsolve: invalid call sequence\n"); + /* set up error handler */ + if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done; + /* perform postsolving */ + postsolve_model(mpl); + flush_output(mpl); + /* postsolving phase has been finished */ + xprintf("Model has been successfully processed\n"); +done: /* return to the calling program */ + return mpl->phase; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- mpl_terminate - free all resources used by translator. +-- +-- *Synopsis* +-- +-- #include "glpmpl.h" +-- void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl); +-- +-- *Description* +-- +-- The routine mpl_terminate frees all the resources used by the GNU +-- MathProg translator. */ + +void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl) +{ if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) xassert(mpl != mpl); + switch (mpl->phase) + { case 0: + case 1: + case 2: + case 3: + /* there were no errors; clean the model content */ + clean_model(mpl); + xassert(mpl->a_list == NULL); +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + xassert(mpl->dca == NULL); +#endif + break; + case 4: + /* model processing has been finished due to error; delete + search trees, which may be created for some arrays */ + { ARRAY *a; + for (a = mpl->a_list; a != NULL; a = a->next) + if (a->tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(a->tree); + } +#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */ + free_dca(mpl); +#endif + break; + default: + xassert(mpl != mpl); + } + /* delete the translator database */ + xfree(mpl->image); + xfree(mpl->b_image); + xfree(mpl->f_image); + xfree(mpl->context); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->pool); + avl_delete_tree(mpl->tree); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->strings); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->symbols); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->tuples); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->arrays); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->members); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->elemvars); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->formulae); + dmp_delete_pool(mpl->elemcons); + xfree(mpl->sym_buf); + xfree(mpl->tup_buf); + rng_delete_rand(mpl->rand); + if (mpl->row != NULL) xfree(mpl->row); + if (mpl->col != NULL) xfree(mpl->col); + if (mpl->in_fp != NULL) glp_close(mpl->in_fp); + if (mpl->out_fp != NULL && mpl->out_fp != (void *)stdout) + glp_close(mpl->out_fp); + if (mpl->out_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->out_file); + if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL) glp_close(mpl->prt_fp); + if (mpl->prt_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->prt_file); + if (mpl->mod_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->mod_file); + xfree(mpl->mpl_buf); + xfree(mpl); + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5374c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +/* mpl5.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Authors: Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org> +* Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de> +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#if 1 /* 11/VI-2013 */ +#include "jd.h" +#endif +#include "mpl.h" + +double fn_gmtime(MPL *mpl) +{ /* obtain the current calendar time (UTC) */ + time_t timer; + struct tm *tm; + int j; + time(&timer); + if (timer == (time_t)(-1)) +err: error(mpl, "gmtime(); unable to obtain current calendar time"); +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + tm = gmtime(&timer); +#else + tm = xgmtime(&timer); +#endif + if (tm == NULL) goto err; + j = jday(tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_mon + 1, 1900 + tm->tm_year); + if (j < 0) goto err; + return (((double)(j - jday(1, 1, 1970)) * 24.0 + + (double)tm->tm_hour) * 60.0 + (double)tm->tm_min) * 60.0 + + (double)tm->tm_sec; +} + +static char *week[] = { "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", + "Friday", "Saturday", "Sunday" }; + +static char *moon[] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", + "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", + "December" }; + +static void error1(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *s, + const char *fmt, const char *f, const char *msg) +{ xprintf("Input string passed to str2time:\n"); + xprintf("%s\n", str); + xprintf("%*s\n", (s - str) + 1, "^"); + xprintf("Format string passed to str2time:\n"); + xprintf("%s\n", fmt); + xprintf("%*s\n", (f - fmt) + 1, "^"); + error(mpl, "%s", msg); + /* no return */ +} + +double fn_str2time(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *fmt) +{ /* convert character string to the calendar time */ + int j, year, month, day, hh, mm, ss, zone; + const char *s, *f; + year = month = day = hh = mm = ss = -1, zone = INT_MAX; + s = str; + for (f = fmt; *f != '\0'; f++) + { if (*f == '%') + { f++; + if (*f == 'b' || *f == 'h') + { /* the abbreviated month name */ + int k; + char *name; + if (month >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month multiply specified" + ); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + for (month = 1; month <= 12; month++) + { name = moon[month-1]; + for (k = 0; k <= 2; k++) + { if (toupper((unsigned char)s[k]) != + toupper((unsigned char)name[k])) goto next; + } + s += 3; + for (k = 3; name[k] != '\0'; k++) + { if (toupper((unsigned char)*s) != + toupper((unsigned char)name[k])) break; + s++; + } + break; +next: ; + } + if (month > 12) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "abbreviated month name m" + "issing or invalid"); + } + else if (*f == 'd') + { /* the day of the month as a decimal number (01..31) */ + if (day >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day multiply specified"); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day missing or invalid"); + day = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + day = 10 * day + ((*s++) - '0'); + if (!(1 <= day && day <= 31)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'H') + { /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock + (00..23) */ + if (hh >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour multiply specified") + ; + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour missing or invalid") + ; + hh = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + hh = 10 * hh + ((*s++) - '0'); + if (!(0 <= hh && hh <= 23)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'm') + { /* the month as a decimal number (01..12) */ + if (month >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month multiply specified" + ); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month missing or invalid" + ); + month = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + month = 10 * month + ((*s++) - '0'); + if (!(1 <= month && month <= 12)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'M') + { /* the minute as a decimal number (00..59) */ + if (mm >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute multiply specifie" + "d"); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute missing or invali" + "d"); + mm = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + mm = 10 * mm + ((*s++) - '0'); + if (!(0 <= mm && mm <= 59)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'S') + { /* the second as a decimal number (00..60) */ + if (ss >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second multiply specifie" + "d"); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second missing or invali" + "d"); + ss = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + ss = 10 * ss + ((*s++) - '0'); + if (!(0 <= ss && ss <= 60)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'y') + { /* the year without a century as a decimal number + (00..99); the values 00 to 68 mean the years 2000 to + 2068 while the values 69 to 99 mean the years 1969 to + 1999 */ + if (year >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year multiply specified") + ; + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year missing or invalid") + ; + year = (*s++) - '0'; + if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9') + year = 10 * year + ((*s++) - '0'); + year += (year >= 69 ? 1900 : 2000); + } + else if (*f == 'Y') + { /* the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian + calendar */ + if (year >= 0) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year multiply specified") + ; + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year missing or invalid") + ; + year = 0; + for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++) + { if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) break; + year = 10 * year + ((*s++) - '0'); + } + if (!(1 <= year && year <= 4000)) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year out of range"); + } + else if (*f == 'z') + { /* time zone offset in the form zhhmm */ + int z, hh, mm; + if (zone != INT_MAX) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset multipl" + "y specified"); + while (*s == ' ') s++; + if (*s == 'Z') + { z = hh = mm = 0, s++; + goto skip; + } + if (*s == '+') + z = +1, s++; + else if (*s == '-') + z = -1, s++; + else + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset sign mi" + "ssing"); + hh = 0; + for (j = 1; j <= 2; j++) + { if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) +err1: error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset valu" + "e incomplete or invalid"); + hh = 10 * hh + ((*s++) - '0'); + } + if (hh > 23) +err2: error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset value o" + "ut of range"); + if (*s == ':') + { s++; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto err1; + } + mm = 0; + if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto skip; + for (j = 1; j <= 2; j++) + { if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto err1; + mm = 10 * mm + ((*s++) - '0'); + } + if (mm > 59) goto err2; +skip: zone = z * (60 * hh + mm); + } + else if (*f == '%') + { /* literal % character */ + goto test; + } + else + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "invalid conversion specifie" + "r"); + } + else if (*f == ' ') + ; + else +test: { /* check a matching character in the input string */ + if (*s != *f) + error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "character mismatch"); + s++; + } + } + if (year < 0) year = 1970; + if (month < 0) month = 1; + if (day < 0) day = 1; + if (hh < 0) hh = 0; + if (mm < 0) mm = 0; + if (ss < 0) ss = 0; + if (zone == INT_MAX) zone = 0; + j = jday(day, month, year); + xassert(j >= 0); + return (((double)(j - jday(1, 1, 1970)) * 24.0 + (double)hh) * + 60.0 + (double)mm) * 60.0 + (double)ss - 60.0 * (double)zone; +} + +static void error2(MPL *mpl, const char *fmt, const char *f, + const char *msg) +{ xprintf("Format string passed to time2str:\n"); + xprintf("%s\n", fmt); + xprintf("%*s\n", (f - fmt) + 1, "^"); + error(mpl, "%s", msg); + /* no return */ +} + +static int weekday(int j) +{ /* determine weekday number (1 = Mon, ..., 7 = Sun) */ + return (j + jday(1, 1, 1970)) % 7 + 1; +} + +static int firstday(int year) +{ /* determine the first day of the first week for a specified year + according to ISO 8601 */ + int j; + /* if 1 January is Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday, it is + in week 01; if 1 January is Friday, Saturday or Sunday, it is + in week 52 or 53 of the previous year */ + j = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970); + switch (weekday(j)) + { case 1: /* 1 Jan is Mon */ j += 0; break; + case 2: /* 1 Jan is Tue */ j -= 1; break; + case 3: /* 1 Jan is Wed */ j -= 2; break; + case 4: /* 1 Jan is Thu */ j -= 3; break; + case 5: /* 1 Jan is Fri */ j += 3; break; + case 6: /* 1 Jan is Sat */ j += 2; break; + case 7: /* 1 Jan is Sun */ j += 1; break; + default: xassert(j != j); + } + /* the first day of the week must be Monday */ + xassert(weekday(j) == 1); + return j; +} + +void fn_time2str(MPL *mpl, char *str, double t, const char *fmt) +{ /* convert the calendar time to character string */ + int j, year, month, day, hh, mm, ss, len; + double temp; + const char *f; + char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]; + if (!(-62135596800.0 <= t && t <= 64092211199.0)) + error(mpl, "time2str(%.*g,...); argument out of range", + DBL_DIG, t); + t = floor(t + 0.5); + temp = fabs(t) / 86400.0; + j = (int)floor(temp); + if (t < 0.0) + { if (temp == floor(temp)) + j = - j; + else + j = - (j + 1); + } + xassert(jdate(j + jday(1, 1, 1970), &day, &month, &year) == 0); + ss = (int)(t - 86400.0 * (double)j); + xassert(0 <= ss && ss < 86400); + mm = ss / 60, ss %= 60; + hh = mm / 60, mm %= 60; + len = 0; + for (f = fmt; *f != '\0'; f++) + { if (*f == '%') + { f++; + if (*f == 'a') + { /* the abbreviated weekday name */ + memcpy(buf, week[weekday(j)-1], 3), buf[3] = '\0'; + } + else if (*f == 'A') + { /* the full weekday name */ + strcpy(buf, week[weekday(j)-1]); + } + else if (*f == 'b' || *f == 'h') + { /* the abbreviated month name */ + memcpy(buf, moon[month-1], 3), buf[3] = '\0'; + } + else if (*f == 'B') + { /* the full month name */ + strcpy(buf, moon[month-1]); + } + else if (*f == 'C') + { /* the century of the year */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", year / 100); + } + else if (*f == 'd') + { /* the day of the month as a decimal number (01..31) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", day); + } + else if (*f == 'D') + { /* the date using the format %m/%d/%y */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d/%02d/%02d", month, day, year % 100); + } + else if (*f == 'e') + { /* the day of the month like with %d, but padded with + blank (1..31) */ + sprintf(buf, "%2d", day); + } + else if (*f == 'F') + { /* the date using the format %Y-%m-%d */ + sprintf(buf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", year, month, day); + } + else if (*f == 'g') + { /* the year corresponding to the ISO week number, but + without the century (range 00 through 99); this has + the same format and value as %y, except that if the + ISO week number (see %V) belongs to the previous or + next year, that year is used instead */ + int iso; + if (j < firstday(year)) + iso = year - 1; + else if (j < firstday(year + 1)) + iso = year; + else + iso = year + 1; + sprintf(buf, "%02d", iso % 100); + } + else if (*f == 'G') + { /* the year corresponding to the ISO week number; this + has the same format and value as %Y, excepth that if + the ISO week number (see %V) belongs to the previous + or next year, that year is used instead */ + int iso; + if (j < firstday(year)) + iso = year - 1; + else if (j < firstday(year + 1)) + iso = year; + else + iso = year + 1; + sprintf(buf, "%04d", iso); + } + else if (*f == 'H') + { /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock + (00..23) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", hh); + } + else if (*f == 'I') + { /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock + (01..12) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", + hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12); + } + else if (*f == 'j') + { /* the day of the year as a decimal number (001..366) */ + sprintf(buf, "%03d", + jday(day, month, year) - jday(1, 1, year) + 1); + } + else if (*f == 'k') + { /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock + like %H, but padded with blank (0..23) */ + sprintf(buf, "%2d", hh); + } + else if (*f == 'l') + { /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock + like %I, but padded with blank (1..12) */ + sprintf(buf, "%2d", + hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12); + } + else if (*f == 'm') + { /* the month as a decimal number (01..12) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", month); + } + else if (*f == 'M') + { /* the minute as a decimal number (00..59) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", mm); + } + else if (*f == 'p') + { /* either AM or PM, according to the given time value; + noon is treated as PM and midnight as AM */ + strcpy(buf, hh <= 11 ? "AM" : "PM"); + } + else if (*f == 'P') + { /* either am or pm, according to the given time value; + noon is treated as pm and midnight as am */ + strcpy(buf, hh <= 11 ? "am" : "pm"); + } + else if (*f == 'r') + { /* the calendar time using the format %I:%M:%S %p */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d:%02d %s", + hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12, + mm, ss, hh <= 11 ? "AM" : "PM"); + } + else if (*f == 'R') + { /* the hour and minute using the format %H:%M */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d", hh, mm); + } + else if (*f == 'S') + { /* the second as a decimal number (00..59) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", ss); + } + else if (*f == 'T') + { /* the time of day using the format %H:%M:%S */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", hh, mm, ss); + } + else if (*f == 'u') + { /* the day of the week as a decimal number (1..7), + Monday being 1 */ + sprintf(buf, "%d", weekday(j)); + } + else if (*f == 'U') + { /* the week number of the current year as a decimal + number (range 00 through 53), starting with the first + Sunday as the first day of the first week; days + preceding the first Sunday in the year are considered + to be in week 00 */ +#if 1 /* 09/I-2009 */ +#undef sun +/* causes compilation error in SunOS */ +#endif + int sun; + /* sun = the first Sunday of the year */ + sun = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970); + sun += (7 - weekday(sun)); + sprintf(buf, "%02d", (j + 7 - sun) / 7); + } + else if (*f == 'V') + { /* the ISO week number as a decimal number (range 01 + through 53); ISO weeks start with Monday and end with + Sunday; week 01 of a year is the first week which has + the majority of its days in that year; week 01 of + a year can contain days from the previous year; the + week before week 01 of a year is the last week (52 or + 53) of the previous year even if it contains days + from the new year */ + int iso; + if (j < firstday(year)) + iso = j - firstday(year - 1); + else if (j < firstday(year + 1)) + iso = j - firstday(year); + else + iso = j - firstday(year + 1); + sprintf(buf, "%02d", iso / 7 + 1); + } + else if (*f == 'w') + { /* the day of the week as a decimal number (0..6), + Sunday being 0 */ + sprintf(buf, "%d", weekday(j) % 7); + } + else if (*f == 'W') + { /* the week number of the current year as a decimal + number (range 00 through 53), starting with the first + Monday as the first day of the first week; days + preceding the first Monday in the year are considered + to be in week 00 */ + int mon; + /* mon = the first Monday of the year */ + mon = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970); + mon += (8 - weekday(mon)) % 7; + sprintf(buf, "%02d", (j + 7 - mon) / 7); + } + else if (*f == 'y') + { /* the year without a century as a decimal number + (00..99) */ + sprintf(buf, "%02d", year % 100); + } + else if (*f == 'Y') + { /* the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian + calendar */ + sprintf(buf, "%04d", year); + } + else if (*f == '%') + { /* a literal % character */ + buf[0] = '%', buf[1] = '\0'; + } + else + error2(mpl, fmt, f, "invalid conversion specifier"); + } + else + buf[0] = *f, buf[1] = '\0'; + if (len + strlen(buf) > MAX_LENGTH) + error(mpl, "time2str; output string length exceeds %d chara" + "cters", MAX_LENGTH); + memcpy(str+len, buf, strlen(buf)); + len += strlen(buf); + } + str[len] = '\0'; + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac2a0393 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c @@ -0,0 +1,1039 @@ +/* mpl6.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#include "mpl.h" +#include "mplsql.h" + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define CSV_FIELD_MAX 50 +/* maximal number of fields in record */ + +#define CSV_FDLEN_MAX 100 +/* maximal field length */ + +struct csv +{ /* comma-separated values file */ + int mode; + /* 'R' = reading; 'W' = writing */ + char *fname; + /* name of csv file */ + FILE *fp; + /* stream assigned to csv file */ + jmp_buf jump; + /* address for non-local go to in case of error */ + int count; + /* record count */ + /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* used only for input csv file */ + int c; + /* current character or EOF */ + int what; + /* current marker: */ +#define CSV_EOF 0 /* end-of-file */ +#define CSV_EOR 1 /* end-of-record */ +#define CSV_NUM 2 /* floating-point number */ +#define CSV_STR 3 /* character string */ + char field[CSV_FDLEN_MAX+1]; + /* current field just read */ + int nf; + /* number of fields in the csv file */ + int ref[1+CSV_FIELD_MAX]; + /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to + k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field + of the csv file is ignored */ +#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */ + int nskip; + /* number of comment records preceding the header record */ +#endif +}; + +#undef read_char + +static void read_char(struct csv *csv) +{ /* read character from csv data file */ + int c; + xassert(csv->c != EOF); + if (csv->c == '\n') csv->count++; +loop: c = fgetc(csv->fp); + if (ferror(csv->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:%d: read error - %s\n", csv->fname, csv->count, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + strerror(errno)); +#else + xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + if (feof(csv->fp)) + { if (csv->c == '\n') + { csv->count--; + c = EOF; + } + else + { xprintf("%s:%d: warning: missing final end-of-line\n", + csv->fname, csv->count); + c = '\n'; + } + } + else if (c == '\r') + goto loop; + else if (c == '\n') + ; + else if (iscntrl(c)) + { xprintf("%s:%d: invalid control character 0x%02X\n", + csv->fname, csv->count, c); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + csv->c = c; + return; +} + +static void read_field(struct csv *csv) +{ /* read field from csv data file */ + /* check for end of file */ + if (csv->c == EOF) + { csv->what = CSV_EOF; + strcpy(csv->field, "EOF"); + goto done; + } + /* check for end of record */ + if (csv->c == '\n') + { csv->what = CSV_EOR; + strcpy(csv->field, "EOR"); + read_char(csv); + if (csv->c == ',') +err1: { xprintf("%s:%d: empty field not allowed\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + if (csv->c == '\n') + { xprintf("%s:%d: empty record not allowed\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } +#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */ + /* skip comment records; may appear only before the very first + record containing field names */ + if (csv->c == '#' && csv->count == 1) + { while (csv->c == '#') + { while (csv->c != '\n') + read_char(csv); + read_char(csv); + csv->nskip++; + } + } +#endif + goto done; + } + /* skip comma before next field */ + if (csv->c == ',') + read_char(csv); + /* read field */ + if (csv->c == '\'' || csv->c == '"') + { /* read a field enclosed in quotes */ + int quote = csv->c, len = 0; + csv->what = CSV_STR; + /* skip opening quote */ + read_char(csv); + /* read field characters within quotes */ + for (;;) + { /* check for closing quote and read it */ + if (csv->c == quote) + { read_char(csv); + if (csv->c == quote) + ; + else if (csv->c == ',' || csv->c == '\n') + break; + else + { xprintf("%s:%d: invalid field\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + } + /* check the current field length */ + if (len == CSV_FDLEN_MAX) +err2: { xprintf("%s:%d: field too long\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + /* add the current character to the field */ + csv->field[len++] = (char)csv->c; + /* read the next character */ + read_char(csv); + } + /* the field has been read */ + if (len == 0) goto err1; + csv->field[len] = '\0'; + } + else + { /* read a field not enclosed in quotes */ + int len = 0; + double temp; + csv->what = CSV_NUM; + while (!(csv->c == ',' || csv->c == '\n')) + { /* quotes within the field are not allowed */ + if (csv->c == '\'' || csv->c == '"') + { xprintf("%s:%d: invalid use of single or double quote wi" + "thin field\n", csv->fname, csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + /* check the current field length */ + if (len == CSV_FDLEN_MAX) goto err2; + /* add the current character to the field */ + csv->field[len++] = (char)csv->c; + /* read the next character */ + read_char(csv); + } + /* the field has been read */ + if (len == 0) goto err1; + csv->field[len] = '\0'; + /* check the field type */ + if (str2num(csv->field, &temp)) csv->what = CSV_STR; + } +done: return; +} + +static struct csv *csv_open_file(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ /* open csv data file */ + struct csv *csv; + /* create control structure */ + csv = xmalloc(sizeof(struct csv)); + csv->mode = mode; + csv->fname = NULL; + csv->fp = NULL; + if (setjmp(csv->jump)) goto fail; + csv->count = 0; + csv->c = '\n'; + csv->what = 0; + csv->field[0] = '\0'; + csv->nf = 0; + /* try to open the csv data file */ + if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 2) + { xprintf("csv_driver: file name not specified\n"); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + csv->fname = xmalloc(strlen(mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2))+1); + strcpy(csv->fname, mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2)); + if (mode == 'R') + { /* open the file for reading */ + int k; + csv->fp = fopen(csv->fname, "r"); + if (csv->fp == NULL) + { xprintf("csv_driver: unable to open %s - %s\n", +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + csv->fname, strerror(errno)); +#else + csv->fname, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } +#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */ + csv->nskip = 0; +#endif + /* skip fake new-line */ + read_field(csv); + xassert(csv->what == CSV_EOR); + /* read field names */ + xassert(csv->nf == 0); + for (;;) + { read_field(csv); + if (csv->what == CSV_EOR) + break; + if (csv->what != CSV_STR) + { xprintf("%s:%d: invalid field name\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + if (csv->nf == CSV_FIELD_MAX) + { xprintf("%s:%d: too many fields\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + csv->nf++; + /* find corresponding field in the table statement */ + for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--) + { if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), csv->field) == 0) + break; + } + csv->ref[csv->nf] = k; + } + /* find dummy RECNO field in the table statement */ + for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--) + if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), "RECNO") == 0) break; + csv->ref[0] = k; + } + else if (mode == 'W') + { /* open the file for writing */ + int k, nf; + csv->fp = fopen(csv->fname, "w"); + if (csv->fp == NULL) + { xprintf("csv_driver: unable to create %s - %s\n", +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + csv->fname, strerror(errno)); +#else + csv->fname, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + /* write field names */ + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++) + fprintf(csv->fp, "%s%c", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), + k < nf ? ',' : '\n'); + csv->count++; + } + else + xassert(mode != mode); + /* the file has been open */ + return csv; +fail: /* the file cannot be open */ + if (csv->fname != NULL) xfree(csv->fname); + if (csv->fp != NULL) fclose(csv->fp); + xfree(csv); + return NULL; +} + +static int csv_read_record(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv) +{ /* read next record from csv data file */ + int k, ret = 0; + xassert(csv->mode == 'R'); + if (setjmp(csv->jump)) + { ret = 1; + goto done; + } + /* read dummy RECNO field */ + if (csv->ref[0] > 0) +#if 0 /* 01/VI-2010 */ + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[0], csv->count-1); +#else + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[0], csv->count-csv->nskip-1); +#endif + /* read fields */ + for (k = 1; k <= csv->nf; k++) + { read_field(csv); + if (csv->what == CSV_EOF) + { /* end-of-file reached */ + xassert(k == 1); + ret = -1; + goto done; + } + else if (csv->what == CSV_EOR) + { /* end-of-record reached */ + int lack = csv->nf - k + 1; + if (lack == 1) + xprintf("%s:%d: one field missing\n", csv->fname, + csv->count); + else + xprintf("%s:%d: %d fields missing\n", csv->fname, + csv->count, lack); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } + else if (csv->what == CSV_NUM) + { /* floating-point number */ + if (csv->ref[k] > 0) + { double num; + xassert(str2num(csv->field, &num) == 0); + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[k], num); + } + } + else if (csv->what == CSV_STR) + { /* character string */ + if (csv->ref[k] > 0) + mpl_tab_set_str(dca, csv->ref[k], csv->field); + } + else + xassert(csv != csv); + } + /* now there must be NL */ + read_field(csv); + xassert(csv->what != CSV_EOF); + if (csv->what != CSV_EOR) + { xprintf("%s:%d: too many fields\n", csv->fname, csv->count); + longjmp(csv->jump, 0); + } +done: return ret; +} + +static int csv_write_record(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv) +{ /* write next record to csv data file */ + int k, nf, ret = 0; + const char *c; + xassert(csv->mode == 'W'); + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++) + { switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k)) + { case 'N': + fprintf(csv->fp, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, + mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); + break; + case 'S': + fputc('"', csv->fp); + for (c = mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k); *c != '\0'; c++) + { if (*c == '"') + fputc('"', csv->fp), fputc('"', csv->fp); + else + fputc(*c, csv->fp); + } + fputc('"', csv->fp); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + fputc(k < nf ? ',' : '\n', csv->fp); + } + csv->count++; + if (ferror(csv->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:%d: write error - %s\n", csv->fname, csv->count, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + strerror(errno)); +#else + xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + ret = 1; + } + return ret; +} + +static int csv_close_file(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv) +{ /* close csv data file */ + int ret = 0; + xassert(dca == dca); + if (csv->mode == 'W') + { fflush(csv->fp); + if (ferror(csv->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:%d: write error - %s\n", csv->fname, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + csv->count, strerror(errno)); +#else + csv->count, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + ret = 1; + } + } + xfree(csv->fname); + fclose(csv->fp); + xfree(csv); + return ret; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define DBF_FIELD_MAX 50 +/* maximal number of fields in record */ + +#define DBF_FDLEN_MAX 100 +/* maximal field length */ + +struct dbf +{ /* xBASE data file */ + int mode; + /* 'R' = reading; 'W' = writing */ + char *fname; + /* name of xBASE file */ + FILE *fp; + /* stream assigned to xBASE file */ + jmp_buf jump; + /* address for non-local go to in case of error */ + int offset; + /* offset of a byte to be read next */ + int count; + /* record count */ + int nf; + /* number of fields */ + int ref[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX]; + /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to + k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field + of the csv file is ignored */ + int type[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX]; + /* type[k] is type of k-th field */ + int len[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX]; + /* len[k] is length of k-th field */ + int prec[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX]; + /* prec[k] is precision of k-th field */ +}; + +static int read_byte(struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* read byte from xBASE data file */ + int b; + b = fgetc(dbf->fp); + if (ferror(dbf->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: read error - %s\n", dbf->fname, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + dbf->offset, strerror(errno)); +#else + dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + if (feof(dbf->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: unexpected end of file\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + xassert(0x00 <= b && b <= 0xFF); + dbf->offset++; + return b; +} + +static void read_header(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* read xBASE data file header */ + int b, j, k, recl; + char name[10+1]; + /* (ignored) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 10; j++) + read_byte(dbf); + /* length of each record, in bytes */ + recl = read_byte(dbf); + recl += read_byte(dbf) << 8; + /* (ignored) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 20; j++) + read_byte(dbf); + /* field descriptor array */ + xassert(dbf->nf == 0); + for (;;) + { /* check for end of array */ + b = read_byte(dbf); + if (b == 0x0D) break; + if (dbf->nf == DBF_FIELD_MAX) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: too many fields\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->nf++; + /* field name */ + name[0] = (char)b; + for (j = 1; j < 10; j++) + { b = read_byte(dbf); + name[j] = (char)b; + } + name[10] = '\0'; + b = read_byte(dbf); + if (b != 0x00) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field name\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* find corresponding field in the table statement */ + for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--) + if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), name) == 0) break; + dbf->ref[dbf->nf] = k; + /* field type */ + b = read_byte(dbf); + if (!(b == 'C' || b == 'N')) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field type\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->type[dbf->nf] = b; + /* (ignored) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++) + read_byte(dbf); + /* field length */ + b = read_byte(dbf); + if (b == 0) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field length\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + if (b > DBF_FDLEN_MAX) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: field too long\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->len[dbf->nf] = b; + recl -= b; + /* (ignored) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 15; j++) + read_byte(dbf); + } + if (recl != 1) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid file header\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* find dummy RECNO field in the table statement */ + for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--) + if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), "RECNO") == 0) break; + dbf->ref[0] = k; + return; +} + +static void parse_third_arg(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* parse xBASE file format (third argument) */ + int j, k, temp; + const char *arg; + dbf->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 3), j = 0; + for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++) + { /* parse specification of k-th field */ + if (arg[j] == '\0') + { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: specification missing\n", + mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k)); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* parse field type */ + if (arg[j] == 'C' || arg[j] == 'N') + dbf->type[k] = arg[j], j++; + else + { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field type\n", + mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k)); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* check for left parenthesis */ + if (arg[j] == '(') + j++; + else +err: { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field format\n", + mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k)); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* parse field length */ + temp = 0; + while (isdigit(arg[j])) + { if (temp > DBF_FDLEN_MAX) break; + temp = 10 * temp + (arg[j] - '0'), j++; + } + if (!(1 <= temp && temp <= DBF_FDLEN_MAX)) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field length\n", + mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k)); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->len[k] = temp; + /* parse optional field precision */ + if (dbf->type[k] == 'N' && arg[j] == ',') + { j++; + temp = 0; + while (isdigit(arg[j])) + { if (temp > dbf->len[k]) break; + temp = 10 * temp + (arg[j] - '0'), j++; + } + if (temp > dbf->len[k]) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field precision" + "\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k)); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->prec[k] = temp; + } + else + dbf->prec[k] = 0; + /* check for right parenthesis */ + if (arg[j] == ')') + j++; + else + goto err; + } + /* ignore other specifications */ + return; +} + +static void write_byte(struct dbf *dbf, int b) +{ /* write byte to xBASE data file */ + fputc(b, dbf->fp); + dbf->offset++; + return; +} + +static void write_header(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* write xBASE data file header */ + int j, k, temp; + const char *name; + /* version number */ + write_byte(dbf, 0x03 /* file without DBT */); + /* date of last update (YYMMDD) */ + write_byte(dbf, 70 /* 1970 */); + write_byte(dbf, 1 /* January */); + write_byte(dbf, 1 /* 1st */); + /* number of records (unknown so far) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++) + write_byte(dbf, 0xFF); + /* length of the header, in bytes */ + temp = 32 + dbf->nf * 32 + 1; + write_byte(dbf, temp); + write_byte(dbf, temp >> 8); + /* length of each record, in bytes */ + temp = 1; + for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++) + temp += dbf->len[k]; + write_byte(dbf, temp); + write_byte(dbf, temp >> 8); + /* (reserved) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 20; j++) + write_byte(dbf, 0x00); + /* field descriptor array */ + for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++) + { /* field name (terminated by 0x00) */ + name = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k); + for (j = 0; j < 10 && name[j] != '\0'; j++) + write_byte(dbf, name[j]); + for (j = j; j < 11; j++) + write_byte(dbf, 0x00); + /* field type */ + write_byte(dbf, dbf->type[k]); + /* (reserved) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++) + write_byte(dbf, 0x00); + /* field length */ + write_byte(dbf, dbf->len[k]); + /* field precision */ + write_byte(dbf, dbf->prec[k]); + /* (reserved) */ + for (j = 1; j <= 14; j++) + write_byte(dbf, 0x00); + } + /* end of header */ + write_byte(dbf, 0x0D); + return; +} + +static struct dbf *dbf_open_file(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ /* open xBASE data file */ + struct dbf *dbf; + /* create control structure */ + dbf = xmalloc(sizeof(struct dbf)); + dbf->mode = mode; + dbf->fname = NULL; + dbf->fp = NULL; + if (setjmp(dbf->jump)) goto fail; + dbf->offset = 0; + dbf->count = 0; + dbf->nf = 0; + /* try to open the xBASE data file */ + if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 2) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: file name not specified\n"); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + dbf->fname = xmalloc(strlen(mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2))+1); + strcpy(dbf->fname, mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2)); + if (mode == 'R') + { /* open the file for reading */ + dbf->fp = fopen(dbf->fname, "rb"); + if (dbf->fp == NULL) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: unable to open %s - %s\n", +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + dbf->fname, strerror(errno)); +#else + dbf->fname, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + read_header(dca, dbf); + } + else if (mode == 'W') + { /* open the file for writing */ + if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 3) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: file format not specified\n"); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + parse_third_arg(dca, dbf); + dbf->fp = fopen(dbf->fname, "wb"); + if (dbf->fp == NULL) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: unable to create %s - %s\n", +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + dbf->fname, strerror(errno)); +#else + dbf->fname, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + write_header(dca, dbf); + } + else + xassert(mode != mode); + /* the file has been open */ + return dbf; +fail: /* the file cannot be open */ + if (dbf->fname != NULL) xfree(dbf->fname); + if (dbf->fp != NULL) fclose(dbf->fp); + xfree(dbf); + return NULL; +} + +static int dbf_read_record(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* read next record from xBASE data file */ + int b, j, k, ret = 0; + char buf[DBF_FDLEN_MAX+1]; + xassert(dbf->mode == 'R'); + if (setjmp(dbf->jump)) + { ret = 1; + goto done; + } + /* check record flag */ + b = read_byte(dbf); + if (b == 0x1A) + { /* end of data */ + ret = -1; + goto done; + } + if (b != 0x20) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid record flag\n", dbf->fname, + dbf->offset); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + /* read dummy RECNO field */ + if (dbf->ref[0] > 0) + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, dbf->ref[0], dbf->count+1); + /* read fields */ + for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++) + { /* read k-th field */ + for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k]; j++) + buf[j] = (char)read_byte(dbf); + buf[dbf->len[k]] = '\0'; + /* set field value */ + if (dbf->type[k] == 'C') + { /* character field */ + if (dbf->ref[k] > 0) + mpl_tab_set_str(dca, dbf->ref[k], strtrim(buf)); + } + else if (dbf->type[k] == 'N') + { /* numeric field */ + if (dbf->ref[k] > 0) + { double num; + strspx(buf); + xassert(str2num(buf, &num) == 0); + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, dbf->ref[k], num); + } + } + else + xassert(dbf != dbf); + } + /* increase record count */ + dbf->count++; +done: return ret; +} + +static int dbf_write_record(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* write next record to xBASE data file */ + int j, k, ret = 0; + char buf[255+1]; + xassert(dbf->mode == 'W'); + if (setjmp(dbf->jump)) + { ret = 1; + goto done; + } + /* record flag */ + write_byte(dbf, 0x20); + xassert(dbf->nf == mpl_tab_num_flds(dca)); + for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++) + { if (dbf->type[k] == 'C') + { /* character field */ + const char *str; + if (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k) == 'N') + { sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); + str = buf; + } + else if (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k) == 'S') + str = mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k); + else + xassert(dca != dca); + if ((int)strlen(str) > dbf->len[k]) + { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: cannot convert %.15s..." + " to field format\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), str); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k] && str[j] != '\0'; j++) + write_byte(dbf, str[j]); + for (j = j; j < dbf->len[k]; j++) + write_byte(dbf, ' '); + } + else if (dbf->type[k] == 'N') + { /* numeric field */ + double num = mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k); + if (fabs(num) > 1e20) +err: { xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: cannot convert %g to fi" + "eld format\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), num); + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + sprintf(buf, "%*.*f", dbf->len[k], dbf->prec[k], num); + xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf)); + if ((int)strlen(buf) != dbf->len[k]) goto err; + for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k]; j++) + write_byte(dbf, buf[j]); + } + else + xassert(dbf != dbf); + } + /* increase record count */ + dbf->count++; +done: return ret; +} + +static int dbf_close_file(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf) +{ /* close xBASE data file */ + int ret = 0; + xassert(dca == dca); + if (dbf->mode == 'W') + { if (setjmp(dbf->jump)) + { ret = 1; + goto skip; + } + /* end-of-file flag */ + write_byte(dbf, 0x1A); + /* number of records */ + dbf->offset = 4; + if (fseek(dbf->fp, dbf->offset, SEEK_SET)) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: seek error - %s\n", dbf->fname, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + dbf->offset, strerror(errno)); +#else + dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } + write_byte(dbf, dbf->count); + write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 8); + write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 16); + write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 24); + fflush(dbf->fp); + if (ferror(dbf->fp)) + { xprintf("%s:0x%X: write error - %s\n", dbf->fname, +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + dbf->offset, strerror(errno)); +#else + dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno)); +#endif + longjmp(dbf->jump, 0); + } +skip: ; + } + xfree(dbf->fname); + fclose(dbf->fp); + xfree(dbf); + return ret; +} + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#define TAB_CSV 1 +#define TAB_XBASE 2 +#define TAB_ODBC 3 +#define TAB_MYSQL 4 + +void mpl_tab_drv_open(MPL *mpl, int mode) +{ TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + xassert(dca->id == 0); + xassert(dca->link == NULL); + xassert(dca->na >= 1); + if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "CSV") == 0) + { dca->id = TAB_CSV; + dca->link = csv_open_file(dca, mode); + } + else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "xBASE") == 0) + { dca->id = TAB_XBASE; + dca->link = dbf_open_file(dca, mode); + } + else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "ODBC") == 0 || + strcmp(dca->arg[1], "iODBC") == 0) + { dca->id = TAB_ODBC; + dca->link = db_iodbc_open(dca, mode); + } + else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "MySQL") == 0) + { dca->id = TAB_MYSQL; + dca->link = db_mysql_open(dca, mode); + } + else + xprintf("Invalid table driver '%s'\n", dca->arg[1]); + if (dca->link == NULL) + error(mpl, "error on opening table %s", + mpl->stmt->u.tab->name); + return; +} + +int mpl_tab_drv_read(MPL *mpl) +{ TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + int ret; + switch (dca->id) + { case TAB_CSV: + ret = csv_read_record(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_XBASE: + ret = dbf_read_record(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_ODBC: + ret = db_iodbc_read(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_MYSQL: + ret = db_mysql_read(dca, dca->link); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + if (ret > 0) + error(mpl, "error on reading data from table %s", + mpl->stmt->u.tab->name); + return ret; +} + +void mpl_tab_drv_write(MPL *mpl) +{ TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + int ret; + switch (dca->id) + { case TAB_CSV: + ret = csv_write_record(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_XBASE: + ret = dbf_write_record(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_ODBC: + ret = db_iodbc_write(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_MYSQL: + ret = db_mysql_write(dca, dca->link); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + if (ret) + error(mpl, "error on writing data to table %s", + mpl->stmt->u.tab->name); + return; +} + +void mpl_tab_drv_close(MPL *mpl) +{ TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca; + int ret; + switch (dca->id) + { case TAB_CSV: + ret = csv_close_file(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_XBASE: + ret = dbf_close_file(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_ODBC: + ret = db_iodbc_close(dca, dca->link); + break; + case TAB_MYSQL: + ret = db_mysql_close(dca, dca->link); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + dca->id = 0; + dca->link = NULL; + if (ret) + error(mpl, "error on closing table %s", + mpl->stmt->u.tab->name); + return; +} + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcd2afa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c @@ -0,0 +1,1659 @@ +/* mplsql.c */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Author: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>. +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "mpl.h" +#include "mplsql.h" + +#ifdef ODBC_DLNAME +#define HAVE_ODBC +#define libodbc ODBC_DLNAME +#define h_odbc (get_env_ptr()->h_odbc) +#endif + +#ifdef MYSQL_DLNAME +#define HAVE_MYSQL +#define libmysql MYSQL_DLNAME +#define h_mysql (get_env_ptr()->h_mysql) +#endif + +static void *db_iodbc_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char + **sqllines); +static void *db_mysql_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char + **sqllines); + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#if defined(HAVE_ODBC) || defined(HAVE_MYSQL) + +#define SQL_FIELD_MAX 100 +/* maximal field count */ + +#define SQL_FDLEN_MAX 255 +/* maximal field length */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* NAME +* +* args_concat - concatenate arguments +* +* SYNOPSIS +* +* static char **args_concat(TABDCA *dca); +* +* DESCRIPTION +* +* The arguments passed in dca are SQL statements. A SQL statement may +* be split over multiple arguments. The last argument of a SQL +* statement will be terminated with a semilocon. Each SQL statement is +* merged into a single zero terminated string. Boundaries between +* arguments are replaced by space. +* +* RETURNS +* +* Buffer with SQL statements */ + +static char **args_concat(TABDCA *dca) +{ + const char *arg; + int i; + int j; + int j0; + int j1; + size_t len; + int lentot; + int narg; + int nline = 0; + char **sqllines = NULL; + + narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca); + /* The SQL statements start with argument 3. */ + if (narg < 3) + return NULL; + /* Count the SQL statements */ + for (j = 3; j <= narg; j++) + { + arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j); + len = strlen(arg); + if (arg[len-1] == ';' || j == narg) + nline ++; + } + /* Allocate string buffer. */ + sqllines = (char **) xmalloc((nline+1) * sizeof(char **)); + /* Join arguments */ + sqllines[0] = NULL; + j0 = 3; + i = 0; + lentot = 0; + for (j = 3; j <= narg; j++) + { + arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j); + len = strlen(arg); + /* add length of part */ + lentot += len; + /* add length of space separating parts or 0x00 at end of SQL + statement */ + lentot++; + if (arg[len-1] == ';' || j == narg) + { /* Join arguments for a single SQL statement */ + sqllines[i] = xmalloc(lentot); + sqllines[i+1] = NULL; + sqllines[i][0] = 0x00; + for (j1 = j0; j1 <= j; j1++) + { if(j1>j0) + strcat(sqllines[i], " "); + strcat(sqllines[i], mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j1)); + } + len = strlen(sqllines[i]); + if (sqllines[i][len-1] == ';') + sqllines[i][len-1] = 0x00; + j0 = j+1; + i++; + lentot = 0; + } + } + return sqllines; +} + +/*********************************************************************** +* NAME +* +* free_buffer - free multiline string buffer +* +* SYNOPSIS +* +* static void free_buffer(char **buf); +* +* DESCRIPTION +* +* buf is a list of strings terminated by NULL. +* The memory for the strings and for the list is released. */ + +static void free_buffer(char **buf) +{ int i; + + for(i = 0; buf[i] != NULL; i++) + xfree(buf[i]); + xfree(buf); +} + +static int db_escaped_string_length(const char* from) +/* length of escaped string */ +{ + int count; + const char *pointer; + + for (pointer = from, count = 0; *pointer != (char) '\0'; pointer++, + count++) + { + switch (*pointer) + { + case '\'': + count++; + break; + } + } + + return count; +} + +static void db_escape_string (char *to, const char *from) +/* escape string*/ +{ + const char *source = from; + char *target = to; + size_t remaining; + + remaining = strlen(from); + + if (to == NULL) + to = (char *) (from + remaining); + + while (remaining > 0) + { + switch (*source) + { + case '\'': + *target = '\''; + target++; + *target = '\''; + break; + + default: + *target = *source; + } + source++; + target++; + remaining--; + } + + /* Write the terminating NUL character. */ + *target = '\0'; +} + +static char *db_generate_select_stmt(TABDCA *dca) +/* generate select statement */ +{ + char *arg; + char const *field; + char *query; + int j; + int narg; + int nf; + int total; + + total = 50; + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca); + for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++) + { + field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j); + total += strlen(field); + total += 2; + } + arg = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, narg); + total += strlen(arg); + query = xmalloc( total * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (query, "SELECT "); + for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++) + { + field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j); + strcat(query, field); + if ( j < nf ) + strcat(query, ", "); + } + strcat(query, " FROM "); + strcat(query, arg); + return query; +} + +static char *db_generate_insert_stmt(TABDCA *dca) +/* generate insert statement */ +{ + char *arg; + char const *field; + char *query; + int j; + int narg; + int nf; + int total; + + total = 50; + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca); + for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++) + { + field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j); + total += strlen(field); + total += 5; + } + arg = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, narg); + total += strlen(arg); + query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (query, "INSERT INTO "); + strcat(query, arg); + strcat(query, " ( "); + for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++) + { + field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j); + strcat(query, field); + if ( j < nf ) + strcat(query, ", "); + } + strcat(query, " ) VALUES ( "); + for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++) + { + strcat(query, "?"); + if ( j < nf ) + strcat(query, ", "); + } + strcat(query, " )"); + return query; +} + +#endif + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef HAVE_ODBC + +void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ xassert(dca == dca); + xassert(mode == mode); + xprintf("iODBC table driver not supported\n"); + return NULL; +} + +int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +#else + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WOE__) +#include <windows.h> +#endif + +#include <sql.h> +#include <sqlext.h> + +struct db_odbc +{ + int mode; /*'R' = Read, 'W' = Write*/ + SQLHDBC hdbc; /*connection handle*/ + SQLHENV henv; /*environment handle*/ + SQLHSTMT hstmt; /*statement handle*/ + SQLSMALLINT nresultcols; /* columns in result*/ + SQLULEN collen[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1]; + SQLLEN outlen[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1]; + SQLSMALLINT coltype[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1]; + SQLCHAR data[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1][SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1]; +#if 1 /* 12/I-2014 */ + SQLDOUBLE datanum[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1]; +#endif + SQLCHAR colname[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1][SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1]; + int isnumeric[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1]; + int nf; + /* number of fields in the csv file */ + int ref[1+SQL_FIELD_MAX]; + /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to + k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field + of the csv file is ignored */ + SQLCHAR *query; + /* query generated by db_iodbc_open */ +}; + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLAllocHandle ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE InputHandle, + SQLHANDLE *OutputHandle) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLAllocHandle( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE InputHandle, + SQLHANDLE *OutputHandle); + + ep_SQLAllocHandle *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLAllocHandle *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLAllocHandle"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(HandleType, InputHandle, OutputHandle); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLBindCol ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT ColumnNumber, + SQLSMALLINT TargetType, + SQLPOINTER TargetValue, + SQLLEN BufferLength, + SQLLEN *StrLen_or_Ind) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLBindCol( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT ColumnNumber, + SQLSMALLINT TargetType, + SQLPOINTER TargetValue, + SQLLEN BufferLength, + SQLLEN *StrLen_or_Ind); + ep_SQLBindCol *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLBindCol *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLBindCol"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnNumber, TargetType, + TargetValue, BufferLength, StrLen_or_Ind); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLCloseCursor ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLCloseCursor ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle); + + ep_SQLCloseCursor *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLCloseCursor *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLCloseCursor"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle); +} + + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDisconnect ( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDisconnect( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle); + + ep_SQLDisconnect *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLDisconnect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDisconnect"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDriverConnect ( + SQLHDBC hdbc, + SQLHWND hwnd, + SQLCHAR *szConnStrIn, + SQLSMALLINT cbConnStrIn, + SQLCHAR *szConnStrOut, + SQLSMALLINT cbConnStrOutMax, + SQLSMALLINT *pcbConnStrOut, + SQLUSMALLINT fDriverCompletion) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDriverConnect( + SQLHDBC hdbc, + SQLHWND hwnd, + SQLCHAR * szConnStrIn, + SQLSMALLINT cbConnStrIn, + SQLCHAR * szConnStrOut, + SQLSMALLINT cbConnStrOutMax, + SQLSMALLINT * pcbConnStrOut, + SQLUSMALLINT fDriverCompletion); + + ep_SQLDriverConnect *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLDriverConnect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDriverConnect"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(hdbc, hwnd, szConnStrIn, cbConnStrIn, szConnStrOut, + cbConnStrOutMax, pcbConnStrOut, fDriverCompletion); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLEndTran ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle, + SQLSMALLINT CompletionType) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLEndTran ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle, + SQLSMALLINT CompletionType); + + ep_SQLEndTran *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLEndTran *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLEndTran"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle, CompletionType); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLExecDirect ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLCHAR * StatementText, + SQLINTEGER TextLength) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLExecDirect ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLCHAR * StatementText, + SQLINTEGER TextLength); + + ep_SQLExecDirect *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLExecDirect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLExecDirect"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle, StatementText, TextLength); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLFetch ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLFetch ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle); + + ep_SQLFetch *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLFetch*) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLFetch"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLFreeHandle ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLFreeHandle ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle); + + ep_SQLFreeHandle *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLFreeHandle *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLFreeHandle"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDescribeCol ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT ColumnNumber, + SQLCHAR * ColumnName, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT * NameLength, + SQLSMALLINT * DataType, + SQLULEN * ColumnSize, + SQLSMALLINT * DecimalDigits, + SQLSMALLINT * Nullable) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDescribeCol ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT ColumnNumber, + SQLCHAR *ColumnName, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT *NameLength, + SQLSMALLINT *DataType, + SQLULEN *ColumnSize, + SQLSMALLINT *DecimalDigits, + SQLSMALLINT *Nullable); + + ep_SQLDescribeCol *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLDescribeCol *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDescribeCol"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnNumber, ColumnName, + BufferLength, NameLength, + DataType, ColumnSize, DecimalDigits, Nullable); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLGetDiagRec ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle, + SQLSMALLINT RecNumber, + SQLCHAR *Sqlstate, + SQLINTEGER *NativeError, + SQLCHAR *MessageText, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT *TextLength) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLGetDiagRec ( + SQLSMALLINT HandleType, + SQLHANDLE Handle, + SQLSMALLINT RecNumber, + SQLCHAR *Sqlstate, + SQLINTEGER *NativeError, + SQLCHAR *MessageText, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT *TextLength); + + ep_SQLGetDiagRec *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLGetDiagRec *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLGetDiagRec"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle, RecNumber, Sqlstate, + NativeError, MessageText, BufferLength, TextLength); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLGetInfo ( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT InfoType, + SQLPOINTER InfoValue, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT *StringLength) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLGetInfo ( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle, + SQLUSMALLINT InfoType, + SQLPOINTER InfoValue, + SQLSMALLINT BufferLength, + SQLSMALLINT *StringLength); + + ep_SQLGetInfo *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLGetInfo *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLGetInfo"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle, InfoType, InfoValue, BufferLength, + StringLength); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLNumResultCols ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLSMALLINT *ColumnCount) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLNumResultCols ( + SQLHSTMT StatementHandle, + SQLSMALLINT *ColumnCount); + + ep_SQLNumResultCols *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLNumResultCols *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLNumResultCols"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnCount); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLSetConnectAttr ( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle, + SQLINTEGER Attribute, + SQLPOINTER Value, + SQLINTEGER StringLength) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLSetConnectAttr ( + SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle, + SQLINTEGER Attribute, + SQLPOINTER Value, + SQLINTEGER StringLength); + + ep_SQLSetConnectAttr *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLSetConnectAttr *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLSetConnectAttr"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle, Attribute, Value, StringLength); +} + +SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLSetEnvAttr ( + SQLHENV EnvironmentHandle, + SQLINTEGER Attribute, + SQLPOINTER Value, + SQLINTEGER StringLength) +{ + typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLSetEnvAttr ( + SQLHENV EnvironmentHandle, + SQLINTEGER Attribute, + SQLPOINTER Value, + SQLINTEGER StringLength); + + ep_SQLSetEnvAttr *fn; + fn = (ep_SQLSetEnvAttr *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLSetEnvAttr"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(EnvironmentHandle, Attribute, Value, StringLength); +} + +static void extract_error( + char *fn, + SQLHANDLE handle, + SQLSMALLINT type); + +static int is_numeric( + SQLSMALLINT coltype); + +/*********************************************************************** +* NAME +* +* db_iodbc_open - open connection to ODBC data base +* +* SYNOPSIS +* +* #include "mplsql.h" +* void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode); +* +* DESCRIPTION +* +* The routine db_iodbc_open opens a connection to an ODBC data base. +* It then executes the sql statements passed. +* +* In the case of table read the SELECT statement is executed. +* +* In the case of table write the INSERT statement is prepared. +* RETURNS +* +* The routine returns a pointer to data storage area created. */ +void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ void *ret; + char **sqllines; + + sqllines = args_concat(dca); + if (sqllines == NULL) + { xprintf("Missing arguments in table statement.\n" + "Please, supply table driver, dsn, and query.\n"); + return NULL; + } + ret = db_iodbc_open_int(dca, mode, (const char **) sqllines); + free_buffer(sqllines); + return ret; +} + +static void *db_iodbc_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char + **sqllines) +{ + struct db_odbc *sql; + SQLRETURN ret; + SQLCHAR FAR *dsn; + SQLCHAR info[256]; + SQLSMALLINT colnamelen; + SQLSMALLINT nullable; + SQLSMALLINT scale; + const char *arg; + int narg; + int i, j; + int total; + + if (libodbc == NULL) + { + xprintf("No loader for shared ODBC library available\n"); + return NULL; + } + + if (h_odbc == NULL) + { + h_odbc = xdlopen(libodbc); + if (h_odbc == NULL) + { xprintf("unable to open library %s\n", libodbc); + xprintf("%s\n", get_err_msg()); + return NULL; + } + } + + sql = (struct db_odbc *) xmalloc(sizeof(struct db_odbc)); + if (sql == NULL) + return NULL; + + sql->mode = mode; + sql->hdbc = NULL; + sql->henv = NULL; + sql->hstmt = NULL; + sql->query = NULL; + narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca); + + dsn = (SQLCHAR FAR *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2); + /* allocate an environment handle */ + ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, SQL_NULL_HANDLE, + &(sql->henv)); + /* set attribute to enable application to run as ODBC 3.0 + application */ + ret = dl_SQLSetEnvAttr(sql->henv, SQL_ATTR_ODBC_VERSION, + (void *) SQL_OV_ODBC3, 0); + /* allocate a connection handle */ + ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->henv, &(sql->hdbc)); + /* connect */ + ret = dl_SQLDriverConnect(sql->hdbc, NULL, dsn, SQL_NTS, NULL, 0, + NULL, SQL_DRIVER_COMPLETE); + if (SQL_SUCCEEDED(ret)) + { /* output information about data base connection */ + xprintf("Connected to "); + dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DBMS_NAME, (SQLPOINTER)info, + sizeof(info), NULL); + xprintf("%s ", info); + dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DBMS_VER, (SQLPOINTER)info, + sizeof(info), NULL); + xprintf("%s - ", info); + dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DATABASE_NAME, (SQLPOINTER)info, + sizeof(info), NULL); + xprintf("%s\n", info); + } + else + { /* describe error */ + xprintf("Failed to connect\n"); + extract_error("SQLDriverConnect", sql->hdbc, SQL_HANDLE_DBC); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + /* set AUTOCOMMIT on*/ + ret = dl_SQLSetConnectAttr(sql->hdbc, SQL_ATTR_AUTOCOMMIT, + (SQLPOINTER)SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_ON, 0); + /* allocate a statement handle */ + ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hdbc, &(sql->hstmt)); + + /* initialization queries */ + for(j = 0; sqllines[j+1] != NULL; j++) + { + sql->query = (SQLCHAR *) sqllines[j]; + xprintf("%s\n", sql->query); + ret = dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, sql->query, SQL_NTS); + switch (ret) + { + case SQL_SUCCESS: + case SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO: + case SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND: + break; + default: + xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", + sql->query); + extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hstmt, SQL_HANDLE_STMT); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt); + dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + /* commit statement */ + dl_SQLEndTran(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv, SQL_COMMIT); + } + + if ( sql->mode == 'R' ) + { sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++) + arg = sqllines[j]; + total = strlen(arg); + if (total > 7 && 0 == strncmp(arg, "SELECT ", 7)) + { + total = strlen(arg); + sql->query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (sql->query, arg); + } + else + { + sql->query = db_generate_select_stmt(dca); + } + xprintf("%s\n", sql->query); + if (dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, sql->query, SQL_NTS) != + SQL_SUCCESS) + { + xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", sql->query); + extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hstmt, SQL_HANDLE_STMT); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt); + dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv); + xfree(sql->query); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + xfree(sql->query); + /* determine number of result columns */ + ret = dl_SQLNumResultCols(sql->hstmt, &sql->nresultcols); + total = sql->nresultcols; + if (total > SQL_FIELD_MAX) + { xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Too many fields (> %d) in query.\n" + "\"%s\"\n", SQL_FIELD_MAX, sql->query); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt); + dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv); + xfree(sql->query); + return NULL; + } + for (i = 1; i <= total; i++) + { /* return a set of attributes for a column */ + ret = dl_SQLDescribeCol(sql->hstmt, (SQLSMALLINT) i, + sql->colname[i], SQL_FDLEN_MAX, + &colnamelen, &(sql->coltype[i]), &(sql->collen[i]), &scale, + &nullable); + sql->isnumeric[i] = is_numeric(sql->coltype[i]); + /* bind columns to program vars, converting all types to CHAR*/ + if (sql->isnumeric[i]) +#if 0 /* 12/I-2014 */ + { dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_DOUBLE, sql->data[i], +#else + { dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_DOUBLE, &sql->datanum[i], +#endif + SQL_FDLEN_MAX, &(sql->outlen[i])); + } else + { dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_CHAR, sql->data[i], + SQL_FDLEN_MAX, &(sql->outlen[i])); + } + for (j = sql->nf; j >= 1; j--) + { if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j), sql->colname[i]) == 0) + break; + } + sql->ref[i] = j; + } + } + else if ( sql->mode == 'W' ) + { for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++) + arg = sqllines[j]; + if ( NULL != strchr(arg, '?') ) + { + total = strlen(arg); + sql->query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (sql->query, arg); + } + else + { + sql->query = db_generate_insert_stmt(dca); + } + xprintf("%s\n", sql->query); + } + return sql; +} + +int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ + struct db_odbc *sql; + SQLRETURN ret; + char buf[SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1]; + int i; + int len; + double num; + + sql = (struct db_odbc *) link; + + xassert(sql != NULL); + xassert(sql->mode == 'R'); + + ret=dl_SQLFetch(sql->hstmt); + if (ret== SQL_ERROR) + return -1; + if (ret== SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND) + return -1; /*EOF*/ + for (i=1; i <= sql->nresultcols; i++) + { + if (sql->ref[i] > 0) + { + len = sql->outlen[i]; + if (len != SQL_NULL_DATA) + { + if (sql->isnumeric[i]) + { mpl_tab_set_num(dca, sql->ref[i], +#if 0 /* 12/I-2014 */ + *((const double *) sql->data[i])); +#else + (const double) sql->datanum[i]); +#endif + } + else + { if (len > SQL_FDLEN_MAX) + len = SQL_FDLEN_MAX; + else if (len < 0) + len = 0; + strncpy(buf, (const char *) sql->data[i], len); + buf[len] = 0x00; + mpl_tab_set_str(dca, sql->ref[i], strtrim(buf)); + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ + struct db_odbc *sql; + char *part; + char *query; + char *template; + char num[50]; + int k; + int len; + int nf; + + sql = (struct db_odbc *) link; + xassert(sql != NULL); + xassert(sql->mode == 'W'); + + len = strlen(sql->query); + template = (char *) xmalloc( (len + 1) * sizeof(char) ); + strcpy(template, sql->query); + + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++) + { switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k)) + { case 'N': + len += 20; + break; + case 'S': + len += db_escaped_string_length(mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k)); + len += 2; + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + } + query = xmalloc( (len + 1 ) * sizeof(char) ); + query[0] = 0x00; +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + for (k = 1, part = strtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL); + part = strtok (NULL, "?"), k++) +#else + for (k = 1, part = xstrtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL); + part = xstrtok (NULL, "?"), k++) +#endif + { + if (k > nf) break; + strcat( query, part ); + switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k)) + { case 'N': +#if 0 /* 02/XI-2010 by xypron */ + sprintf(num, "%-18g",mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); +#else + sprintf(num, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); +#endif + strcat( query, num ); + break; + case 'S': + strcat( query, "'"); + db_escape_string( query + strlen(query), + mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k) ); + strcat( query, "'"); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + } + if (part != NULL) + strcat(query, part); + if (dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, (SQLCHAR *) query, SQL_NTS) + != SQL_SUCCESS) + { + xprintf("db_iodbc_write: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query); + extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hdbc, SQL_HANDLE_DBC); + xfree(query); + xfree(template); + return 1; + } + + xfree(query); + xfree(template); + return 0; +} + +int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ + struct db_odbc *sql; + + sql = (struct db_odbc *) link; + xassert(sql != NULL); + /* Commit */ + if ( sql->mode == 'W' ) + dl_SQLEndTran(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv, SQL_COMMIT); + if ( sql->mode == 'R' ) + dl_SQLCloseCursor(sql->hstmt); + + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt); + dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc); + dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv); + if ( sql->mode == 'W' ) + xfree(sql->query); + xfree(sql); + dca->link = NULL; + return 0; +} + +static void extract_error( + char *fn, + SQLHANDLE handle, + SQLSMALLINT type) +{ + SQLINTEGER i = 0; + SQLINTEGER native; + SQLCHAR state[ 7 ]; + SQLCHAR text[256]; + SQLSMALLINT len; + SQLRETURN ret; + + xprintf("\nThe driver reported the following diagnostics whilst " + "running %s\n", fn); + + do + { + ret = dl_SQLGetDiagRec(type, handle, ++i, state, &native, text, + sizeof(text), &len ); + if (SQL_SUCCEEDED(ret)) + xprintf("%s:%ld:%ld:%s\n", state, i, native, text); + } + while( ret == SQL_SUCCESS ); +} + +static int is_numeric(SQLSMALLINT coltype) +{ + int ret = 0; + switch (coltype) + { + case SQL_DECIMAL: + case SQL_NUMERIC: + case SQL_SMALLINT: + case SQL_INTEGER: + case SQL_REAL: + case SQL_FLOAT: + case SQL_DOUBLE: + case SQL_TINYINT: + case SQL_BIGINT: + ret = 1; + break; + } + return ret; +} + +#endif + +/**********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef HAVE_MYSQL + +void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ xassert(dca == dca); + xassert(mode == mode); + xprintf("MySQL table driver not supported\n"); + return NULL; +} + +int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ xassert(dca != dca); + xassert(link != link); + return 0; +} + +#else + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WOE__) +#include <windows.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define byte_defined 1 +#endif + +#if 0 /* 12/II-2014; to fix namespace bug */ +#include <my_global.h> +#include <my_sys.h> +#endif +#include <mysql.h> + +struct db_mysql +{ + int mode; /*'R' = Read, 'W' = Write*/ + MYSQL *con; /*connection*/ + MYSQL_RES *res; /*result*/ + int nf; + /* number of fields in the csv file */ + int ref[1+SQL_FIELD_MAX]; + /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to + k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field + of the csv file is ignored */ + char *query; + /* query generated by db_mysql_open */ +}; + +void STDCALL dl_mysql_close(MYSQL *sock) +{ + typedef void STDCALL ep_mysql_close(MYSQL *sock); + + ep_mysql_close *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_close *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_close"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(sock); +} + +const char * STDCALL dl_mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql) +{ + typedef const char * STDCALL ep_mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql); + + ep_mysql_error *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_error *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_error"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql); +} + +MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res) +{ + typedef MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL + ep_mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res); + + ep_mysql_fetch_fields *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_fields *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_fetch_fields"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(res); +} + +unsigned long * STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result) +{ + typedef unsigned long * STDCALL + ep_mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result); + + ep_mysql_fetch_lengths *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_lengths *) xdlsym(h_mysql, + "mysql_fetch_lengths"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(result); +} + +MYSQL_ROW STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result) +{ + typedef MYSQL_ROW STDCALL ep_mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result); + + ep_mysql_fetch_row *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_row *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_fetch_row"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(result); +} + +unsigned int STDCALL dl_mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql) +{ + typedef unsigned int STDCALL ep_mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql); + + ep_mysql_field_count *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_field_count *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_field_count"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql); +} + +MYSQL * STDCALL dl_mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql) +{ + typedef MYSQL * STDCALL ep_mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql); + + ep_mysql_init *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_init *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_init"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql); +} + +unsigned int STDCALL dl_mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res) +{ + typedef unsigned int STDCALL ep_mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res); + + ep_mysql_num_fields *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_num_fields *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_num_fields"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(res); +} + +int STDCALL dl_mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q) +{ + typedef int STDCALL ep_mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q); + + ep_mysql_query *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_query *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_query"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql, q); +} + +MYSQL * STDCALL dl_mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host, + const char *user, + const char *passwd, + const char *db, + unsigned int port, + const char *unix_socket, + unsigned long clientflag) +{ + typedef MYSQL * STDCALL ep_mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql, + const char *host, + const char *user, + const char *passwd, + const char *db, + unsigned int port, + const char *unix_socket, + unsigned long clientflag); + + ep_mysql_real_connect *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_real_connect *) xdlsym(h_mysql, + "mysql_real_connect"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql, host, user, passwd, db, port, unix_socket, + clientflag); +} + +MYSQL_RES * STDCALL dl_mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql) +{ + typedef MYSQL_RES * STDCALL ep_mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql); + ep_mysql_use_result *fn; + fn = (ep_mysql_use_result *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_use_result"); + xassert(fn != NULL); + return (*fn)(mysql); +} + +/*********************************************************************** +* NAME +* +* db_mysql_open - open connection to ODBC data base +* +* SYNOPSIS +* +* #include "mplsql.h" +* void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode); +* +* DESCRIPTION +* +* The routine db_mysql_open opens a connection to a MySQL data base. +* It then executes the sql statements passed. +* +* In the case of table read the SELECT statement is executed. +* +* In the case of table write the INSERT statement is prepared. +* RETURNS +* +* The routine returns a pointer to data storage area created. */ + +void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode) +{ void *ret; + char **sqllines; + + sqllines = args_concat(dca); + if (sqllines == NULL) + { xprintf("Missing arguments in table statement.\n" + "Please, supply table driver, dsn, and query.\n"); + return NULL; + } + ret = db_mysql_open_int(dca, mode, (const char **) sqllines); + free_buffer(sqllines); + return ret; +} + +static void *db_mysql_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char + **sqllines) +{ + struct db_mysql *sql = NULL; + char *arg = NULL; + const char *field; + MYSQL_FIELD *fields; + char *keyword; + char *value; + char *query; + char *dsn; +/* "Server=[server_name];Database=[database_name];UID=[username];*/ +/* PWD=[password];Port=[port]"*/ + char *server = NULL; /* Server */ + char *user = NULL; /* UID */ + char *password = NULL; /* PWD */ + char *database = NULL; /* Database */ + unsigned int port = 0; /* Port */ + int narg; + int i, j, total; + + if (libmysql == NULL) + { + xprintf("No loader for shared MySQL library available\n"); + return NULL; + } + + if (h_mysql == NULL) + { + h_mysql = xdlopen(libmysql); + if (h_mysql == NULL) + { xprintf("unable to open library %s\n", libmysql); + xprintf("%s\n", get_err_msg()); + return NULL; + } + } + + sql = (struct db_mysql *) xmalloc(sizeof(struct db_mysql)); + if (sql == NULL) + return NULL; + sql->mode = mode; + sql->res = NULL; + sql->query = NULL; + sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + + narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca); + if (narg < 3 ) + xprintf("MySQL driver: string list too short \n"); + + /* get connection string*/ + dsn = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2); + /* copy connection string*/ + i = strlen(dsn); + i++; + arg = xmalloc(i * sizeof(char)); + strcpy(arg, dsn); + /*tokenize connection string*/ +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + for (i = 1, keyword = strtok (arg, "="); (keyword != NULL); + keyword = strtok (NULL, "="), i++) +#else + for (i = 1, keyword = xstrtok (arg, "="); (keyword != NULL); + keyword = xstrtok (NULL, "="), i++) +#endif + { +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + value = strtok (NULL, ";"); +#else + value = xstrtok (NULL, ";"); +#endif + if (value==NULL) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Missing value for keyword %s\n", + keyword); + xfree(arg); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Server")) + server = value; + else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Database")) + database = value; + else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "UID")) + user = value; + else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "PWD")) + password = value; + else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Port")) + port = (unsigned int) atol(value); + } + /* Connect to database */ + sql->con = dl_mysql_init(NULL); + if (!dl_mysql_real_connect(sql->con, server, user, password, database, + port, NULL, 0)) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Connect failed\n"); + xprintf("%s\n", dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + xfree(arg); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + xfree(arg); + + for(j = 0; sqllines[j+1] != NULL; j++) + { query = (char *) sqllines[j]; + xprintf("%s\n", query); + if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query)) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + dl_mysql_close(sql->con); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + } + + if ( sql->mode == 'R' ) + { sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++) + arg = (char *) sqllines[j]; + total = strlen(arg); + if (total > 7 && 0 == strncmp(arg, "SELECT ", 7)) + { + total = strlen(arg); + query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (query, arg); + } + else + { + query = db_generate_select_stmt(dca); + } + xprintf("%s\n", query); + if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query)) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + dl_mysql_close(sql->con); + xfree(query); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + xfree(query); + sql->res = dl_mysql_use_result(sql->con); + if (sql->res) + { + /* create references between query results and table fields*/ + total = dl_mysql_num_fields(sql->res); + if (total > SQL_FIELD_MAX) + { xprintf("db_mysql_open: Too many fields (> %d) in query.\n" + "\"%s\"\n", SQL_FIELD_MAX, query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + dl_mysql_close(sql->con); + xfree(query); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + fields = dl_mysql_fetch_fields(sql->res); + for (i = 1; i <= total; i++) + { + for (j = sql->nf; j >= 1; j--) + { + if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j), fields[i-1].name) + == 0) + break; + } + sql->ref[i] = j; + } + } + else + { + if(dl_mysql_field_count(sql->con) == 0) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query was not a SELECT\n\"%s\"\n", + query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + xfree(query); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + else + { + xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + xfree(query); + xfree(sql); + return NULL; + } + } + } + else if ( sql->mode == 'W' ) + { for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++) + arg = (char *) sqllines[j]; + if ( NULL != strchr(arg, '?') ) + { + total = strlen(arg); + query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char)); + strcpy (query, arg); + } + else + query = db_generate_insert_stmt(dca); + sql->query = query; + xprintf("%s\n", query); + } + return sql; +} + +int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ struct db_mysql *sql; + char buf[255+1]; + char **row; + unsigned long *lengths; + MYSQL_FIELD *fields; + double num; + int len; + unsigned long num_fields; + int i; + + sql = (struct db_mysql *) link; + + xassert(sql != NULL); + xassert(sql->mode == 'R'); + if (NULL == sql->res) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_read: no result set available"); + return 1; + } + if (NULL==(row = (char **)dl_mysql_fetch_row(sql->res))) { + return -1; /*EOF*/ + } + lengths = dl_mysql_fetch_lengths(sql->res); + fields = dl_mysql_fetch_fields(sql->res); + num_fields = dl_mysql_num_fields(sql->res); + for (i=1; i <= num_fields; i++) + { + if (row[i-1] != NULL) + { len = (size_t) lengths[i-1]; + if (len > 255) + len = 255; + strncpy(buf, (const char *) row[i-1], len); + buf[len] = 0x00; + if (0 != (fields[i-1].flags & NUM_FLAG)) + { strspx(buf); /* remove spaces*/ + if (str2num(buf, &num) != 0) + { xprintf("'%s' cannot be converted to a number.\n", buf); + return 1; + } + if (sql->ref[i] > 0) + mpl_tab_set_num(dca, sql->ref[i], num); + } + else + { if (sql->ref[i] > 0) + mpl_tab_set_str(dca, sql->ref[i], strtrim(buf)); + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ + struct db_mysql *sql; + char *part; + char *query; + char *template; + char num[50]; + int k; + int len; + int nf; + + sql = (struct db_mysql *) link; + xassert(sql != NULL); + xassert(sql->mode == 'W'); + + len = strlen(sql->query); + template = (char *) xmalloc( (len + 1) * sizeof(char) ); + strcpy(template, sql->query); + + nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); + for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++) + { switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k)) + { case 'N': + len += 20; + break; + case 'S': + len += db_escaped_string_length(mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k)); + len += 2; + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + } + query = xmalloc( (len + 1 ) * sizeof(char) ); + query[0] = 0x00; +#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */ + for (k = 1, part = strtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL); + part = strtok (NULL, "?"), k++) +#else + for (k = 1, part = xstrtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL); + part = xstrtok (NULL, "?"), k++) +#endif + { + if (k > nf) break; + strcat( query, part ); + switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k)) + { case 'N': +#if 0 /* 02/XI-2010 by xypron */ + sprintf(num, "%-18g",mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); +#else + sprintf(num, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k)); +#endif + strcat( query, num ); + break; + case 'S': + strcat( query, "'"); + db_escape_string( query + strlen(query), + mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k) ); + strcat( query, "'"); + break; + default: + xassert(dca != dca); + } + } + if (part != NULL) + strcat(query, part); + if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query)) + { + xprintf("db_mysql_write: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query); + xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con)); + xfree(query); + xfree(template); + return 1; + } + + xfree(query); + xfree(template); + return 0; + } + +int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link) +{ + struct db_mysql *sql; + + sql = (struct db_mysql *) link; + xassert(sql != NULL); + dl_mysql_close(sql->con); + if ( sql->mode == 'W' ) + xfree(sql->query); + xfree(sql); + dca->link = NULL; + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* eof */ diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11d438bb --- /dev/null +++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* mplsql.h */ + +/*********************************************************************** +* This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit). +* +* Author: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@gmx.de>. +* +* Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied +* Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights +* reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>. +* +* GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +* (at your option) any later version. +* +* GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public +* License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +* along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +***********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef MPLSQL_H +#define MPLSQL_H + +#define db_iodbc_open _glp_db_iodbc_open +void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode); +/* open iODBC database connection */ + +#define db_iodbc_read _glp_db_iodbc_read +int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* read data from iODBC */ + +#define db_iodbc_write _glp_db_iodbc_write +int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* write data to iODBC */ + +#define db_iodbc_close _glp_db_iodbc_close +int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* close iODBC database connection */ + +#define db_mysql_open _glp_db_mysql_open +void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode); +/* open MySQL database connection */ + +#define db_mysql_read _glp_db_mysql_read +int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* read data from MySQL */ + +#define db_mysql_write _glp_db_mysql_write +int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* write data to MySQL */ + +#define db_mysql_close _glp_db_mysql_close +int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link); +/* close MySQL database connection */ + +#endif + +/* eof */ |